SlideShare a Scribd company logo
Aastra Model 6757i IP Phone
User Guide
Release 3.3.1 Service Pack 4
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
ii 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Software License Agreement
Aastra, hereinafter known as "Seller", grants to Customer a personal, worldwide, non-transferable, non-sublicenseable
and non-exclusive, restricted use license to use Software in object form solely with the Equipment for which the Soft-
ware was intended. This Product may integrate programs, licensed to Aastra by third party Suppliers, for distribution
under the terms of this agreement. These programs are confidential and proprietary, and are protected as such by copy-
right law as unpublished works and by international treaties to the fullest extent under the applicable law of the jurisdic-
tion of the Customer. In addition, these confidential and proprietary programs are works conforming to the require-
ments of Section 401 of title 17 of the United States Code. Customer shall not disclose to any third party such confiden-
tial and proprietary programs and information and shall not export licensed Software to any country except in accord-
ance with United States Export laws and restrictions.
Customer agrees to not reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble or display Software furnished in object code form.
Customer shall not modify, copy, reproduce, distribute, transcribe, translate or reduce to electronic medium or machine
readable form or language, derive source code without the express written consent of the Seller and its Suppliers, or dis-
seminate or otherwise disclose the Software to third parties. All Software furnished hereunder (whether or not part of
firmware), including all copies thereof, are and shall remain the property of Seller and its Suppliers and are subject to the
terms and conditions of this agreement. All rights reserved.
Customer's use of this software shall be deemed to reflect Customer's agreement to abide by the terms and conditions
contained herein. Removal or modification of trademarks, copyright notices, logos, etc., or the use of Software on any
Equipment other than that for which it is intended, or any other material breach of this Agreement, shall automatically
terminate this license. If this Agreement is terminated for breach, Customer shall immediately discontinue use and
destroy or return to Seller all licensed software and other confidential or proprietary information of Seller. In no event
shall Seller or its suppliers or licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation, damages for
loss of business profits, business interruption, loss of business information, other pecuniary loss, or consequential dam-
ages) arising out of the use of or inability to use the software, even if Seller has been advised of the possibility of such
damages.
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 iii
Content
Software License Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ii
Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Welcome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
About this Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Phone Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Installation and Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Getting Started. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Plugging in and Starting the Phone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Network Connected/Network Disconnected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Idle Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
IP Phone Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
Key Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Key Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Keypad Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Methods for Customizing Your Phone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Phone Options via the IP Phone UI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
Phone Options via the Aastra Web UI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
Phone Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Phone Status via IP Phone UI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Finding Your Phone’s IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Phone Status via the Aastra Web UI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
Customizing Your Phone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Ring Tones and Tone Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Contrast Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Backlight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Live Dialpad* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Set Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Time and Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
User Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Resetting a User Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Content
iv 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Restarting Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Phone Lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
Defining an Emergency Dial Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
Line Keys and Softkeys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Multiple Line and Call Appearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
Softkeys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
State-Based Softkeys (Bottom Keys only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Line Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Speed Dial Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Editing Speed Dial Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
"Do Not Disturb" (DND) Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Busy Lamp Field (BLF) Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
BLF/List Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) Key (for Sylantro Servers). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Directed Call Pickup/Group Call Pickup Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
XML Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Flash Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
Sprecode Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Park/Pickup Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
Last Call Return (LCR) Key (Sylantro Servers only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Call Forward Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
BLF/Xfer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Speeddial/Xfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
Speeddial/Conf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Speeddial/MWI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
Services Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
Directory Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
Callers List Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
Intercom Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Phone Lock Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Paging Key (Sends the RTP Stream) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
None Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Empty Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Deleting a Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Content
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 v
Making Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Dialing a Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Pre-dialing a Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Using Handsfree Speakerphone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Using a Headset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Using Intercom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Redial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Mute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Receiving Calls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Answering an Incoming Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Sending an Incoming Call to Voicemail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Handling Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Placing a Call on Hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Transferring Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Conferencing Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Ending Calls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Managing Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Directory List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Callers List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Account Configuration (DND and Call Forwarding) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Missed Calls Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Voicemail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Additional Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Display DTMF Digits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Play Call Waiting Tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Stuttered Dial Tone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
XML Beep Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Status Scroll Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Switch UI Focus to Ringing Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Call Hold Reminder During Active Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Call Hold Reminder (on single hold) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Call Waiting Tone Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Preferred Line and Preferred Line Timeout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Content
vi 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Goodbye Key Cancels Incoming Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Message Waiting Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Incoming Intercom Call Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Using Redial Key for “Last Number Redial” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Group RTP Paging (receives RTP streams). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Shared Call Appearance (SCA) Call Bridging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
BroadSoft BroadWorks Executive and Assistant Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Star Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Other Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Model M670i and M675i Expansion Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Using the Expansion Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Troubleshooting Solutions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Limited Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Warranty-1
Exclusions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warranty-1
Warranty Repair Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warranty-1
After Warranty Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warranty-1
Limited Warranty (Australia Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Warranty-2
Repair Notice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warranty-2
Exclusions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warranty-2
Warranty Repair Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warranty-3
After Warranty Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warranty-3
Appendix A - Time Zone Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index-1
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 1
Welcome
The Aastra 6757i offers advanced XML capability to access custom applications and is fully interoperable with
leading IP-PBX platforms. Featuring a 5-line display, the 6757i supports up to 9 lines with call appearances and
allows you to make and receive calls, transfer, conference, and more. The 6757i IP telephone provides
communications over an IP Network using the SIP IP telephony protocol.
About this Guide
This guide explains how to use the basic features of your new 6757i phone. Not all features listed are available by default.
Contact your system or network administrator to find out which features and services are available to you on your system.
Your System Administrator has the ability to customize some features on this phone. For information on more advanced
settings and configurations, administrators should refer to the Aastra SIP IP Phones Administrator Guide.
Documentation
• Aastra 6757i SIP IP Phone Installation Guide – Installation and set-up instructions, general features and functions, and
basic options list customization. This Installation Guide is included with the telephone.
• Aastra 6757i SIP IP Phone User Guide – Describes the most commonly used features and functions for an end user. This
User Guide can be downloaded from http://www.aastra.com.
• Aastra SIP IP Phones Administrator Guide – Describes how to set the 6757i phone up on the network and contains
advanced configuration instructions for the 6757i. This Administrator Guide is intended for the System Administrator
and can be downloaded from http://www.aastra.com.
Phone Features
• 11-line graphical LCD screen (144 x 128 pixels) with white backlight
• Built-in-two-port, 10/100 Ethernet switch - lets you share a connection with your computer.
• 12 multi-functional softkeys
– 6 Top Keys: Static softkeys (up to 10 programmable functions)
– 6 Bottom Keys: State-based softkeys (up to 20 programmable functions)
• Press-and-hold speed dial key configuration feature
• 4 call appearance lines with LEDs
• Supports up to 9 call lines
• Full-duplex speakerphone for handsfree calls
• Headset mode support (via handset jack)
• Inline power support (based on 802.3af standard) which eliminates power adapters.
• AC power adapter (included)
• Enhanced busy lamp fields*
• Set paging*
* Availability of feature dependant on your phone system or service provider.
Welcome
2 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Requirements
The 6757i IP Phone requires the following environment:
• SIP-based IP PBX system or network installed and running with a SIP account created for the 6757i phone.
• Access to a Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP), File Transfer Protocol (FTP), Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) server,
or Hyper Text Transfer Protocol over Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) (HTTPS).
• Ethernet/Fast Ethernet LAN (10/100 Mbps)
• Category 5/5e straight through cabling
• Power source
– For Ethernet networks that supply in-line power to the phone (IEEE 802.3af):
– For power, use the Ethernet cable (supplied) to connect from the phone directly to the network for power. (No
48v AC power adapter required.)
– For Ethernet networks that DO NOT supply power to the phone:
– For power, use the 48V AC Power Adapter (included) to connect from the DC power port on the phone to a
power source.
or
– (optional) For power, use a Power over Ethernet (PoE) power injector or a PoE switch. A PoE power injector is
available as an optional accessory from Aastra. Contact your Administrator for more information.
Installation and Setup
If your System Administrator has not already setup your 6757i phone, please refer to the Aastra 6757i Installation Guide
for basic installation and physical setup information. For more advanced administration and configuration information,
System Administrators should refer to the Aastra SIP IP Phones Administrator Guide.
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 3
Getting Started
The 6757i must be set up and be configured prior to its first use. This section describes phone behavior and start up
screens you may see when the phone is first plugged in, or when it is restarted.
Plugging in and Starting the Phone
The 6757i automatically begins the start up sequence as soon as it is connected. The phone goes through this process the
first time you plug in your phone and every time you restart your phone.
The phone displays the following startup screens.
LLDP DHCP
Skip
Auto Discovery...
30%
DHCP: Waiting for IP
20%
Getting Started
4 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
The 6757i phone then checks settings and looks for new configuration and firmware updates for the phone from a
server. If a new update is found, the phone displays the message “Updating Configuration”. This may take a few
moments while the phone downloads the latest updates.
If language packs were loaded to your phone by your System Administrator, the following screen displays during startup.
When the configuration update is complete, the phone displays the following screens and then displays the Idle screen.
Note:
New updates to your phone can be automatically scheduled from the server. This is set up on the phone system by your
System Administrator and should be scheduled during non-business hours or slow call periods.
Important!
Do not unplug or remove power to the phone while it is checking or installing firmware and configuration information.
Updating config
45%
Checking for firmware
Do not unplug phone!
50%
Downloading
Language Packs
70%
Network
80%
SIP
92%
Done
100%
Getting Started
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 5
Network Connected/Network Disconnected
If your phone is successful when connecting to the network the following screen displays before changing to the Idle
screen.
If your phone did not successfully connect to the network, the "Network Disconnected" prompt appears on the display
and the telephone status light turns on.
Check that the cables are tightly connected to the phone and to the wall jack. The phone should automatically detect
when it is reconnected and displays the "Network Connected" prompt for a few seconds. However, if changes have been
made to your phone’s network settings, you may need to restart your phone.
For more information about connecting your phone, see the Aastra 6757i IP Phone Installation Guide, the section "Con-
necting to the Network and to Power".
Check with your system or network administrator for assistance.
Note:
If the phone displays "No Service" you can still use the phone but it is not registered with the Registrar. For more infor-
mation about registering your phone, see your System Administrator.
01/01/14 11:00am
L1 John Smith
Network Connected
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
01/01/14 11:00am
L1 John Smith
Network Disconnected
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Getting Started
6 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Idle Screen
When the phone has successfully updated the configuration and connected to the network, the phone displays the Idle
State screen. The idle screen is shown whenever your phone is not in use.
The Idle State screen lists your name (SIP screen name) and day, date, and time. In the above screen, the "L1" indicates
John Smith is configured on Line 1.
By default, the top softkeys 1 through 4 are configured for Services, Directory, Callers List, and Intercom, respectively. You
can configure the 6 top keys with up to 10 functions, and the 6 bottom softkeys with up to 20 functions as required.
Reference
For more information about configuring the top and bottom softkeys, see “Softkeys” on page 47.
For more information about using the Services, Directory, Callers List, Intercom, Dial, Conference, and Transfer keys, see
the following sections:
• “Making Calls” on page 111.
• “Handling Calls” on page 117.
• “Managing Calls” on page 127.
Note:
Your System Administrator sets up your SIP screen name, line number, and any other administrative features required.
If your name does not display on the screen, contact your System Administrator.
01/01/14 11:00am
L1 John Smith
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Services
Directory
Callers List
Intercom
Getting Started
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 7
Idle Screen With Softkeys Configured
If you or your administrator have configured softkey functions on your phone, the labels for those functions display on the
screen. For example, in the following illustration, "Home" was configured as a speed dial key on the bottom set of softkeys
and "Do Not Disturb" (DND) was configured on the top set of softkeys.
You can configure up to 10 functions on the top set of softkeys. If you have additional functions configured on the top
softkeys that do not display on the main idle screen, a "More" displays at the top right of the screen. Pressing the More
softkey toggles between the first screen and a second screen of softkeys configured on your phone.
Idle Screen with Voicemail Messages
The envelope icon displays on the Idle State screen only if you have new messages waiting. The number next to the
envelope indicates how many new messages you have.
To access your voicemail messages, use the star codes for your system if a voicemail softkey has not been configured on
your phone. For more information on your system’s star codes, please refer to the documentation for the voicemail system
you are using.
DND
01/01/14 11:00am
L1 John Smith
Services Icom
Directory DND
Callers More
Home
Speed Dial
Softkey
More
01/01/14 11:00am
L1 John Smith
Services Icom
Directory DND
Callers More
Home
Voicemail Icon
01/01/14 11:00am
L1 John Smith
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
1
Getting Started
8 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Screen Display After Picking Up the Handset
When you pickup the handset, the screen displays as follows:
This screen displays the following keys located on the bottom left of the screen:
• Dial
• Conf (Conference)
• Xfer (Transfer)
A More softkey also displays at the bottom right of the screen if you have configured softkeys other than the default
softkeys.
For example, if you configure a bottom softkey for speed dialing to Home, and then you pickup the handset, the screen
displays the Dial, Conf, and Xfer default softkeys with a More softkey. You can press the More softkey to toggle between
the first and second screens to display all configured softkeys. See illustrations below.
Note:
The bottom set of 6 softkeys map to the current state-based configurable softkeys. The top set of 6 softkeys allow you
to configure up to 10 functions.
L1 John Smith
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Dial
Conf
Xfer More
Idle Screen After Handset Pickup After Pressing "More"
L1 John Smith
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Dial
Conf
Xfer More
L1 John Smith
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Home
LCR
Office More
L1 John Smith
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Home
LCR
Office
01/01/14 11:00am
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 9
IP Phone Keys
Key Panel
The following sections describe the various 6757i phone key functions on both the symbol and text hardware platforms,
and how they help you make and manage your calls and caller information. Images of the symbol keys and the symbol
hardware platform are used throughout this document.
 6757i Handset
 Four (4) Line Call Appearance Keys
 High Quality Speakerphone
 Speakerphone/Headset Key
 Message Waiting Lamp
 Mute Key
 Goodbye Key
 Navigation Keys
 Options Key
 Keypad
 Hold Key
 LCD Screen
 Redial Key
 Volume Control (+) (-)
 Softkeys

 









 


IP Phone Keys
10 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Key Descriptions
The following table identifies the keys on the key panel of your 6757i IP phone that you can use for handling calls.
Text Keys Symbol Keys Key Description*
Goodbye Key - Ends an active call. The Goodbye key also exits an open list, such as the Options
List, without saving changes.
OptionsKey -Accesses options to customizeyour phone.Your System Administratormay have
already customized some of your settings. Check with your System Administrator before
changing the administrator-only options.
Hold Key - Places an active call on hold. To retrieve a held call, press the call appearance key
beside the light that is flashing.
Redial Key - Redials up to 100 previously dialed numbers. Pressing the Redial key twice simul-
taneously redials the last dialed number.
Volume Control Key - Adjusts the volume for the handset, headset, ringer, and speakerphone.
Line/Call Appearance Key - Connects you to a line or call. The Aastra 6753i IP phone supports
up to 4 line keys.
Speakerphone/Headset Key - Activates speakerphone/headset for making and receiving
calls without lifting the handset. When the audio mode option is set, this key is used to switch
between a headset and the speakerphone.
Mute Key - Mutes the microphone so that your caller cannot hear you (the light indicator
flashes when the microphone is on mute).
Goodbye
Options
Hold
Redial
Line 1
Line 1
Line 2
Line 2
Line 3
Line 3
Line 4
Line 4
L1
L1
L2
L2
L3
L3
L4
L4
Speaker/
Headset
Mute
IP Phone Keys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 11
*See the Aastra 6757i IP Phone User Guide for more information about each of these keys.
Navigation Keys - Pressing the UP and DOWN arrow keys lets you view different status and
text messages on the LCD display (if there is more than 1 line of status/text messages). These
keys also let you scroll through menu selections, such as the Options List, and scroll through a
remote number that is displayed on the phone. Users can press the scrolling DOWN navigation
key to view the rest of the phone number content.
Pressing the LEFT and RIGHT arrow keys lets you view the different line/call appearances. While
in the Options List, these keys allow you to exit or enter the current option. When you are edit-
ing entries on the display, pressing the LEFT arrow key erases the character on the left; pressing
the RIGHT arrow key sets the option.
Softkeys - 12 softkeys on the 6757i IP Phone.
- 6 Top Keys: programmable static softkeys (up to 10 programmable functions)
- 6 Bottom Keys: programmable state-based softkeys (up to 20 programmable functions)
These keys also perform as follows:
Callers List Key - Accesses the last 200 calls received.
Conference Key - Begins a conference call with the active call.
Xfer Key - Transfers the active call to another number.
Directory Key - Displays up to 200 names and phone numbers (stored in alphabetical order)
Note:
For more information about programming the softkeys to perform specific functions, see the
Aastra Model 6757i IP Phone User Guide.
Text Keys Symbol Keys Key Description*
IP Phone Keys
12 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Keypad Keys
The 6757i has a keypad with digits from 0 through 9, a “*” key, and a “#” key. Keys 2 through 9 contain the letters of the
alphabet. The 6757i phone keypad includes the following:
The "*" is called the "star key". The "#" is called the "number sign", "pound key", or "hash key", depending on one's nation-
ality or personal preference. These can be used for special functions such as accessing voicemail. The “star key” and
“pound key” functions are dependant on your country’s feature availabilities. Contact your System Administrator for
more information about available functions using these keys.
These keypad keys can be used for any of the following on the phone:
• Dial a phone number to make a call (see “Dialing a Number” on page 111.)
• Enter digits or letters in the IP Phone user interface.
• Program a speed dial number (see “Speed Dial Key” on page 53.)
• Press a speed dial key (see “Speed Dial Key” on page 53.)
• Press the keys associated with a called Interactive Voice Response (IVR) system.
Keypad Key Description
0 Dials 0
Dials the Operator on a registered phone
1 Dials 1
2 ABC Dials 2
When entering text, this key enters A with one press, B with two presses, and C with three presses
3 DEF Dials 3
When entering text, this key enters D with one press, E with two presses, and F with three presses
4 GHI Dials 4
When entering text, this key enters G with one press, H with two presses, and I with three presses
5 JKL Dials 5
When entering text, this key enters J with one press, K with two presses, and L with three presses
6 MNO Dials 6
When entering text, this key enters M with one press, N with two presses, and O with three presses
7 P QRS Dials 7
When entering text, this key enters P with one press, Q with two presses, R with three presses, and S with four presses.
8 TUV Dials 8
When entering text, this key enters T with one press, U with two presses, and V with three presses
9 WXYZ Dials 9
When entering text, this key enters W with one press, X with two presses, Y with three presses, and Z with four presses.
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 13
Methods for Customizing Your Phone
There are two ways to customize specific options on your phone:
• Using the Options key on the IP Phone
• Using the Aastra Web UI in an Internet browser window from your PC.
Phone Options via the IP Phone UI
You can customize your phone by pressing the Options key and accessing the IP Phone UI.
These options allow you to customize the following phone settings.
Option Number Option
1 Call Forward
1. All
2. Busy
3. No Answer
The menus that display for Call Forward are dependant on the Call Forward Mode set on the phone. Default is "Account" mode.
If the BroadSoft BroadWorks Executive and Assistant Services feature is enabled and your phone is configured with the Assistant’s
role, an additional Forward Filtering option may be available in the Call Foward menu. For information on the BroadWorks Execu-
tive and Assistant Services feature, refer to BroadSoft BroadWorks Executive and Assistant Services on page 179.
2 Preferences
1. Tones
– Ring Tone
– Tone Set
2. Display
– Contrast Level
– Backlight
3. Speed Dial Edit
4. Live Dialpad
5. Set Audio
– Audio Mode
– Headset Mic Vol
– DHSG
6. Time and Date
– Time Format
– Daylight Savings
– Date Format
– Time Zone
– Time Server 1
– Time Server 2
– Time Server 3
– Set Time
– Set Date
7. Language
– Screen Language
– Input Language
3 Phone Status
1. IP&MAC Addresses
2. LAN Port
3. PC Port
4. Firmware Info
5. Error Messages
6. Copyright
4 User Password
5 Administrator Menu (Password Protected)*
Methods for Customizing Your Phone
14 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Simplified Options Menu
Your System Administrator may configure a simplified options menu for your phone. The following table indicates the
options that may appear on your phone if the simplified options menu is applied.
6 Restart Phone
7 Phone Lock
Note:
*The "Administrator Menu" options are Administrator level functions only, and are not accessible by the user. These
options should only be set up and changed by your System Administrator.
Option Number Option
1 Call Forward
1. All
2. Busy
3. No Answer
The menus that display for Call Forward are dependant on the Call Forward Mode set on the phone. Default is "Account" mode.
If the BroadSoft BroadWorks Executive and Assistant Services feature is enabled and your phone is configured with the Assistant’s
role, an additional Forward Filtering option may be available in the Call Foward menu. For information on the BroadWorks Exec-
utive and Assistant Services feature, refer to BroadSoft BroadWorks Executive and Assistant Services on page 179.
2 Preferences
1. Tones
– Ring Tone
– Tone Set
2. Display
– Contrast Level
– Backlight
3. Set Audio
– Audio Mode
– Headset Mic Vol
– DHSG
3 Phone Status
1. IP&MAC Addresses
2. LAN Port
3. PC Port
4. Firmware Info
5. Error Messages
6. Restart Phone
7. Copyright
4 Phone Lock
Option Number Option
Methods for Customizing Your Phone
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 15
Using the IP Phone UI
References
For more information about customizing your phone using the available options from the IP Phone UI, see the section
“Customizing Your Phone” on page 24. For more information about administrator options, contact your System Adminis-
trator.
IP Phone UI
1. Press the Options key on the phone to enter the Options List.
2. To go to an Option, use 5 and 2 to scroll through the list, or press the number corresponding to the Option.
3. Press the Show softkey, the 4 key, or press the digit number of the corresponding option to select an option.
4. Use the softkeys that display for each option to change a selected option.
5. Press the Done key to save the change.
6. Press the key, the 3 key, or the key at any time to exit without saving changes.
Methods for Customizing Your Phone
16 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Phone Options via the Aastra Web UI
In addition to the IP Phone UI options, you can also customize additional options on the IP Phone using the Aastra Web
UI. In order to access your phone using the Aastra Web UI, you need to know your phone’s IP address. To find your
phone’s IP address, see “Finding Your Phone’s IP Address” on page 21.
Using the Aastra Web UI
Aastra Web UI
1. Open your web browser, enter the phone’s IP address or host name into the address field and press <Enter>. The
following logon screen displays.
2. At the prompt, enter your username and password and click OK.
Note:
For a user, the default username is “user” and the password field is left blank.
Methods for Customizing Your Phone
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 17
The Network Status window displays for the IP phone you are accessing.
3. You can logout of the Aastra Web UI at any time by clicking Log Off.
Methods for Customizing Your Phone
18 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
The following categories display in the side menu of the Aastra Web UI: Status, Operation, Basic Settings.
Headings Descriptions
Status The Status section displays the network status and the MAC address of the IP phone. It also displays hardware and firmware informa-
tion about the IP phone, and information about the SIP account(s) currently configured on the phone. The information in the Status
window is read-only.
Operation User Password - Allows you to change user password.
Phone Lock - Allows you to assign an emergency dial plan to the phone, lock the phone to prevent any changes to the phone and to
prevent use of the phone, and reset the user password.
Softkeys and XML - Allows you to configure up to 6 top softkeys and 6 bottom softkeys with functions identified in the list below. You
can configure up to 10 functions on the top softkeys and up to 20 functions on the bottom softkeys.
Available Functions for Softkeys
Keypad Speed Dial - Allows you to assign a speed dial number to a specific digit on the phone’s keypad for speed dialing purposes.
Expansion Modules - Allows you to configure an additional 36 softkeys with a M670i Expansion Module, or an additional 60 softkeys
with a M675i Expansion Module if an it is attached to the phone. This option displays on the side menu of the Aastra Web UI only if an
Expansion Module is attached. For more information about the expansion modules see “Model M670i and M675i Expansion Modules”
on page 193.
Directory - Allows you to copy the Callers List and Directory List from your IP phone to your PC.
Reset - Allows you to restart the IP phone when required.
• None • Call Forward
• Line • BLF/Xfer
• Speed Dial • Speeddial/Xfer
• Do Not Disturb (DND) • Speeddial/Conf
• Busy Lamp Field (BLF) • Speeddial/MWI
• BLF/List • Directory
• Auto Call Distribution (ACD) • Callers List
• Directed Call Pickup • Filter
• Extensible Markup Language (XML) • Icom (Intercom)
• Flash • Services
• Sprecode • Phone Lock
• Park • Paging
• Pickup • Empty
• Last Call Return (LCR)
Methods for Customizing Your Phone
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 19
Basic Settings Preferences - Allows you to enable/disable the following:
• Park Call
• Pick Up Parked Call
• Display DTMF Digits
• Play Call Waiting Tone
• Stuttered Dial Tone
• XML Beep Support
• Status Scroll Delay (seconds)
• Switch UI Focus to Ringing Line
• Call Hold Reminder During Active Calls
• Call Hold Reminder
• Call Waiting Tone Period
• Preferred Line
• Preferred Line Timeout (seconds)
• Goodbye Key Cancels Incoming Call
• Message Waiting Indicator Line
• DND Key Mode
• Call Forward Key Mode
This category also allows you to configure:
• Incoming Intercom Call Settings
• Group Paging RTP Settings
• Ring Tones (global and per-line basis)
• Time and Date Settings
• Language Settings
Account Configuration - Allows you to configure “Do Not Disturb” (DND) and “Call Forwarding” (CFWD) by account. You can have
multiple accounts on the 6757i.
Headings Descriptions
20 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Phone Status
You can view the status of your phone using the IP Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI.
Phone Status via IP Phone UI
The "Phone Status" option on the IP phone displays the status of your phone to the LCD display.
This option allows you to view your phone’s:
• Network status including your phone’s IP and MAC address
• Local Area Network (LAN) port information
• PC Port information (if PC link exists)
• Firmware version
• Error messages from last reboot or startup
• Copyright information
Use the following procedure to view the status of your phone using the IP Phone UI.
IP Phone UI
1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List.
2. Select Phone Status.
3. Select the option you want to view:
• IP&MAC Address
• LAN Port
• PC Port
• Firmware Info
• Error Messages
• Copyright
The option you select displays to the LCD. Use the 5 and 2 keys to scroll the through the LCD display.
Phone Status
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 21
Finding Your Phone’s IP Address
If you want to access your phone’s options using an Internet browser, you need to enter the IP address of the phone in the
browser to open the Aastra Web UI. Use the following procedure to find your phone’s IP address.
IP Phone UI
1. Press to enter the Options List.
2. Scroll to Phone Status and press Select.
3. Scroll to IP&MAC Addresses and press Select.
The IP address of your 6757i IP phone displays in the "IP Address" field.
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
2.Preferences
3.Phone Status
Select
Done
Options List
1.Call Forward
4.Password
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Select
Done
2.LAN Port
3.PC Port
Phone Status
1.IP&MAC Addresses
4.Firmware Info
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Select
Done
192.168.0.100
MAC Address:
IP&MAC Addresses
IP Address
00447D180326
Phone Status
22 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Phone Status via the Aastra Web UI
Use the following procedure to view the phone status via the Aastra Web UI.
The Status window displays for the IP phone you are accessing.
This Status window is view only. It displays the status of your phone which includes the following:
• Network Status
• Hardware Information
• Firmware Information
• SIP Status
SIP Account Status
The IP Phones show the SIP registration status on the IP Phone’s Status screen in the Aastra Web UI.
Aastra Web UI
1. Open your web browser, enter the phone’s IP address or host name into the address field and press <Enter>.
2. In the Username/Password window, enter your username and password and click OK.
Note:
For a user, the default username is “user” and the password field is left blank.
Phone Status
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 23
The following table describes the status conditions that can display for the account.
Status Condition Description
Registered Displays this status on accounts that HAVE been registered with the SIP proxy server.
Example:
Backup
Registrar
Line SIP Account Status Used?
1 650@proxy.com:5060 Registered Yes
where
Account Number is “1”
SIP Account is “650@proxy.com” on port “5060”
Status is “Registered”
Backup registrar is used (“Yes”)
SIP Error Number Displays on accounts when registration fails with the SIP proxy server.
Example:
Backup
Registrar
Line SIP Account Status Used?
4 653@proxy.com:5060 401 No
where
Account Number is “4”
SIP Account is “653@proxy.com” on port “5060”
Status is “401” - Unregistered if SIP registration fails.
Backup registrar is used (“No”)
24 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Customizing Your Phone
The following paragraphs describe the options available from either the IP Phone UI, the Aastra Web UI, or both, and pro-
vide procedures applicable to the option.
Ring Tones and Tone Sets
You can configure ring tones and ring tone sets on the IP phone.
Ring Tones
There are several distinct ring tones a user can select from to set on the IP phones. You can enable/disable these ring
tones on a global or per-line basis.
The following table identifies the valid settings and default values for each type of configuration method.
Ring Tones Table
Configuration Method Valid Values Default Value
IP Phone UI Global
Tone 1
Tone 2
Tone 3
Tone 4
Tone 5
Silent
Global Setting:
Tone 1
Aastra Web UI Global:
Tone 1
Tone 2
Tone 3
Tone 4
Tone 5
Silent
Global Setting:
Tone 1
Lines 1 to 6 Per-Line Setting:
Global
Tone 1
Tone 2
Tone 3
Tone 4
Tone 5
Silent
Per-Line Setting:
Global
Customizing Your Phone
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 25
Ring Tone Sets
In addition to ring tones, you can configure ring tone sets on a global-basis on the IP phone. Ring tone sets consist of tones
customized for a specific country. The ring tone sets you can configure on the IP phones are:
• Australia
• Brazil
• Europe (generic tones)
• France
• Germany
• Italy
• Italy2
• Malaysia
• Mexico
• Russia
• Slovakia
• UK
• US (Default - also used in Canada)
When you configure the country's tone set, the country-specific tone is heard on the phone for the following:
• dial tone
• secondary dial tone
• ring tone
• busy tone
• congestion tones
• call waiting tone
• ring cadence pattern
You configure global ring tones and tone sets using the Aastra Web UI and the IP Phone UI.
Configuring Ring Tones and Tone Sets
Use the following procedures to configure ring tones and tone sets on the IP phone.
Global configuration only
IP Phone UI
1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List.
2. Select Preferences.
3. Select Tones.
4. Select Ring Tone.
5. Select the type of ring tone (Tone 1 through Tone 5, or Silent).
6. Press Done.
7. Select Tone Set.
Customizing Your Phone
26 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
8. Select the country for which you want to apply the tone set.
ValidvaluesareAustralia,Brazil,Europe,France,Germany,Italy,Italy2,Malaysia,Mexico,Brazil,Russia,Slovakia,
UK, and US. Default is US.
9. Press Done.
The ring tone and tone set you select is immediately applied to the IP phone.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->Ring Tones.
For global configuration:
2. In the "Ring Tones" section, select a country from the "Tone Set" field.
Valid values are Australia, Brazil, Europe, France, Germany, Italy, Italy2, Malaysia, Mexico, Brazil, Russia, Slova-
kia, UK, and US. Default is US.
3. Select a value from the "Global Ring Tone" field.
Note:
See the Ring Tones Table on page 24 for valid values.
For per-line configuration:
4. In the "Ring Tone" section, select a line for which you want to set ring tone.
5. Select a value from the "LineN" field.
Note:
See the Ring Tones Table on page 24 for valid values.
6. Click Save Settings.
Customizing Your Phone
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 27
Contrast Level
The "Contrast Level" option on the IP phone allows you to set the amount of light that illuminates the LCD display. Use
this option to set the preference of contrast level.
You can set the contrast level using the IP Phone UI only.
Setting Contrast Level
Backlight
The "Backlight" option on the IP phone allows you to set the backlight status on the LCD display to the following:
• Off - Backlight is always OFF.
• Auto (Default)- Automatically turns ON the backlight when the phone is in use, and then automatically turns OFF the
backlight when the phone is idle after a specified length of time.
Auto backlighting sets the phone to turn off the backlighting after a period of inactivity; the idle period is user definable
under the Advanced softkey when you select the Auto mode. In Auto mode, the backlight turns on with a key press or
state change on the phone.
Setting the Backlight
IP Phone UI
1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List.
2. Select Preferences.
3. Select Display.
4. Select Contrast Level.
5. Use the 3 and 4 navigation keys to increase or decrease the intensity of contrast lighting on the LCD.
6. Press Done to save your selection.
IP Phone UI
1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List.
2. Select Preferences.
3. Select Display.
4. Select Backlight.
5. Use the 5 and 2 navigation keys to select the Backlight status for your phone. Default is "Auto". Available options are:
• Off
• Auto (Default)
6. If you selected "Off", press Done to save your setting.
7. If you selected "Auto", press the Advanced softkey.
Customizing Your Phone
28 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Live Dialpad*
The "Live Dialpad" option on the IP phone turns the Live Dial Pad mode ON or OFF. With live dial pad ON, the 6757i IP
phone automatically dials out and turns ON Handsfree mode as soon as a dial pad key or softkey is pressed. With live dial
pad OFF, if you dial a number while the phone is on-hook, lifting the receiver or pressing the initiates a call to that
number.
*Availability of feature dependant on your phone system or service provider.
You can enable/disable the live dialpad using the IP Phone UI only.
Enabling/Disabling Live Dialpad
8. Usingthekeypad,entertheamountofsecondsyouwantthephonetostaybacklitwhenthephoneisidle.Validvalues
are 1 to 120 seconds (2 minutes). Default is 10 seconds. When this period of time is reached, the phone turns OFF
the backlight. Use the "Backspace" and/or "Clear" softkeys to delete entries if required.
9. Press Enter to save your setting.
IP Phone UI
1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List.
2. Select Preferences.
3. Select Live Dialpad.
4. Use the navigation keys to turn the live dialpad ON or OFF.
5. Press Done to save your setting.
Customizing Your Phone
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 29
Set Audio
The "Set Audio" option on the IP Phone allows you to set the audio mode for your IP phone. It also allows you to set the
volume level of the headset microphone and enable/disable DHSG. You can set Audio on your IP phone using the IP
Phone UI only.
Audio Mode
The 6757i allows you to use a handset, a headset, or handsfree mode to handle incoming and outgoing calls. The audio
mode option provides different combinations of these three methods to provide maximum flexibility in handling calls.
There are four audio mode options you can set:
Headset Mic Volume
The "Headset Mic Volume" option allows you to set the volume level for the headset microphone.
DHSG
The “DHSG” option allows you to enable or disable DHSG headset support.
Setting Audio Mode, Headset Mic Volume, and DHSG
Auto Mode Option Description
Speaker This is the default setting. Calls can be made or received using the handset or hands free speakerphone. In handset audio
mode, pressing the key on the phone switches to hands free speakerphone. In Speaker audio mode, lift the handset
to switch to the handset.
Headset Choose this setting if you want to make or receive all calls using a handset, or headset connected through the handset port.
Speaker/Headset Incoming calls are sent to the hands free speakerphone first when the key is pressed. By pressing the key again, you
can switch back and forth between the hands free speakerphone and the headset. At anytime, lifting the handset switches
back to the handset from either the hands free speakerphone or the headset.
Headset/Speaker Incoming calls are sent to the headset first when the key is pressed. By pressing the key again, you can switch back
and forth between the headset and the hands free speakerphone. At anytime, lifting the handset switches back to the hand-
set from either the headset or the hands free speakerphone.
Note:
A DHSG headset and an expansion module cannot be used concurrently as they both share the same headset port.
IP Phone UI
1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List.
2. Select Preferences.
3. Select Set Audio.
4. Select Audio Mode.
5. Select the audio mode you want to use on your phone. Default is Speaker.
Valid values are:
• Speaker (Default)
• Headset
• Speaker/Headset
• Headset/Speaker
6. Press Done to save your setting.
7. Select Headset Mic Volume.
Customizing Your Phone
30 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Time and Date
On the IP phones, you can configure the following:
• Time and date
• Time and date format
• Time zone
• Daylight savings time
• Time Servers
Configuring Time and Date
Use the following procedures to configure the time and date settings on the IP phone.
Set Time and Time Format
8. Select the Low, Medium, or High volume level. Default is Medium.
9. Press Done to save your selection.
10.Select DHSG.
11.Select the DHSG is OFF or DHSG is ON option. Default is DHSG is OFF.
12.Press Done to save your selection.
Note:
Only the Time and Date Formats and Time Servers can be set using the Aastra Web UI
IP Phone UI
Note:
The time and time format you configure display on the phone’s idle screen.
1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List.
2. Select Preferences.
3. Select Time and Date.
4. Select Set Time.
5. Using the keys on the keypad, enter a time to set on the IP phone. Use the
"Backspace" key to move back a space and delete a character. Use the "AM/PM" softkey to specify either AM or PM
for the time setting.
6. Press Enter to save the setting.
7. Select Time Format.
8. Using the navigation keys, set the Time Format to either a 12 hour format or a 24 hour format. Valid values are 12
Hour and 24 Hour. Default is 12 Hour.
9. Press Done to save the Time Format you selected.
Customizing Your Phone
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 31
Set Date and Date Format
Set Time Zone
Note:
The date and date format you configure display on the phone’s idle screen.
1. Select Preferences.
2. Select Time and Date.
3. Select Set Date.
4. Using the keys on the keypad, enter a date to set on the IP phone. Use the
"Backspace" key to move back a space and delete a character.
5. Press Enter to save the setting.
6. Select Date Format.
7. Select a date format from the list of options. Default is WWW MMM DD. Valid values are:
• WWW MMM DD (default)
• DD-MMM-YY
• YYYY-MM-DD
• DD/MM/YYYY
• DD/MM/YY
• DD-MM-YY
• MM/DD/YY
• MMM DD
• DD MMM YYYY
• WWW DD MMM
• DD MMM
• DD.MM.YYYY
8. Press Done to save the Date Format.
1. Select Preferences.
2. Select Time and Date.
3. Select Time Zone.
A list of Time Zones displays for different areas of the world.
4. Select a Time Zone that applies to your area.
The default Time Zone is US-Eastern.
Note:
For a list of the Time Zones values available on the IP Phone, see ‘Appendix A - Time Zone Codes.”
5. Press Done to save the Time Zone setting.
Customizing Your Phone
32 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Daylight Savings Time
Set Time Servers
With a valid time server enabled your IP phone will synchronize the time displayed with the specified configuration
server. The phone will use the time from Time Server 1 unless it is not configured or unavailable, in which case it will
move on to Time Server 2, and if necessary Time Server 3
1. Select Preferences.
2. Select Daylight Savings.
3. Select a Daylight Savings time from the list of options.
Default is Automatic. Valid values are:
• OFF
• 30 min summertime
• 1h summertime
• Automatic (Default)
4. Press Done to save the Daylight Savings value you selected.
1. Select Preferences.
2. Select Time and Date.
3. Select from Time Server 1, Time Server 2, or Time Server 3.
4. Using the keys on the keypad, enter an IP address or domain name for the time server.
Use the "Backspace" key to move back a space and delete a character. Use the "Dot" softkey to enter dots within the
IP address or domain name. Use the "ABC" softkey to toggle between entering numbers and entering letters.
5. Press Enter to save the time server setting
Customizing Your Phone
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 33
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->Time and Date Setting.
2. In the “Time Format” field, select the time format you want to use on your phone. Valid values are:
• 12h (12 hour format) (default)
• 24h (24 hour format)
Note:
The time and time format you configure display on the phone’s idle screen.
3. In the “Date Format” field, select the date format you want to use on your phone. Default is WWW MMM DD. Valid
values are:
• WWW MMM DD (default)
• DD-MMM-YY
• YYYY-MM-DD
• DD/MM/YYYY
• DD/MM/YY
• DD-MM-YY
• MM/DD/YY
• MMM DD
• DD MMM YYYY
• WWW DD MMM
• DD MMM
• DD.MM.YYYY
Note:
The date and date format you configure display on the phone’s idle screen.
4. In the “NTP Time Servers” field, enable by checking the checkbox or disable by unchecking the box (default is
enabled).
5. In the “Time Server 1”
, “Time Server 2”, and “Time Server 3” fields, enter IP addresses or qualified domain names
for the primary, secondary, and tertiary time servers.
Note:
Time Servers can only be entered if NTP Time Servers is enabled.
6. Click Save Settings..
Customizing Your Phone
34 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Language
The IP phones support several different languages. You can have the IP Phone UI and the Aastra Web UI display in a spe-
cific language as required. When you set the language to use, all of the display screens (menus, services, options, config-
uration parameters, etc.) display in that language. The IP phones support the following languages:
• English
• Czech
• Catalan
• Valencian
• Welsh
• German
• Danish
• Spanish
• Mexican Spanish
• Finnish
• French
• Canadian French
• Italian
• Dutch
• Dutch (Netherlands)
• Norwegian
• Polish
• Portuguese
• Portuguese Brazilian
• Romanian
• Russian
• Slovak
• Swedish
• Turkish
You can also configure the language to use when inputting values in the Aastra Web UI and the IP Phone UI.
Specifying the Language to Use
Once the language pack(s) are available on your phone from your System Administrator, you can specify which language
to use on the phone and/or the Aastra Web UI.
Use the following procedure to specify which language to use for the IP Phone UI.
Note:
All languages may not be available for selection. The available languages are dependant on the language packs cur-
rently loaded to the IP phone.
IP Phone UI
1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List.
2. Select Preferences.
Customizing Your Phone
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 35
The change is dynamic. When you exit the Options Menu, the phone displays all menu items in the language you selected
3. Select Language.
4. Select Screen Language.
The current language setting displays on the IP Phone.
5. To change the language setting, use the 5 and 2 keys to scroll through the languages.
Note:
All languages may not be available for selection. The available languages are dependant on the language packs
currently loaded to the IP phone. English is the default language and cannot be changed or removed. For more
information about loading language packs, see your System Administrator.
6. Press Done to set the language on the phone.
Aastra Web UI
Note:
You must have the language pack(s) already loaded to your phone in order to use them. For more information about
loading language packs, see your System Administrator.
1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->Language Settings.
2. In the “Webpage Language” field, select a language to apply to the Aastra Web UI.
Note:
All languages may not be available for selection. The available languages are dependant on the language packs cur-
rently loaded to the IP phone by your System Administrator. English is the default language and cannot be changed
or removed.
3. Click Save Settings.. The change is dynamic. The Aastra Web UI displays all screens in the language you selected.
Customizing Your Phone
36 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Language Input
The 6757i supports text and character inputs in various languages (English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese,
Russian, and Nordic). Inputting textual or character information into the IP Phone UI can be done using the keypad on
the phone. You enable the Language Input feature using the Aastra Web UI or the IP Phone UI. You can then use text and
characters in a specific language when performing inputs on the phone.
The following tables identify the language characters that you can use to enter text and characters on the 6757i.
Keypad Input Alphabet Tables
English
French
Key Uppercase Characters Lowercase Characters
0 0 0
1 1;=_,-'&() 1.:;=_,-'&()
2 ABC2 abc2
3 DEF3 def3
4 GHI4 ghi4
5 JKL5 jkl5
6 MNO6 mno6
7 PQRS7 pqrs7
8 TUV8 tuv8
9 WXYZ9 wxyz9
* * <SPACE> * <SPACE>
# #/@ #/@
Key Uppercase Characters Lowercase Characters
0 0 0
1 1.:;=_,-'&() 1.:;=_,-'&()
2 ABC2ÀÂÇÁÅÆ abc2àâçáåæ
3 DEF3ÉÈÊË def3éèêë
4 GHI4ÎÏ ghi4îï
5 JKL5 jkl5
6 MNO6ÑÓÒÔÖ mno6ñóòôö
7 PQRS7 pqrs7
8 TUV8 tuv8úùûü
9 WXYZ9 wxyz9
* * <SPACE> * <SPACE>
# #/@ #/@
Customizing Your Phone
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 37
Spanish
German
Italian
Key Uppercase Characters Lowercase Characters
0 0 0
1 1.:;=_,-'&() 1.:;=_,-'&()
2 ABC2ÁÀÇ abc2áàç
3 DEF3ÉÈ def3éè
4 GHI4ÏÍ ghi4ïí
5 JKL5 jkl5
6 MNO6ÑÓÒ mno6ñóò
7 PQRS7 pqrs7
8 TUV8ÚÜ tuv8úü
9 WXYZ9 wxyz9
* * <SPACE> * <SPACE>
# #/@ #/@
Key Uppercase Characters Lowercase Characters
0 0 0
1 1.:;=_,-'&() 1.:;=_,-'&()
2 ABC2ÄÀ abc2äà
3 DEF3É def3é
4 GHI4 ghi4
5 JKL5 jkl5
6 MNO6Ö mno6ö
7 PQRS7ß pqrs7ß
8 TUV8Ü tuv8ü
9 WXYZ9 wxyz9
* * <SPACE> * <SPACE>
# #/@ #/@
Key Uppercase Characters Lowercase Characters
0 0 0
1 1.:;=_,-'&() 1.:;=_,-'&()
2 ABC2ÀCÇ abc2àcç
3 DEF3ÉÈË def3éèë
4 GHI4 ghi4
5 JKL5 jkl5
6 MNO6ÓÒ mno6óò
7 PQRS7 pqrs7
8 TUV8Ù tuv8ù
9 WXYZ9 wxyz9
* * <SPACE> * <SPACE>
# #/@ #/@
Customizing Your Phone
38 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Portuguese
Russian
Nordic
Key Uppercase Characters Lowercase Characters
0 0 0
1 1.:;=_,-'&() 1.:;=_,-'&()
2 ABC2ÁÀÂÃÇ abc2áàâãç
3 DEF3ÉÊ def3éê
4 GHI4Í ghi4í
5 JKL5 jkl5
6 MNO6ÓÔÕ mno6óôõ
7 PQRS7 pqrs7
8 TUV8ÚÜ tuv8úü
9 WXYZ9 wxyz9
* * <SPACE> * <SPACE>
# #/@ #/@
Key Uppercase Characters Lowercase Characters
0 0 0
1 1.:;=_,-'&() 1.:;=_,-'&()
2 АБВГ2ABC aбвг2abc
3 ДЕЁЖЭ3DEF Дeëжз3def
4 ИЙКЛ4GHI ийкл4ghi
5 МНОП5JKL мноп5jkl
6 РСТУ6MNO рсту6mno
7 ФХЦЧ7PQRS7 фхЧч7pqrs
8 ШЩЪЫ8TUV шщъы8tuv
9 ЬЗЮЯ9WXYZ ьзюя9wxyz
* * <SPACE> * <SPACE>
# #/@ #/@
Key Uppercase Characters Lowercase Characters
0 0 0
1 1.:;=_,-'&() 1.:;=_,-'&()
2 ABC2ÅÄÆÀ abc2åäæà
3 DEF3É def3é
4 GHI4 ghi4
5 JKL5 jkl5
6 MNO6ÖØ mno6öø
7 PQRS7ß pqrs7ß
8 TUV8Ü tuv8ü
9 WXYZ9 wxyz9
* * <SPACE> * <SPACE>
# #/@ #/@
Customizing Your Phone
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 39
Configuring Language Input Using the IP Phone UI
You can configure the language you use for inputting on the phone by setting the Input Language option. The default
input language setting is English. You can change this setting using the IP Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI.
Use the following procedure to change the input language using the IP Phone UI.
Use the following procedure to set the input language using the Aastra Web UI.
IP Phone UI
1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List.
2. Select Preferences.
3. Select Language.
4. Select Input Language.
Select the language you want to use when inputting text and characters into the IP Phone UI. Valid values are:
• English (default)
• Français (French)
• Español (Spanish)
• Deutsch (German)
• Italiano (Italian)
• Português (Portuguese)
• Русский (Russian)
• Nordic
Note:
Available input languages are dependent on the configuration enabled by your System Administrator.
5. Press Done when you have selected an input language.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Basic Settings-> Preferences->Language Settings.
2. Selectalanguagefromthe"InputLanguage"field.Settingthisfieldallowsyoutospecifythelanguagetousewhen
entering text and characters in the Aastra Web UI and IP Phone UI. Valid values are:
• English (default)
• Français (French)
• Español (Spanish)
• Deutsch (German)
• Italiano (Italian)
• Português (Portuguese)
• Русский (Russian)
• Nordic
Note:
All languages may not be available for selection. The available input languages are dependant on the configuration
enabled by your System Administrator.
3. ClickSaveSettings.Thechangeisdynamic.TheAastraWebUIandIPPhoneUIallowyoutoentertextandcharacters
in the language you selected.
Customizing Your Phone
40 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Latin 2 Character Set
The 6757i includes support for ISO 8859-2 (Latin2) of multi-national languages when displaying and inputting in the IP
Phone UI and the Aastra Web UI.
UTF-8 is also compatible with XML encoding on the IP Phones.
The following table illustrates the Latin 2 character set used on the 6757i IP Phone.
User Password
This category allows you to change the user password for your phone. Changing your password ensures that only you
can alter your phone settings, and helps keep your system secure. You can change your user password using the IP
Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI.
If you change the password Then you need to
using the IP Phone UI, use that new password to log into the Aastra Web UI.
using the Aastra Web UI, use that new password when changing the user password via the IP Phone UI.
Note:
Valid values when creating or changing a password are 0 to 4294967295 (integers only; symbols and alpha characters
are not allowed). Default password is an empty string "" (field is blank).
Customizing Your Phone
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 41
Setting a User Password
Resetting a User Password
If you forget your password, you can reset it and enter a new password. The reset user password feature resets the pass-
word to the factory default which is blank (no password).
You can reset a user password using the Aastra Web UI only.
IP Phone UI
Notes:
If required, use the following keys while entering a password:
• Backspace softkey moves cursor back a space and deletes characters
• Cancel softkey cancels the password changing process without saving.
1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List.
2. Select Password and press Select.
3. At the "Current Password:" prompt, enter the current user password and press Enter.
4. At the "New Password:" prompt, enter the new user password and press Enter.
5. At the "Re-enter Password:" prompt, re-enter the new user password and press Enter.
A message, "Password Changed" displays on the screen.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->User Password.
2. In the "Current Password" field, enter the current user password.
Note:
By default, the user name is “user” (all lowercase) and the password field is left blank.
3. In the "New Password" field, enter the new user password.
4. In the "Password Confirm" field, enter the new user password again.
5. Click Save Settings.
Note:
Valid values when creating or changing a password are 0 to 4294967295 (integers only; symbols and alpha characters
are not allowed). Default password is an empty string "" (field is blank).
Customizing Your Phone
42 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Reset a User Password
Use the following procedure to reset a user password.
Restarting Your Phone
You may want to restart your phone to check for updates on the server. You may occasionally need to restart your phone
to set changes or updates to your phone or network settings. You may also need to restart your phone if you have been
asked to do so by your System Administrator, or should you experience any unexpected behavior.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Phone Lock.
2. CIick on the "Reset User Password" field, click Reset.
The following screen displays.
3. In the "Current Password" field, leave this blank.
4. In the "New Password" field, enter a new password.
5. In the "Password Confirm" field, re-enter your new user password.
6. Click Save Settings.
IP Phone UI
1. Press the key on the phone to enter the Options List.
2. Select Restart Phone.
3. When the prompt, "Areyousureyouwishtorestartthephone?" appears, press the Restart softkey. If you do not wish
to restart your phone, press Cancel.
Customizing Your Phone
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 43
Phone Lock
You can lock your phone to prevent the phone from being used or configured. You can lock the phone using any of the fol-
lowing:
• At the path Options->Phone Lock on the IP Phone UI.
• At the path Operations->Phone Lock on the Aastra Web UI.
• At a configured key on the phone. For more information about configuring a Lock/Unlock key on your phone, see
“Making Calls” on page 111.
In the Aastra Web UI, the Operation->Phone Lock path also allows you to perform the following:
• Reset a user password. Clicking on the “Reset” key in the “Reset User Password” field displays a screen that allows you
to enter and save a new user password.
• Set an emergency dial plan. An emergency dial plan can be 911, 999, 112, 110 or all of the above. The default emer-
gency dial plan is 911|999|112|110.
The following procedures describe locking the phone, setting an emergency dial plan, and resetting the user password.
Note:
Your phone is out of service temporarily during the restart and downloading process.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Reset.
2. Click Restart.
3. Click OK at the confirmation prompt.
Customizing Your Phone
44 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Locking/Unlocking a Phone
Use the following procedures to lock an IP phone and prevent it from being used or configured.
Lock the Phone
Unlock the Phone
IP Phone UI
1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List.
2. Select Phone Lock and press Select.
3. At the "Lock the phone?" prompt, press Yes.
The message "Phone is locked" displays.
1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List.
2. At the prompt, "To unlock the phone", enter your user password and press Enter.
The phone unlocks
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Phone Lock.
Lock the Phone
2. In the "Lock the Phone?" field, click Lock.
The phone locks dynamically and displays the following message:
"Phone is locked".
Unlock the Phone
3. Click on Operation->Phone Lock.
4. In the "Unlock the Phone?" field, click Unlock.
The phone unlocks dynamically and displays the following message:
"Phone is unlocked".
Customizing Your Phone
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 45
Defining an Emergency Dial Plan
Public telephone networks in countries around the world have a single emergency telephone number (emergency serv-
ices number), that allows a caller to contact local emergency services for assistance when required. The emergency tele-
phone number may differ from country to country. It is typically a three-digit number so that it can be easily remembered
and dialed quickly. Some countries have a different emergency number for each of the different emergency services.
You can specify the digits to dial on the IP phone for contacting emergency services. Once you specify the emergency
number(s) on the phone, you can dial those numbers directly on the dial pad when required and the phone automatically
dials to those emergency services.
The following table describes the default emergency numbers on the IP phones.
You can set the emergency dial plan using the Aastra Web UI.
Define an Emergency Dial Plan
Use the following procedure to specify the numbers to use on your phone for dialing emergency services in your area.
Reference
For more advanced options you can set on your phone, see “Additional Features” on page 161.
Note:
Contact your local phone service provider for available emergency numbers in your area.
Emergency Number Description
911 A United States emergency number
999 A United Kingdom emergency number
112 An international emergency telephone number for GSM mobile phone networks.
In all European Union countries it is also the emergency telephone number for both mobile and fixed-line telephones.
110 A police and/or fire emergency number in Asia, Europe, Middle East, and South America.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Phone Lock.
2. In the "Emergency Dial Plan" field, enter the 3-digit number used in your local area to contact emergency services.
For multiple numbers, enter a “|” between each emergency number. For example:
911|110
Default for this field is 911|999|112|110.
3. Click Save Settings to save the emergency dial plan to your phone.
46 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Line Keys and Softkeys
This section describes the Multiple Line/Call Appearance Keys (L1, L2, L3, and L4) located on the bottom-right of the
phone, and the customizable softkeys located at the top and bottom of the phone screen.
Multiple Line and Call Appearances
The 6757i has 4 hard line/call appearance keys each with a corresponding status light.
These line/call appearance keys and lights can represent physical lines, calls for your extension or calls from a group that
your extension is part of. By pressing a line/call appearance key, you connect to the line or a call it represents. The
line/call appearance light indicates the status of that line or call. When the phone is taken off-hook, the phone automat-
ically selects a line for you.
When you have more than one call, you can use the left and right navigation keys (3 and 4) to scroll left and right to
the different call information. Icons 3 and 4 appear if there is call information either left, right or both sides of the cur-
rent information you are viewing.
The display shows which line the call information is referring to (L1, L2, L3, L4 etc.), the Caller ID information (name and
number, if available), the call status (Connected, Ring, Hold, etc.) and the timer specific to that call.
Line/Call Appearance Light Behavior Line/Call Appearance Status
Off Idle line or no call activity
Light flashes quickly Ringing
Light is solid Connected
Light flashes slowly Hold
Multiple Line/
Call Appearance
Keys
Softkeys
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 47
Softkeys
Your 6757i has 12 multi-functional softkeys:
• 6 Top Keys: static softkeys
(up to 10 programmable functions)
• 6 Bottom Keys: state-based softkeys
(up to 20 programmable functions).
You can use the Aastra Web UI only, to configure key functions.
The following table lists the functions you can set on the softkeys and provides a description for each function,.
Note:
If a M670i or M675i Expansion Module(s) is attached to the phone, you can configure up to an additional 36 softkeys on
each M670i Expansion Module and up to 60 softkeys on each M675i Expansion Module. (The 6757i IP Phone allows up
to 3 expansion modules on each phone). For more information about expansion modules, see “Model M670i and
M675i Expansion Modules” on page 193.
Key Function Description
None Indicates no setting for the key.
Line Indicates the key is configured for line use.
Speed Dial Indicates the key is configured for speed dial use. You can also configure a prefix for a speed dial number.
Do Not Disturb Indicates the key is configured for "do not disturb" on the phone.
Busy Lamp Field (BLF) Indicates the key is configured for Busy Lamp Field (BLF) use. User can dial out on a BLF configured key.
BLF/List Indicates the key is configured for BLF list use. User can dial out on a BLF/List configured key.
Auto Call Distribution (ACD) (For Sylantro Servers)
Indicates the key is configured to allow the Sylantro server to distribute calls from a queue to registered IP
phone users (agents).
Directed Call Pickup (DCP)/
Group Call Pickup (GCP)
(Feature dependant on your call manager)
Indicates the key is configured to allow you to intercept - or pickup - a call on a monitored extension(s).
XML Indicates thekey is configuredtoaccept an XMLapplication for accessing customized XML services. You can
also specify an XML key URL for this option.
Flash Indicates the key is set to generate a flash event when it is pressed on the 6757i. The IP phone generates
flash events only when a call is connected and there is an active RTP stream (for example,when the call is not
on hold).
Services
Directory
Callers List
Intercom
None
None
Softkeys
(state-based)
None
None
None
None
None
None
Softkeys
Line Keys and Softkeys
48 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Programmable keys can also be set up to quickly to access features such as Call Return (*69) or Voicemail.
Sprecode Indicates the key is configured to automatically activate specific services offered by the server. For example,
if the sprecode value of *82 is configured, then by pressing the sprecode key, *82 automatically activates a
service provided by the server. Contact your System Administrator for available services.
Park Indicates the key is configured to park incoming calls when pressed.
Pickup Indicates the key is configured to pick up parked calls when pressed.
Last Call Return (LCR) Indicates the key is configured for “last call return” when pressed.
Call Forward Indicates the key is configured as a Call Forward key. When pressed, the IP Phone UI displays the Call For-
ward menus.
BLF/Xfer Indicates the key is configured as a simplified BLF key and a transfer key. You can use this key to perform the
BLF function, or you can use it as a transfer key to transfer calls.
Speeddial/Xfer Indicates the key is configured as a simplified speed dial key and a transfer key. You can use this key to per-
form speed dial functions, or you can use it as a transfer key to transfer calls.
Speeddial/Conf Indicates the key is configured as a speed dial key and a conference key. You can use this key to speed dial
from within a conference call, and add the new call directly to the conference.
Speeddial/MWI Indicates the key is configured as a speed dial key for a voicemail account. You can use this key to monitor
and call a voicemail account. Configuring multiple Speeddial/MWI keys allows you to monitor and call mul-
tiple voicemail accounts.
Directory Indicates the key is configured to access the Directory List.
Callers List Indicates the key is configured to access the Callers List.
Filter Indicates the key is configured for activating/deactivating Executive Call Filtering. For more information
about the Executive and Assistant Services feature, see BroadSoft BroadWorks Executive and Assistant Ser-
vices on page 179.
Intercom Indicates the key is configured to be used for intercom calls.
Services Indicates the key is set to access Services, such as, Directory List, Callers List, Voicemail, or any other XML
applications set up by your System Administrator.
Phone Lock Indicates the key is configured as a phone lock key, allowing you to press this key to lock/unlock the phone.
Paging Indicates the key is configured as a Paging key. When pressed, the phone can send Real Time Transport Pro-
tocol (RTP) streams from a pre-configured multicast address without involving SIP signalling. You can also
receive RTP streams from pre-configured multicast addresses (can specify up to 5 addresses) using the "Pag-
ing Listen Addresses" at the path,
Basic Settings->Preferences->Group Paging RTP Settings in the Aastra Web UI. For more information about
setting this parameter, see “Group RTP Paging (receives RTP streams)” on page 176.
Empty Indicates the key has no function assigned.
Note:
QuickaccessfeatureslikeCallReturnandVoicemailmustfirstbeconfiguredonyourPBXinordertoworkonyourphone.See
your System Administrator for more information.
Key Function Description
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 49
State-Based Softkeys (Bottom Keys only)
On the 6757i bottom softkeys, you can configure a specific state to display when a softkey is being used.
The following table describes the states available to configure for the softkeys.
The following table identifies the applicable default states for each softkey type on the IP phone.
State Description
idle The phone is not being used.
connected The current line is in an active call (or the call is on hold).
incoming The phone is ringing.
outgoing The user is dialing a number, or the far-end is ringing.
busy The current line is busy because the line is in use or the line is set as “Do Not Disturb”.
Softkey Type Default States
None All states disabled.
Line idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy
Speed Dial idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy
DND idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy
BLF idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy
BLF/List idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy
Auto Call Distribution (ACD) idle
Directed Call Pickup (DCP)
Group Call Pickup (GCP)
idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy
XML idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy
Flash All states disabled.
Sprecode connected
Park connected
Pickup idle, outgoing
Last Call Return idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy
Softkeys
(state-based)
None
None
None
None
None
None
Line Keys and Softkeys
50 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
In the Aastra Web UI, the operational states for each softkey display enabled. To disable a state, you uncheck the box for
that state.
Key Display Behavior
On the 6757i IP Phone, you can configure up to 20 functions on the bottom softkeys. If you have no softkeys configured
on the IP Phone, and you assign softkey functions to higher number keys in the Aastra Web UI, the key functions auto-
matically appear in the first available position on the LCD display.
For example, if softkeys 1 through 20 are set to "None", and you set softkey 12 as the following:
Type: Speeddial
Label: LAB
Value: 3456
after saving the settings, the "LAB" label actually appears in position 1 of the LCD.
A softkey function of "None" does not display on the idle screen at all.
Call Forward idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy
BLF/Xfer idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy
Speeddial/Xfer idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy
Speeddial/Conf idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy
Speeddial/MWI idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy
Directory idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy
Callers List idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy
Intercom idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy
Services idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy
Phone Lock All states disabled.
Paging All states disabled.
Empty idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy
Softkey Type Default States
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 51
The following illustrations show the configuration of Key 12 and how that key displays on the phone.
Key 12 displays in
softkey position 1
on the phone
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
LAB
01/01/14 11:00am
L1 John Smith
Line Keys and Softkeys
52 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Line Key
You can set a softkey to act as a line/call appearance key on the 6757i. The This key acts as a line that behaves the same
as a hard line key (L1, L2, L3, and L4). For more information about the behavior of line keys, see “Multiple Line and Call
Appearances” on page 46.
If you configure line keys for the softkeys, the status of the lines/call appearance keys appear on the phone’s display as
shown in the following image.
Icons next to the softkeys on the phone’s display indicate the status for that line or call. The following table provides a
description for each icon.
Depending on how the phone has been configured, the maximum number of total line/call appearances that can be
configured is 9 (4 line/call appearance hard keys plus 5 softkeys). If all line/call appearances have been set up between
two different numbers, a total of 8 lines can be configured.
This means that when all line/call appearances are in use, 1 call is connected while the rest are on hold. No further outgo-
ing or incoming calls can be made until one of the line/call appearances becomes available.
In active states, such as ringing, conference, connected, etc., all softkeys disappear except softkeys that have been set up
as line/call appearances, and any context dependent softkeys required for the active state, such as the Drop softkey in
the connected state. Typically, context dependent softkeys appear in the top left position and all line/call appearance
softkeys appear in the remaining positions.
You use the Aastra Web UI to set a softkey as a line.
Configuring a Line Key
You can set a key as an additional line on the 6757i. The key acts as a line that behaves the same as a hard line key. For
more information about the behavior of line keys, see “Multiple Line and Call Appearances” on page 46.
Activity Light Icon Description
Idle Solid There is no call activity for the line/call appearance softkey.
Connected Solid A call is connected to your phone on this line/call appearance softkey.
The equivalent on a line/call appearance hard key is a solid green light.
Ringing Flashing A call is ringing on your phone on this line/call appearance softkey.
The equivalent on a line/call appearance hard key is a fast flashing green light.
On Hold Flashing A call is on hold on your phone on this line/call appearance softkey.
The equivalent on a line/call appearance hard key is a slow flashing green light.
Note:
In some situations, such as during a conference call, the line/call appearance softkeys may overwrite some of the con-
text dependent softkeys. In this case, instead of the Previous and Next softkeys, up or down icons, 5 and 2appear on
the display. By using the 5 and 2 navigation keys, you can access the same functionality as the Previous and Next
softkeys.
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
01/01/14 11:00am
L1 John Smith
L5 L8
L6 L9
L7
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 53
You use the Aastra Web UI to set a key as a line.
Use the following procedure to set a key to function as a line. The procedure shows the softkey screens as an example.
Speed Dial Key
The normal function of the speed dial option allows you to dial a number quickly by pressing a key configured for speed
dialing. You can program the keys on the 6757i to speed dial outside numbers, dial directly to another person’s line or
extension, or set up to quickly access features such as Caller ID (*69), Voicemail.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
Softkeys
2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
3. In the "Type" field, select Line to apply to the key.
4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key.
5. In the "Line" field, select a line to apply to this key.
Valid values are 5 through 9.
6. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey.
Expansion Module Keys
7. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i)
or
Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i)
8. In the "Type" field, select Line to apply to the key.
9. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key.
10. In the "Line" field, select a line to apply to this key.
Valid values are 5 through 9.
11. Click Save Settings.
Line Keys and Softkeys
54 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
The speed dial function can be set using the IP Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI.
You can create speed dial keys using any of the following methods:
• Using the Aastra Web UI at the paths:
- Operation->Softkeys and XML
- Operation->Expansion Module Keys
• Using the IP Phone UI at the path, Options->Preferences->Speed Dial Edit
• By pressing and holding a softkey, keypad key, or expansion module key.
Speed Dial Prefix
The speed dial feature also allows you to specify a preset string of numbers followed by a “+” that the phone dials auto-
matically after pressing the speed dial key. You can use this feature for numbers that contain long prefixes.
For example, if you had the following speed dial configuration in the Aastra Web UI:
Key 1
Type=Speeddial
Label=Europe Office
Value=1234567+
Line=2
then, after you press key 1 on the phone, the prefix number displays on the phone screen. The phone proceeds to dial
the prefix number automatically and pauses for you to enter the remaining phone number using the keypad on the
phone.
You can save up to 30 speed dial numbers on the 6757i.
Use the following procedures to set speed dial on the 6757i IP phone.
Press-and-Hold to Create a Speed Dial (applicable to softkeys, keypad keys, expansion module keys)
Pressing and holding down a softkey, keypad key, or expansion module key on the phone initiates a speed dial feature.
Note:
You can use a speed dial key while on an active call by placing the active call on hold first, and then pressing the speed
dial key.
IP Phone UI
Note:
When creating a speed dial key from the IP Phone UI, you must select a softkey, keypad key, or expansion module key
that has no preassigned function (key must be set to None or Empty.)
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 55
1. Press an unconfigured softkey, keypad key, or expansion module key for three seconds.
The following screen displays:
Note:
You can press the "Cancel" softkey at anytime during the speed dial programming to cancel and not save the speed
dial information.
2. In the "Enter Name:" field, enter a name to apply to the speed dial key.
Use the keypad keys to enter the name. Continue to press the keypad keys to access the next letter for that key (i.e.
press 2 three times to access C). Press 4 to move to the next space, or wait for the cursor to automatically advance
tothenextposition.Toinsertaspacebetweenletters,press4.Tobackspaceanderaseamistake,presstheBackspace
softkey.
Note:
The phone automatically uses an uppercase letter for the first letter of each word and a lowercase letter for all subse-
quent letters in the word. If necessary, use the "ABC 4" softkey to specify uppercase letters or lowercase letters when
entering the name.
You can enter up to 16 letters in the "Enter Name:" field.
3. Press the 2 key to move to the next field.
In the "Enter Number:" field, enter a number. for the speed dial key using the keypad keys. You can enter up to 16
numbers in the "Enter Number:" field.
Note:
When in the "Enter Number:" field, the phone automatically switches to the numbers softkey.
Press the 2 key to move to the next field.
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Line: 1
Save
Backspace
Enter Name:
Enter Number:
ABC Cancel
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
John Smith
Line: 1
Save
Backspace
123 Cancel
Enter Name:
Enter Number:
Line Keys and Softkeys
56 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Creating a Speed Dial Using the Speed Dial Edit Option
You can use the IP Phone UI at the path, Options->Preferences->Speed Dial Edit, to create a speed dial key.
4. In the "Line:" field, select a line to apply to the speed dial key.
This is the line that the phone opens to dial the number after you press the speed dial key. By default, the phone uses
Line 1 for the speed dial key. If you want to use a different line, press the "Change" key, or press the 4key to select
another line.
5. Press the "Save" softkey to save the speed dial information to the speed dial key you selected.
Note:
To delete or remove a speed dial configuration from the phone, you can press the Remove key.
IP Phone UI
1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List.
2. Select Preferences and press Select.
3. Select Speed Dial Edit.
The following prompt displays:
"Press SD key"
All current speed dial key LEDs flash RED (for programmable keys). All other function key LEDs turn off, during this
process. After you press a speed dial key for editing, the phone restores all key LEDs to their previous state.
Note:
If you select a key that is currently set as a speed dial key, the speed dial information displays for you to edit.
4. Press an unconfigured softkey, keypad key, or expansion module key.
The following screen displays:
Note:
You can press the "Cancel" softkey at anytime during the speed dial programming to cancel and not save the speed
dial information.
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
John Smith
Enter Name:
Enter Number:
555-6789
Line: 1
Save
Change
Cancel
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Line: 1
Save
Backspace
Enter Name:
Enter Number:
ABC Cancel
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 57
5. In the "Enter Name:" field, enter a name to apply to the speed dial key.
Use the keypad keys to enter the name. Continue to press the keypad keys to access the next letter for that key (i.e.
press 2 three times to access C). Press 4 to move to the next space, or wait for the cursor to automatically advance
to the next position. To insert a space between letters, press 4. To backspace and erase a mistake, press the Back-
space softkey.
Note:
The phone automatically uses an uppercase letter for the first letter of each word and a lowercase letter for all sub-
sequent letters in the word. If necessary, use the "ABC 4" softkey to specify uppercase letters or lowercase letters
when entering the name.
You can enter up to 16 letters in the "Enter Name:" field.
6. Press the 2 key to move to the next field.
7. In the "Enter Number:" field, enter a number. for the speed dial key using the keypad keys. You can enter up to 16
numbers in the "Enter Number:" field.
Note:
When in the "Enter Number:" field, the phone automatically switches to the numbers softkey.
8. Press the 2 key to move to the next field.
9. In the "Line:" field, select a line to apply to the speed dial key.
This is the line that the phone opens to dial the number after you press the speed dial key. By default, the phone
uses Line 1 for the speed dial key. If you want to use a different line, press the "Change" key, or press the 4 key to
select another line.
10. Press the "Save" softkey to save the speed dial information to the speed dial key you selected.
Note:
To delete or remove a speed dial configuration from the phone, you can press the Remove key.
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
John Smith
Line: 1
Save
Backspace
123 Cancel
Enter Name:
Enter Number:
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
John Smith
Enter Name:
Enter Number:
555-6789
Line: 1
Save
Change
Cancel
Line Keys and Softkeys
58 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Creating a Speed Dial Key Using the Softkeys or Expansion Module Keys
Use the following procedure to set a key to function as a speed dial. The procedure shows the softkey screens as an
example.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
Softkeys
2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
3. In the "Type" field, select Speed Dial to apply to the key.
4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key.
5. In the "Value" field,enterthe phone number, extension, orspeeddial prefixto apply tothiskey. Ifyou enter aspeed
dial prefix, you must enter the "+" character at the end of the prefix number (for example, "123456+").
6. In the "Line" field, select a line to apply to this key. Valid values are 1 through 9.
7. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable)or uncheck (disable) the states you wantto apply to this softkey.
Expansion Module Keys
8. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i)
or
Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i)
9. In the "Type" field, select Speed Dial to apply to the key.
10. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key.
11. In the "Value" field, enter the phone number, extension, or speed dial prefix to apply to this key. If you enter a
speed dial prefix, you must enter the "+" character at the end of the prefix number (for example, "123456+").
12. In the "Line" field, select a line to apply to this key. Valid values are 1 through 9.
13. Click Save Settings.
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 59
Creating Speed Dial Key Using “Keypad Speed Dial” in the Aastra Web UI
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Keypad Speed Dial.
2. Select from "Key 1" through "Key 9".
3. In the input box, enter the phone number, extension, or speed dial prefix to apply to this Digit key. If you enter a
speed dial prefix, you must enter the "+" character at the end of the prefix number (for example, "123456+").
4. In the "Line" field, select a line for which to apply the speed dial to. Valid values are 1 through 9.
5. Click Save Settings.
Line Keys and Softkeys
60 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Editing Speed Dial Keys
On the 6757i, you can edit a speed dial key using any of the following methods:
• Using the Aastra Web UI at the path:
– Operation->Softkeys and XML
– Operation->Expansion Module Keys
• Using the IP Phone UI at the path:
– Options->Preferences->Speed Dial Edit
Use the following procedure to edit a speed dial key from the IP Phone UI.
Note:
A speed dial key must be already configured on the phone to edit the key.
1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List.
2. Select Preferences.
3. Select Speed Dial Edit.
All current speed dial key LEDs flash RED (for softkeys and expansion module keys). All other function key LEDs turn
off,duringthisprocess.Afteryoupressaspeeddialkeyforediting,thephonerestoresallkeyLEDstotheirpreviousstate.
4. Press a speed dial key you want to edit.
The speed dial edit screen displays.
Notes:
1. If a number on the keypad is setup as a speed dial key, pressing the applicable number in the speed dial editing
process also displays the speed dial edit screen. The edit screen allows you to change the Speed Dial Number and Line
setting.
2. If you press a key that is NOT setup as a speed dial key, the phone displays an “Invalid Key” message. However, if you
press-and-hold an empty digit key, softkey, or expansion module key set to "NONE", it initiates the “Add a speed dial
Key” process allowing you to setup a new speed dial key. For more information, see “Press-and-Hold to Create a Speed
Dial (applicable to softkeys, keypad keys, expansion module keys)” on page 54.
5. Edit the speed dial information as applicable and press SAVE.
Notes:
1. You can cancel out of the speed dial editing process at any time without saving, by pressing the key, or the Can-
cel key.
2. You can delete a speed dial key by pressing the Remove key.
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 61
Editing a Speed Dial on a Softkey or Expansion Module Key
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
2. Select the key configured for speed dial.
3. In the "Value" field, edit the phone number, extension, or speed dial prefix to apply to this hard key. If you enter a
speed dial prefix, you must enter the "+" character at the end of the prefix number (for example, "123456+").
4. If required in the "Line" field, select a line for which to apply the speed dial to. Valid values are 1 through 9.
5. Click Save Settings.
Note:
You can delete a speed dial key by removing the information from the "Value" field.
Line Keys and Softkeys
62 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Editing a Speed Dial Key Using “Keypad Speed Dial” in the Aastra Web UI
"Do Not Disturb" (DND) Key
The IP phones have a feature you can enable called "Do Not Disturb (DND). The DND function allows you to turn "Do Not
Disturb" ON and OFF.
If DND is ON, callers calling into the phone hear a busy signal or a message, depending on how your System Administra-
tor set up the configuration server. The second line on the screen of the IP phone shows when DND is set.
If the phone shares a line with other phones, only the phone that has DND configured is affected.
You can set DND on the keys using the Aastra Web UI only. DND is not configurable from the IP phone UI.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Keypad Speed Dial..
2. Select from "Key 1" through "Key 9".
3. In the input box, edit the phone number, extension, or speed dial prefix for this Digit key. If you enter a speed dial
prefix, you must enter the "+" character at the end of the prefix number (for example, "123456+").
4. In the "Line" field, select a line for which to apply the speed dial to. Valid values are 1 through 9.
5. Click Save Settings.
Note:
You can configure DND using the Aastra Web UI only.
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 63
Configuring a DND Key
Use the following procedure to set a key to function as "Do Not Disturb". The procedure shows the softkey screens as an
example.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
Softkeys
2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
3. In the "Type" field, select Do Not Disturb to apply to the key.
4. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey.
Expansion Module Keys
5. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i)
or
Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i)
6. In the "Type" field, select Do Not Disturb to apply to the key.
7. Click Save Settings.
Line Keys and Softkeys
64 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Busy Lamp Field (BLF) Key
The BLF feature on the IP phones allows a specific extension to be monitored for state changes. BLF monitors the status
(busy or idle) of extensions on the IP phone.
Example
A Supervisor configures BLFs on his phone for monitoring the status of a worker’s phone use (busy or idle). When the
worker picks up his phone to make a call, a busy indicator on the Supervisor’s phone shows that the worker’s phone is in
use and busy.
On the 6757i, the busy and idle indicators show on the IP phone screen display next to the key programmed for BLF
functionality. When the monitored user is idle, an icon with the handset on-hook shows next to the BLF key. When the
monitored user is on an active call, a small telephone icon is shown with the handset off-hook.
Configuring a BLF Key
Use the following procedure to set a key to function as "BLF". The procedure shows the softkey screens as an example.
Note:
BLF feature availability is dependant on your call manager. Contact your System Administrator for more information
Note:
You can also use a BLF configured key to dial out. Contact your System Administrator for more information
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
Softkeys
2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
3. In the "Type" field, select BLF to apply to the key.
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 65
BLF/List Key
For use with the BroadSoft Broadworks Rel 13 or higher platform only).
The BLF/List feature on the IP phones is specifically designed to support the BroadSoft Broadworks Rel 13 Busy Lamp Field
feature.
This feature allows the IP phone to subscribe to a list of monitored users defined through the BroadWorks web portal.
In addition to monitoring the idle and busy state, the BLF/List feature also supports the ringing state. When the monitored
user is idle, there is a small telephone icon shown with the handset on-hook. When the monitored user is on an active call,
a small telephone icon is shown with the handset off-hook.
Example
A receptionist has a 6757i running Broadsoft firmware that subscribes to a list of extensions from the BroadWorks Applica-
tion Server. On the 6757i, the key LEDs illuminate either flashing, solid, or turn off depending on the state of those exten-
sions.
4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key.
5. In the "Value" field, enter the phone number or extension you want to monitor.
6. In the "Line" field, select a line for which to apply this key. Valid values are:
• Global
• 1 through 9
7. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey.
Expansion Module Keys
8. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i)
or
Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i)
9. In the "Value" field, enter the phone number or extension you want to monitor.
10. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key.
11. In the "Line" field, select a line for which to apply this key. Valid values are:
• global
• 1 through 9
12. Click Save Settings.
Note:
Your System Administrator must have BLF/List enabled on the BroadWorks Server. Contact your System Administrator
for more information.
Note:
You can use a BLF/List configured key to dial out.
Note:
The Broadworks BLF feature is not the same as the Broadworks Shared Call Appearance (SCA) feature and does not per-
mit call control over the monitored extension.
Line Keys and Softkeys
66 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Configuring a BLF/List Key
The BLF List function can be configured on the 6757i using the Aastra Web UI only.
If you set a key to use BLF/List, you must also enter a BLF List URI at Operation->Softkeys and XML->Services. The BLF
List URI is the name of the BLF list defined on the BroadSoft BroadWorks Busy Lamp field page for your particular user.
For example, sip:9@192.168.104.13. The value of the BLF/List URI parameter must match the list name configured. Other-
wise, no values display on the 6757i screen and the feature is disabled.
Use the following procedure to set a key to function as "BLF/List". The procedure shows the softkey screens as an exam-
ple.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
Softkeys
2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
3. In the "Type" field, select "BLF/List" (BroadSoft BroadWorks).
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 67
Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) Key (for Sylantro Servers)
The 6757i and any attached Expansion Modules support Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) for Sylantro servers. The ACD
feature allows the Sylantro server to distribute calls from a queue to registered IP phone users (agents).
o use the ACD feature on an IP phone, you must first configure an ACD softkey, programmable key, or expansion module
key. When you want to subscribe to a queue (in order to receive incoming calls), you press the ACD key and the IP phone
UI prompts you to log in. An "Available" softkey displays allowing you to make your phone available to accept these calls.
When you are on an active call, or you miss a call, the server automatically changes the phone’s status to unavailable. The
server updates its database with this new information and no longer distributes calls to the phone. The phone remains in
this "unavailable" state until:
• you make yourself “available” again by pressing the "Available" softkey.
• an ACD timer expires (set by your System Administrator).
You can also choose to manually change the phone status to unavailable by pressing the "Unavailable" softkey on the
phone.
This LED changes when you log into the phone queue and are available to take calls. The LED changes again when you are
busy with an active call. The table below shows the status of the LED as they may appear on your IP phone .
4. In the "Line" field, select a line number that is actively registered to the appropriate SIP proxy you are using. Valid
values are:
• Global
• 1 through 9
Note:
The "Label" and "Value" field are not required. The BroadWorks BLF List name is configured in the "BLF List URI" field
instead.
5. In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey.
6. In the "BLF List URI" field, enter the name of the BLF list defined on the BroadSoft BroadWorks Busy Lamp field page
for your particular user. For example, sip:9@192.168.104.13.
Note:
Contact your System Administrator for the BLF List URI.
Expansion Module Keys
7. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i)
or
Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i)
8. In the "Line" field, select a line for which to apply this key. Valid values are:
• global
• 1 through 9
Note:
The "Value" field is not required. The BroadWorks BLF List name is configured in the "BLF List URI" field instead.
9. In the "BLF List URI" field, enter the name of the BLF list defined on the BroadSoft BroadWorks Busy Lamp field page
for your particular user. For example, sip:9@192.168.104.13.
Note:
Contact your System Administrator for the BLF List URI.
10. Click Save Settings.
Phone Model Status: Logged In and Available Status: Unavailable Logged Out
6737i Solid Red LED
icon
Blinking Red LED
Blinking icon
No LED
icon
Note:
It is recommended you configure no more than a single ACD softkey or expansion module key per IP phone.
Line Keys and Softkeys
68 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Configuring an Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) Key
Use the following procedure to configure ACD on the 6757i IP Phone. The procedure shows the softkey screens as an
example.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
Softkeys
2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
3. In the "Type" field, select "Auto call distribution".
4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this ACD key.
5. In the "Line" field, select a line to apply Automatic call distribution. Valid values are 1 through 9.
6. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the “idle” state for this softkey.
Expansion Module Keys
7. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i)
or
Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i)
8. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this ACD key.
9. In the "Line" field, select a line to apply Automatic call distribution. Valid values are 1 through 9.
10. Click Save Settings.
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 69
Using the ACD Key
Use the following procedure to log into a phone queue from your IP phone.
IP Phone UI
1. Check with your Administrator to verify the queue linked to your ACD Key.
2. Press the ACD-configured Key.
3. Press the Log In Key.
4. You are logged into the queue and the following screen displays.
5. To allow your phone to be available in the queue, press the Available softkey.
The following screen displays.
If your IP phone status is set to “Available” then the server begins to distribute phone calls from this queue to your
IP phone. You must manually change the state to “Available” in order to start receiving calls.
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Please login
Log In
Cancel
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Unavailable
Log Off
Avail Cancel
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Available
Log Off
Unavail Cancel
Line Keys and Softkeys
70 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
6. To temporarily stop receiving calls, press the press the Unavailable softkey.
If you are on a call (or miss a call that has been distributed to your phone), your phone status automatically changes
to "Unavailable". Your phone remains in the "Unavailable" state until one of the following occurs:
• You use the IP Phone UI to manually switch the IP phone state back to
"Available"
or
• The availability “timer” for your IP phone expires. This only occurs if your Administrator has configured an auto-
availability timer on your IP phone. Contact your System Administrator for more information.
7. To logout of the queue, press the Log Out softkey. The server no longer distributes phone calls to your IP phone.
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 71
Directed Call Pickup/Group Call Pickup Keys
Aastra IP phones support the Directed Call Pickup (DCP) and Group Call Pickup (GCP) features.
The DCP/GCP feature allows you to intercept - or pickup - a call on a monitored extension. You can configure this feature
using the Aastra Web UI to create a DCP or GCP softkey on the IP phone. When you configure a DCP softkey, you specify
the extension that you want to monitor. Then, when the monitored extension receives a call, you press the DCP softkey to
pick up the call. If the monitored extension receives multiple incoming calls simultaneously, the IP Phone UI displays a list
of incoming calls. You select a call from this list, and are connected to the call.
When you configure a GCP softkey, you specify the ring group (for example, extensions 2200 - 2210) that you want to
monitor for incoming calls. When an incoming call is received on any of these extensions, the Operator presses the GCP
softkey and is connected to the call. If multiple incoming calls are received simultaneously, the Operator press the GCP
softkey, selects an extension from a list, and presses the Pickup softkey to answer the call.
Configuring Directed Call Pickup (DCP) Key
Use the following procedure to configure Directed Call Pickup on the 6757i IP Phone. The procedure shows the softkey
screens as an example.
Notes:
• Your System Administrator must configure the extension range for the Group Call Pickup feature. Contact your Sys-
tem Administrator for more information.
• DCP/GCP feature availability is dependant on your call manager. Contact your System Administrator for more infor-
mation.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
Softkeys
2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
3. In the “Type” field, select Directed Call Pickup.
Line Keys and Softkeys
72 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Configuring Group Call Pickup (GCP) Key
Use the following procedure to configure Group Call Pickup on the 6757i IP Phone. The procedure shows the softkey
screens as an example.
4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this Directed Call Pickup key.
5. In the “Value” field, specify the extension you want to intercept when you press this softkey. For example: 2200.
6. Inthe"Line"field,selectthelineforwhichtoapplytheDirected Call Pickup configuration. Valid values are 1through9.
7. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey.
Expansion Module Keys
8. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i)
or
Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i)
9. In the “Value” field, specify the extension you want to intercept when you press this softkey. For example: 2200.
10. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this Directed Call Pickup key.
11. In the "Line" field, select the line for which to apply the Directed Call Pickup configuration. Valid values are:
• global
• 1 through 9
12. Click Save Settings.
Aastra Web UI
Note:
A ring group must be configured on the server in order for a GCP key to function.
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 73
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
Softkeys
2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
3. In the “Type” field, select Directed Call Pickup.
4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this Group Call Pickup key.
5. In the “Value” field, enter groupcallpickup.
6. In the "Line" field, select the line for which to apply the Group Call Pickup configuration. Valid value are 1 through 9.
7. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey.
Expansion Module Keys
8. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i)
or
Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i)
9. In the “Value” field, specify the extension you want to intercept when you press this softkey. For example: group-
callpickup.
10. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this Group Call Pickup key.
11. In the "Line" field, select the line for which to apply the Directed Call Pickup configuration. Valid values are:
• global
• 1 through 9.
12. Click Save Settings.
Line Keys and Softkeys
74 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Using Directed Call Pickup/Group Call Pickup
Use the following procedure for the DCP/GCP feature on your phone.
Using Directed Call Pickup (DCP)
Using Group Call Pickup (GCP)
IP Phone UI
Note:
Before using the DCP/GCP feature on your phone, you must first configure the DCP or GCP Key. You must identify the
extension(s) or phone number(s) you want to monitor when configuring the key. See the previous procedures to con-
figure a DCP or GCP Key
1. When the monitored extension receives a call, press the DCP Key to pick up the call.
If the monitored extension receives multiple incoming calls simultaneously, the phone displays a list of incoming calls.
2. Use the 5 and 2 keys to scroll through the list to select an extension.
3. Press the Pickup Key for the extension you select.
The call is answered.
1. If any of the monitored group of extensions receives a call, press the GCP Key.
The call is answered.
If the monitored group of extensions receives multiple incoming calls simultaneously, the phone displays a list of
incoming calls.
2. Use the 5 and 2 keys to scroll through the list to select an extension.
3. Press the Pickup Key for the extension you select.
The call is answered.
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 75
XML Key
The 6757i IP phone has a feature you can enable called "XML" (Extensible Markup Language). XML is a markup language
much like HTML. Your System Administrator can create customized XML menu services and load them to your IP phone.
These services include things like weather and traffic reports, contact information, company info, stock quotes, or custom
call scripts. You can configure XML using the Aastra Web UI only.
On the 6757i IP phone, you can access the XML applications from the IP Phone UI in two ways:
• By pressing Key 1 on the Top softkeys ("Services" key) or any other configured Services key.
• By pressing any configured XML key (setup by your System Administrator)
By default, the Services key is the first key on the top, left keys.
Using the Aastra Web UI, you can configure a key to access XML applications. Under Operations->Softkeys and XML or
Operations->Expansion Module, you can assign a key the type "XML".
You must also specify an XML URI and a Services label using the following XML fields:
• XML Application URI
• XML Application Title
The XML Application URI is the URI loaded by your phone. The phone performs an HTTP GET. Contact your System Admin-
istrator for the applicable XML URI to enter in the "XML Application URI" field.
The XML Application Title is the label that displays beside the XML softkey on your phone. If you use the Services key to
access the XML features, the "XML Application Title" is the label that displays on the Services Menu in the IP Phone UI.
After the XML application is applied, you can use the IP Phone UI to press the Services key and access the XML services.
Note:
The XML services must be set up by your System Administrator before you can use the key. Contact your System
Administrator for more information.
Note:
Contact your System Administrator for the applicable URI to enter in this field.
Services Key
Line Keys and Softkeys
76 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Configuring XML Services
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
Softkeys
2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
3. In the "Type" field, select "Services".
4. In the “Label” field, enter a label for the Services key.
5. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey.
6. In the "XML Application URI" field, enter an application URI(s).
Note:
Contact your System Administrator for the appropriate value(s) to enter in the "XML Application URI" field.
7. Inthe"XMLApplicationTitle"field,enterthetitleoftheservice.ThistitleappearsintheServicesMenuafterpressing
the Services key. If multiple XML applications are specified in the XML Application URI field, a list of applications
displays after pressing the Services key.
Expansion Module Keys
8. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i)
or
Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i)
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 77
Configuring an XML Key
Use the following procedure to configure an XML key on the 6757i IP Phone. The procedure shows the softkey screen as an
example.
9. In the "Type" field, select "Services".
10. (M675i) In the “Label” field, enter a label for the Services key.
11. In the "XML Application URI" field, enter an application URI(s).
Note:
Contact your System Administrator for the appropriate value(s) to enter in the "XML Application URI" field.
12. In the "XML Application Title" field, enter the title of the service. This title appears in the Services Menu after
pressing the Services key. If multiple XML applications are specified in the XML Application URI field, a list of
applications displays after pressing the Services key.
13. Click Save Settings.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
Softkeys
2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
Line Keys and Softkeys
78 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
3. In the "Type" field, select "XML".
4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key.
5. In the "Value" field, enter a URI(s) to apply to this key.
Note:
Contact your System Administrator for the appropriate value(s) to enter in the "Value" field.
6. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey.
7. In the "XML Application URI" field, enter the applicable URI(s).
Note:
Contact your System Administrator for the appropriate value(s) to enter in the "XML Application URI" field.
8. Inthe"XMLApplicationTitle"field,enterthetitleoftheservice.Thistitleappearsonthephone’sLCDafterpressing
theXMLkey.IfmultipleXMLapplicationsarespecifiedintheXMLApplicationURIfield,alistofapplicationsdisplays
after pressing the XML key.
Expansion Module Keys
9. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i)
or
Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i)
10. In the "Type" field, select "XML".
11. In the "Value" field, enter a URI(s) to apply to this key.
Note:
Contact your System Administrator for the appropriate value(s) to enter in the "Value" field.
12. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key.
13. In the "XML Application URI" field, enter the applicable URI(s).
Note:
Contact your System Administrator for the appropriate value(s) to enter in the "XML Application URI" field.
14.Inthe"XMLApplicationTitle"field,enterthetitleoftheservice.Thistitleappearsonthephone’sLCDafterpressing
theXMLkey.IfmultipleXMLapplicationsarespecifiedintheXMLApplicationURIfield,alistofapplicationsdisplays
after pressing the XML key.
15. Click Save Settings.
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 79
Accessing the XML Service
After an XML application(s) has been saved to your IP phone, and either the Services Menu or a key have been configured
to access the XML applications, the customized service is ready for you to use.
From the Services Menu
Use the following procedure to access XML applications from the Services Menu. Use the following illustration as a refer-
ence.
From an XML Key
IP Phone UI
1. Press the Services key.
2. Use the 5 and 2 to scroll through the items.
3. For menu and directory services, select a service to display the information for that customized service. Message
services display to the screen after pressing the softkey or expansion module key. For user input services, follow the
prompts as appropriate.
4. To exit from the "Services" menu, press the Services key again.
1. Press the XML key on the 6757i phone. A "Custom Features" screen displays or the title you specified.
2. Use the 5 and 2 to scroll through the customized features.
3. For menu and directory services, select a service to display the information for that customized service. Message
services display to the screen after pressing the softkey. For user input services, follow the prompts as appropriate.
4. To exit from the "Customized Features" screen, press the XML key again.
Services Key
Line Keys and Softkeys
80 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Flash Key
You can set a key to generate a flash event when it is pressed on the 6757i. You do this by setting the key to "flash". The
IP phone generates flash events only when a call is connected and there is an active RTP stream (for example, when the
call is not on hold).
Configuring a Flash Key
Use the following procedure to configure a Flash key on the 6757i IP Phone. The procedure shows the softkey screen as
an example.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
Softkeys
2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
3. In the "Type" field, select "Flash".
4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to display on the phone for the key.
Expansion Module Keys
5. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i)
or
Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i)
6. In the "Type" field, select "Flash".
7. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label to display on the phone for the key.
8. Click Save Settings.
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 81
Sprecode Key
You can set a key to automatically activate specific services offered by the server by setting a key to "sprecode". For exam-
ple, if the sprecode value of *82 is configured, then by pressing the key, *82 automatically activates a service provided by
the server. The value you enter for this field is dependent on the services provided by the server. Contact your System
Administrator for information about available services.
Configuring a Sprecode Key
Use the following procedure to configure a Sprecode key on the 6757i IP Phone. The procedure shows the softkey screen
as an example.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
Softkeys
2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
3. In the "Type" field, select Sprecode.
4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to display on the IP phone for this key.
5. In the "Value" field, enter the appropriate value for accessing specific services from the server.
Note:
For values to enter in this field, contact your System Administrator.
6. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the "Connected" state for this softkey.
Expansion Module Keys
7. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i)
or
Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i)
8. In the "Type" field, select Sprecode.
Line Keys and Softkeys
82 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Park/Pickup Keys
The 6757i phone has a park and pickup call feature that allows you to park a call and pickup a call when required. The IP
phones support the Park/Pickup feature on the Asterisk, BroadWorks, Sylantro, and ININ servers.
The park/pickup feature performs as follows:
• When a call comes in and you pickup the handset, you can press the applicable "Park" key to park the call.
• After the call is parked, you can press the "Pickup" key, followed by the applicable value to pickup the call.
Administrators can configure the park and pickup keys for any line using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI.
Users can make changes to customize the label of the park/pick up keys using the Web UI.
Configuring Park/Pickup Keys
Use the following procedure to configure park/pickup on the 6757i phone:
9. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label to display on the IP phone for this key.
10. In the "Value" field, enter the appropriate value for accessing specific services from the server.
Note:
For values to enter in this field, contact your System Administrator.
11. Click Save Settings.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
Softkeys
2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
3. In the "Type" field, select Park
4. In the "Label" field, enter a label for the park softkey.
Note:
The” Value” and “Line” fields are configured by the Administrator.
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 83
5. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
6. In the "Type" field, select Pickup
7. In the "Label" field, enter a label for the pickup softkey.
8. Click Save Settings.
9. Click on Reset, then click Restart to restart the IP phone and apply the changes.
Expansion Module Keys
10. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i)
or
Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i)
11. In the "Type" field, select Park
12. In the "Label" field, enter a label for the park softkey.
Note:
The” Value” and “Line” fields are configured by the Administrator.
13. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
14. In the "Type" field, select Pickup
15. In the "Label" field, enter a label for the park softkey.
Note:
The” Value” and “Line” fields are configured by the Administrator.
16. Click Save Settings.
17. Click on Reset, then click Restart to restart the IP phone and apply the changes.
Line Keys and Softkeys
84 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Using the Park Call/Pickup Parked Call Feature
Use the following procedure on the IP phone to park a call and pick up a parked call.
Park a Call
If the call is parked successfully, the response is either a greeting voice confirming that the call was parked, or a hang up
occurs. The parked call party hears music on hold.
Pickup a Parked Call
1. While on a live call, press the "Park" key.
2. Perform the following for your specific server:
For Asterisk Server
Server announces the extension number where the call has been parked. Once the call is parked, press the key to complete parking.
For BroadWorks Server
After you hear the greeting from the CallPark server, enter the extension where you want to park the call.
For Sylantro Server
Enter the extension number where you want to park the call, followed by "#" key.
For ININ Server
Enter the extension number where you want to park the call, followed by "#" key.
3. If the call fails, you can pick up the call (using the next procedure) and press the "Park" key again to retry step 2.
1. Pick up the handset on the phone.
2. Enter the extension number where the call was parked.
3. Press the "Pickup" key.
If the call pick up is successful, you are connected with the parked call.
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 85
Last Call Return (LCR) Key (Sylantro Servers only)
Using the Aastra Web UI, you can configure the "Last call return" (LCR) function on a key. This feature is for Sylantro servers
only.
How it works
If you configure "LCR" on a key, and a call comes into your phone, after you are finished with the call and hang up, you can
press the key configured for “LCR” and the phone dials the last call you received. When you configure an “LCR” key, the
label “LCR” displays next to that key on the IP phone. When the Sylantro server detects an “LCR” request, it translates this
request and routes the call to the last caller.
Configuring a Last Call Return Key
Use the following procedure to configure a Last Call Return key on the 6757i IP Phone. The procedure shows the softkey
screen as an example.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
Softkeys
2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
3. In the "Type" field, select Last Call Return.
4. In the "Line" field, select the line you want to apply to this key.
Valid values are 1 through 9.
5. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey.
Expansion Module Keys
6. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i)
or
Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i)
Line Keys and Softkeys
86 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Call Forward Key
Using the Aastra Web UI, you can configure the Call Forward (CFWD) function on a softkey or expansion module key.
Use call forwarding when you want a specific account on your phone to be forwarded to another number when your
phone is in the busy state or the no answer state, or both. Pressing the Call Forward key on the phone accesses the Call
Forward Menus. The menus that display are dependant on the Call Forward mode (Account (default), Phone, or Cus-
tom) configured for the phone.
For more information about call forwarding and call forwarding modes, see “Call Forward Account-Based Configuration”
on page 146.
Configuring a Call Forward Key
7. In the "Type" field, select Last Call Return.
8. In the "Line" field, select the line you want to apply to this key.
Valid values are 1 through 9.
9. Click Save Settings.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
Softkeys
2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
3. In the "Type" field, select Call Forward.
4. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey.
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 87
BLF/Xfer
The BLF key allows one or more extensions to be monitored, and once there is any state change with those extensions, the
key shows the status of the monitored lines. The Xfer key allows a call to be transferred to other recipients blindly or con-
sultatively. The BLF/Xfer key combines the BLF and Xfer key's functionality together allowing the user to transfer calls or
use BLF with one key.
BLF/Xfer Key Requirements and Functionality
• BLF/Xfer and BLF
A BLF/Xfer key can be configured for subscribing to an extension and monitor the status of the extension, similar to the
BLF key functionality. Changes of the state of the monitored extension are indicated by a LED / Icon.
• BLF/Xfer and Blind Transfer Calls
When the focused line is in the “Connected” state, pressing the BLF/Xfer key transfers the call to the extension uncondi-
tionally, disregarding the status of the monitored extension.
• If transferring a call to an extension fails, a message “Transfer Failed” displays on the phone, and you can reconnect the
call (get the call back) by pressing the line key again.
• BLF/Xfer and Call Forward
When the focused line is in the “Ringing” state, pressing the BLF/Xfer key forwards the call to the extension uncondi-
tionally, disregarding the status of the monitored extension.
• BLF/Xfer and Speed Dial
When the focused line and the monitored extension are idle, pressing the BLF/Xfer key causes the phone to go offhook
and dial the number of the extension.
Expansion Module Keys
5. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i)
or
Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i)
6. In the "Type" field, select Call Forward.
7. Click Save Settings.
Note:
It is recommended that you enable the “Switch UI Focus to Ringing Line” parameter when using the BLF/Xfer feature.
For more information about this parameter, see “Switch UI Focus to Ringing Line” on page 166.
Line Keys and Softkeys
88 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Configuring a BLF/Xfer Key
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
Softkeys
2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
3. In the "Type" field, select BLF/Xfer.
4. In the "Label" field, enter a label for the BLF/Xfer key.
5. In the “Value” field, enter the monitored extension or the extension to transfer calls to (for example, “35”).
6. In the “Line” field, select the line for which you want to use the key functionality.
Valid values are:
• Global
• 1 through 9
7. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey.
Expansion Module Keys
8. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i)
or
Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i)
9. In the "Type" field, select BLF/Xfer.
10. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label for the BLF/Xfer key.
11. In the “Value” field, enter the monitored extension or the extension to transfer calls to (for example, “35”).
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 89
Speeddial/Xfer
The speed dial key allows a number to be dialed quickly by pressing one key configured for speed dialing. The Xfer key
allows a call to be transferred to other recipients blindly or consultatively. The Speeddial/Xfer key combines the Speed Dial
and Xfer key's functionality together allowing the user to transfer calls or use Speed Dial with one key.
Speeddial/Xfer Key Requirements and Functionality
The Speeddial/Xfer key has the following capabilities:
• Speeddial/Xfer and Speed Dial
When the phone is in the “Idle” state, pressing the Speeddial/Xfer key causes the phone to go offhook and dial the pre-
defined extension.
• Speeddial/Xfer and Blind Transfer
When the phone is connected to a call, pressing the Speeddial/Xfer key blind transfers the call to the predefined target.
If transferring a call fails, a message “Transfer Failed” displays, and you can reconnect the call (get the call back) by press-
ing the line key again.
• Speeddial/Xfer and Call Forward
When the phone is in the “Ringing” state, pressing the Speeddial/Xfer key forwards the call to the predefined extension.
12. In the “Line” field, select the line for which you want to use the key functionality.
Valid values are:
• global
• 1 through 9
13. Click Save Settings.
Note:
It is recommended that you enable the “Switch UI Focus to Ringing Line” parameter when using the Speeddial/Xfer fea-
ture. For more information about this parameter, see “Switch UI Focus to Ringing Line” on page 166.
Line Keys and Softkeys
90 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Configuring a Speeddial/Xfer Key
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
Softkeys
2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
3. In the "Type" field, select Speeddial/Xfer.
4. In the "Label" field, enter a label for the Speeddial/Xfer key.
5. In the “Value” field, enter the speed dial extension or the extension to transfer calls to (for example, “5551212”).
6. In the “Line” field, select the line for which you want to use the key functionality.
Valid values are:
• Global
• 1 through 9
7. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey.
Expansion Module Keys
8. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i)
or
Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i)
9. In the "Type" field, select Speeddial/Xfer.
10. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label for the Speeddial/Xfer key.
11. In the “Value” field, enter the speed dial extension or the extension to transfer calls to (for example, “5551212”).
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 91
Speeddial/Conf
The 6757i allows you to configure a softkey or expansion module key to be used as a speed dial conference key (Speed-
dial/Conf key) while remaining in the current call. This key allows a user on a call to conference another party at a pre-
defined number while remaining in the call.
For example, while on an active call, a user can use the Speeddial/Conf key to dial a recording service and have the result-
ing conference recorded.
If you configure a softkey or expansion module key as a Speeddial/Conf key and you press this key while on an active call,
the focused line changes to the dialing line. A Cancel softkey displays on the phone allowing you to abort the conference
speed dial if required. The message "Ringing..." displays below the number when the far end is ringing. The message "Conf.
Unavailable" briefly displays when a conference is already in progress. The active call is not put on hold when the speed
dial number is dialed.
12. In the “Line” field, select the line for which you want to use the key functionality.
Valid values are:
• Global
• 1 through 9
13. Click Save Settings.
Note:
If currently in a conference, the Speeddial/Conf key is disabled on the active call.
Note:
This feature is not compatible with centralized conferencing.
Line Keys and Softkeys
92 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Configuring a Speeddial/Conf Key
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
Softkeys
2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
3. In the "Type" field, select Speeddial/Conf.
4. In the "Label" field, enter a label for the Speeddial/Conf key.
5. Inthe“Value”field,enterthespeeddialextensionortheextensiontoaddtotheconference(forexample,“5551212”).
6. In the “Line” field, select the line for which you want to use the key functionality.
Valid values are:
• global
• 1 through 9
7. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey.
Expansion Module Keys
8. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i)
or
Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i)
9. In the "Type" field, select Speeddial/Conf.
10. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label for the Speeddial/Conf key.
11. In the “Value” field, enter the speed dial extension or the extension to add to the conference (for example,
“5551212”).
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 93
Speeddial/MWI
The 6757i supports multiple voicemail registration by using the Speeddial/MWI key. This feature can be useful in scenarios
where you need to monitor the voicemail accounts of your team members or you need access to your manager’s voicemail
messages.
By configuring a key as “Speeddial/MWI” and defining call and voicemail URIs, you can monitor and listen to pending
messages on multiple voicemail accounts. When new messages are pending on a monitored voicemail account the corre-
sponding Speeddial/MWI key’s LED will illuminate and the UI (for softkeys) will display an envelope icon and the number
of pending messages beside the defined label
When you press the configured softkey, the phone will send an INVITE to the configured call URI whereby you will be able
to listen to the new messages. The Speeddial/MWI key can be configured through the Aastra Web UI.
12. In the “Line” field, select the line for which you want to use the key functionality.
Valid values are:
• global
• 1 through 9
13. Click Save Settings.
Line Keys and Softkeys
94 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Configuring a Speeddial/MWI Key
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Programmable Keys.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
Softkeys
2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
3. Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
4. In the "Type" field, select Speeddial/MWI from the list of options.
5. In the “Label” field, enter a key label to assign to the Speeddial/MWI key (e.g. Peter).
When messages are pending, the IP phone UI will display an envelope icon, the number of pending messages, and
then the defined label (e.g. 3 Peter).
6. In the “Value” field, enter in the call URI and voicemail URI separated by a semi-colon, as per the following syntax:
[call URI];[voicemail URI]. For example, +33123456,,,3456#0000#@domain;sip:voicemail_peter@domain
Notes:
• As the example above illustrates, pauses and DTMF are supported for the call URI.
• Ensure that no spaces are added between the call URI and the voicemail URI when defining the key value.
• If only one URI is provided, the value will be used for the voicemail URI and the call URI will be left as undefined.
7. In the “Line” field, select the line for which you want to use the key functionality.
8. In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey.
Expansion Module Keys
9. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i).
or
Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i).
10.In the "Type" field, select Speeddial/MWI.
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 95
Services Key
By default, the 6757i has a Services key configured on key 1 of the Top keys. However, you can use any key to configure a
"Services" key.
The Services key accesses enhanced features and services provided by third parties. Using the "Services" key, you can:
• Select customized (XML) features
• Utilize a Caller List
• Utilize a Directory
• Utilize Voicemail
The XML customized services are created and provided by your System Administrator through the diverse web based lan-
guage of XML. Availability of these services depends on your phone system or service provider.
11.(M675i) In the “Label” field, enter a key label to assign to the Speeddial/MWI key (e.g. Peter).
When messages are pending, the IP phone UI will display an envelope icon, the number of pending messages, and
then the defined label (e.g. 3 Peter).
12.In the “Value” field, enter in the call URI and voicemail URI separated by a semi-colon, as per the following syntax:
[call URI];[voicemail URI]. For example, +33123456,,,3456#0000#@domain;sip:voicemail_peter@domain
Notes:
• As the example above illustrates, pauses and DTMF are supported for the call URI.
• Ensure that no spaces are added between the call URI and the voicemail URI when defining the key value.
• If only one URI is provided, the value will be used for the voicemail URI and the call URI will be left as undefined.
13.In the “Line” field, select the line for which you want to use the key functionality.
14.Click Save Settings.
Note:
Other than the Services Menu, you can also configure the Caller List and Directory List on separate keys.
Services Key
Line Keys and Softkeys
96 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Reference
For more information about XML, Caller List, Directory, and Voicemail, see the following:
• “XML Key” on page 75
• “Callers List” on page 137
• “Directory List” on page 127
• “Voicemail” on page 160
Configuring a Services Key
Use the following procedure to configure a Services key on the 6757i IP Phone. The procedure shows the top softkeys
screen as an example.
Aastra Web UI
Note:
By default, the Services key is Key 1 on the Top Softkeys.
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
Softkeys
2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
3. In the "Type" field, select Services.
4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key.
5. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey.
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 97
Directory Key
By default, the 6757i has a Directory key configured on key 2 of the top set of keys. However, using the Aastra Web UI, you
can assign the Directory key to any key on the top or bottom keys on the phone. Pressing the Directory key displays the
“Directory List”.
The "Directory List" can be used to store a customized list of names with phone numbers and labels. You can also dial
directly from an entry in the Directory List.
In addition to creating a Directory softkey, you can also download a Directory List to your PC if required using the Aastra
Web UI.
Reference
For more information about the Directory List, see “Directory List” on page 127.
Expansion Module Keys
6. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i)
or
Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i)
7. In the "Type" field, select Services.
8. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key.
9. Click Save Settings.
Directory Key
Line Keys and Softkeys
98 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Configuring a Directory Key
Use the following procedure to configure a Directory key on the 6757i IP Phone. The procedure shows the top softkeys
screen as an example.
Aastra Web UI
Note:
By default, the Directory key is Key 2 on the Top Softkeys.
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
Softkeys
2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
3. In the "Type" field, select Directory.
4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key.
5. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey.
Expansion Module Keys
6. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i)
or
Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i)
7. In the "Type" field, select Directory.
8. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key.
9. Click Save Settings.
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 99
Callers List Key
By default, the 6757i has a Callers List key configured on key 3 of the top set of keys. However, using the Aastra Web UI, you
can assign the Callers List key to any key on the top or bottom keys on the phone. Pressing the Callers List key displays the
“Callers List”.
The “Callers List” is a stored log of your incoming calls. You can use the Callers List key to access a list of callers that called
your phone.
Reference
For more information about the Callers List, see “Callers List” on page 137.
Note:
Your System Administrator can create a custom Callers List XML application allowing you to access the Callers List via
an XML Key instead of the Callers List Key. This allows you to configure the Callers List Key with other functions if
required. Contact your System Administrator for more information.
Callers List Key
Line Keys and Softkeys
100 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Configuring a Callers List Key
Use the following procedure to configure a Callers List key on the 6757i IP Phone. The procedure shows the top softkeys
screen as an example.
!!!DO NOT USE!!! (Paragraph seperator)Expansion Module Keys
Aastra Web UI
Note:
By default, the Callers List key is Key 3 on the Top Softkeys.
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
Softkeys
2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
3. In the "Type" field, select Callers List.
4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key.
5. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey.
6. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i)
or
Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i)
7. In the "Type" field, select Callers List.
8. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key.
9. Click Save Settings.
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 101
Intercom Key
By default, the 6757i has an Intercom key configured on key 4 of the top set of keys. However, using the Aastra Web UI, you
can assign the Intercom key to any key on the top or bottom keys on the phone.
You can use the Intercom key to automatically connect with a remote extension for outgoing calls, and to answer an
incoming intercom call.
Reference
For more information about the Intercom key, see “Using Intercom” on page 113.
Intercom Key
Line Keys and Softkeys
102 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Configuring an Intercom Key
Use the following procedure to configure a Callers List key on the 6757i IP Phone. The procedure shows the top softkeys
screen as an example.
Aastra Web UI
Note:
By default, the Intercom key is Key 4 on the Top Softkeys.
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
Softkeys
2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
3. In the "Type" field, select Intercom.
4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key.
5. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey.
Expansion Module Keys
6. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i)
or
Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i)
7. In the "Type" field, select Intercom.
8. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key.
9. Click Save Settings.
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 103
Phone Lock Key
You can configure a key on the IP Phone to use as a lock/unlock key. You assign the function of the key as “Phone Lock”.
Configuring a Phone Lock Key
Use the following procedure to configure a Phone Lock key on the 6757i IP Phone. The procedure shows the softkey
screen as an example.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
Softkeys
2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
3. In the "Type" field, select Phone Lock from the list of options.
Expansion Module Keys
4. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i)
or
Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i)
5. In the "Type" field, select Phone Lock from the list of options.
6. Click Save Settings.
Note:
You can lock/unlock the phone using the new key you just configured, using the Aastra Web UI at the path Operation-
>PhoneLock, or using the "Phone Lock" option on the IP Phone UI at the path Options->Phone Lock. For more informa-
tion about using the lock/unlock feature, see “Locking/Unlocking a Phone” on page 44.
Line Keys and Softkeys
104 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Using the Lock/Unlock Key on the IP Phone
After configuring a key as a lock/unlock key, refer to the following procedure to use the key on the IP phone.
Lock the Phone
Unlock the Phone
Paging Key (Sends the RTP Stream)
You can configure a Paging key on the phone that allows you to send a Real Time Transport Protocol (RTP) stream to pre-
configured multicast address(es) without involving SIP signalling. You enter a multicast IP address(es) and a port number
for the Paging key, that when pressed, initiates an outgoing multicast RTP session. This is called Group Paging on the IP
phones.
You can also specify group paging RTP addresses that the phone listens for when receiving RTP streams. You can specify
up to 5 listening multicast addresses at the path,
Basic Settings->Preferences->Group Paging RTP Settings.
For more information about Group Paging and how it works, and to specify multicast addresses, see “Group RTP Paging
(receives RTP streams)” on page 176.
1. Press the LOCK key.
The phone locks.
The LED for the key AND the Message Waiting Lamp illuminate steady ON. An “Unlock” label appears next to the key
you just pressed.
2. Press the UNLOCK key.
A password prompt displays.
3. Enter your user password and press ENTER.
The phone unlocks.
TheLEDforthekeyANDtheMessageWaitingLampgoOFF.The“Lock”labelappearsnexttothekeyyoujustpressed.
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 105
Configuring a Paging Key
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
Softkeys
2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
3. In the "Type" field, select Paging.
4. In the “Label” field, enter a label to apply to this key.
5. In the “Value” field, enter a multicast IP address and a port number for the Paging key. When you press this key,
the phone initiates an outgoing multicast RTP session to the specified address using the specified port. (For exam-
ple, 239.0.1.15:10000).
Notes:
• When you select Paging for the “Type” field, the “Line” field is disabled.
• The “Value” field allows for one multicast address entry only.
• The valid port range is from 1 to 65535.
6. To receive RTP steams for Group Paging, you must also configure the "Paging ListenAddresses" parameter at the
path, Basic Settings->Preferences->Group Paging RTP Settings. For more information about setting this parameter,
see “Group RTP Paging (receives RTP streams)” on page 176.
Expansion Module Keys
7. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i)
or
Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i)
8. In the "Type" field, select Paging.
9. (M675i) In the “Label” field, enter a label to apply to this key.
Line Keys and Softkeys
106 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Using the Paging Key
The following procedure describes the use of the Paging key on the IP Phone. The procedure assumes you have already
configured the Paging key using the Aastra Web UI.
10. In the “Value” field, enter a multicast IP address and a port number for the Paging key. When you press this key,
the phone initiates an outgoing multicast RTP session to the specified address using the specified port. (For exam-
ple, 239.0.1.15:10000).
Notes:
• When you select Paging for the “Type” field, the “Line” field is disabled.
• The “Value” field allows for one multicast address entry only.
• The valid port range is from 1 to 65535.
11. To receive RTP steams for Group Paging, you must also configure the "Paging Listen Addresses" parameter at
the path, Basic Settings->Preferences->Group Paging RTP Settings. For more information about setting this param-
eter, see “Group RTP Paging (receives RTP streams)” on page 176.
12. Click Save Settings.
IP Phone UI
Notes:
1. Recipient of a Paging call can set a global “Do Not Disturb” (DND) to ignore any incoming pages.
2. For incoming Paging, the phone uses the Intercom configuration settings. The incoming Page is dependant on the
“Allow Barge-In” parameter setting and the “Idling/On Call” state.
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 107
None Key
You can set a softkey, or expansion module key to force a blank entry on the IP phone display for a specific key. You do this
by setting the key to "None". The keys are added in order (from key1 to key20) after any hard-coded keys have been added.
If a particular key is not defined, it is ignored. For more information about key behavior, see “Key Display Behavior” on
page 50.
1. On the IP Phone, press the softkey or expansion module key you configured for
Paging (labelled as “Group 1” in the following illustration).
The phone opens a multicast RTP session and an outgoing OR incoming phone screen displays as follows.
2. Press the Drop key to end the multicast RTP session and return to the idle screen.
Note:
If you enable global DND on the phone, the incoming multicast RTP session is dropped.
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
01/01/14 11:00am
L1 John Smith
Group 1
LAB
ACD
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
L1 John Smith
00:01
Paging
Drop
Line Keys and Softkeys
108 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Configuring a None Key
Use the following procedure to configure a None key on the 6757i IP Phone. The procedure shows the softkey screen as
an example.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
Softkeys
2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
3. In the "Type" field, select None.
Expansion Module Keys
4. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i)
or
Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i)
5. In the "Type" field, select None.
6. Click Save Settings.
Line Keys and Softkeys
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 109
Empty Key
You can set a softkey to force a blank entry on the IP phone display for a specific key. You do this by setting the softkey to
"empty". The keys are added in order (from key 1 to key 20) after any hard-coded keys have been added. If a particular key
is not defined, it is ignored.
Configuring an Empty Key
Use the following procedure to configure an Empty softkey on the 6757i phone.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
Softkeys
2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
3. In the "Type" field, select Empty.
4. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey.
Expansion Module Keys
5. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i)
or
Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i)
6. In the "Type" field, select Empty.
7. Click Save Settings.
Line Keys and Softkeys
110 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Deleting a Key
Use the following procedure to delete a key on the 6757i IP Phone. The procedure shows the softkey screen as an exam-
ple.
The key function is deleted from the IP phone memory.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
Softkeys and Expansion Module Keys
2. Choose the key you want to delete from the phone.
3. In the "Type" field, select None.
4. Click Save Settings.
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 111
Making Calls
This section describes ways to make calls on your 6757i phone, using your handset, speakerphone or headset.
Dialing a Number
First, take the phone off-hook by:
• lifting the handset
• pressing or
• pressing a line/call appearance key
At the dial tone, enter the number you wish to call
If you are unable to make calls within certain area codes, check with your System Administrator for any toll restrictions
placed on your extension that may restrict your access to long distance area codes or dialing prefixes.
When your party picks up, a timer appears on your display that records the length of your call.
If the Live DialPad option is on, as soon as you press the first digit on the dial pad the phone automatically selects the next
available line, go off-hook and dial as digits are pressed.
Pre-dialing a Number
You can also make a call by pre-dialing a number. Pre-dialing lets you view a number before you dial. Use the Backspace
softkey to correct any errors.
Note:
After dialing the number, the phone has a short delay before sending the call. To send the call immediately, you can
press the "Dial" softkey (if the handset is offhook) or the "#" key immediately after dialing the number. The phone sends
the call without delay.
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
1234
Dial Pause
Backspace Quit
01/01/14 11:00am
Making Calls
112 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Using Handsfree Speakerphone
The handsfree feature allows you to speak to someone without using the handset or headset. Your phone must be in
either the Speaker or Speaker/Headset audio mode. For more information about setting the audio mode on your phone,
see “Audio Mode” on page 29.
• To dial using handsfree, first press and enter a number at the dial tone.
• To answer a call on your phone using handsfree, press or the line/call appearance key.
• If you are in Speaker audio mode, lift the handset and press to switch between handsfree and handset.
• If you are in Speaker/headset audio mode, press to switch between handsfree and headset.
• When the handset is on hook, press to disconnect the call.
When handsfree is on, the speaker light turns on.
Using a Headset
The 6757i accepts headsets through the modular RJ22 jack on the back of the phone. Contact your telephone equip-
ment retailer or distributor to purchase a compatible headset.
Advanced Volume Controls for the Headset Mic
On the 6757i, there are 3 options for the headset microphone volume. For more information about the headset micro-
phone, see “Headset Mic Volume” on page 29.
To change this volume:
IP Phone UI
Note:
Customers should read and observe all safety recommendations contained in headset operating guides when using
any headset.
IP Phone UI
1. Press to enter the Options list.
2. Select Preferences and press Select.
3. Use 2 to scroll down to Set Audio and press Select.
4. Press 2 to scroll down to Headset/Mic Volume and press Select.
5. Use 2 to scroll down the list to select your desired volume.
6. Press Done to save changes and exit.
7. If you do not wish to save changes, press Cancel to return to the previous screen.
Note:
By default, the volume for the headset microphone is set to medium.
Making Calls
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 113
To Make and Receive Calls Using a Headset
Using Intercom
On the 6757i, you can use the Icom key to automatically connect with a remote extension. By default, the Intercom key is
configured as Key 4 on the top set of softkeys.
IP Phone UI
1. Ensure that you have selected a headset audio mode by accessing the Options list (under option Preferences->Set
Audio->Audio Mode on the IP Phone).
2. Plug the headset into the jack.
3. Press the key to obtain a dial tone or to answer an incoming call. Depending on the audio mode selected
from the options menu, a dial tone or an incoming call is received on either the headset or the handsfree speaker-
phone.
4. Press the key to end the call.
Intercom Key
Making Calls
114 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Using the Icom Key
You can set specific incoming Intercom call features on the 6757i IP phone using the Aastra Web UI. The following table
describes these features.
For more information about the incoming Intercom features and for procedures on setting these features, see “Incoming
Intercom Call Features” on page 174.
Redial
The redial list is available during active calls. It stores up to the last 100 numbers you called, allowing you to scroll
through and select the number you wish to redial.
IP Phone UI
1. Press the Icom key.
2. Enter the extension number of the person you wish to intercom or the BLF key for that extension.
3. After a beep tone, your phone automatically connects with the remote extension and you can speak through its
speaker.
4. To cancel intercom, press or the Cancel key.
5. When you are finished speaking, hang up the phone by placing the handset back on-hook or by pressing
or the line/call appearance key for the active call. When you hang up, the remote phone also hangs up.
Incoming Intercom Features in Aastra Web
UI
Description
Microphone Mute Allows you to enable or disable the microphone on the IP phone for Intercom calls made by the orig-
inating caller.
Auto Answer Allows you to enable or disable the IP phone to automatically answer an Intercom call. If auto-answer
is enabled on the IP phone, the phone plays a tone (if "Play Warning Tone" is enabled) toalertthe user
before answering the intercom call. If auto-answer is disabled, the phone treats the incoming inter-
com call as a normal call.
Play Warning Tone Allows you to enable or disable a warning tone to play when the phone receives an incoming inter-
com call on an active line.
Allow Barge In Allows you to enable or disable how the phone handles incoming intercom calls while the phone is
on an active call.
IP Phone UI
• Press to dial the most recent number you dialed from the phone.
• If you are off-hook and press the last number you called is called back.
• If you are on-hook and press , a Redial List displays.
Note:
Your System Administrator can set your Redial key to speed dial a specific number. Contact your System Administrator
for more information.
Making Calls
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 115
Accessing the Redial List
Deleting from the Redial List
Delete All Items
Mute
You can use the Mute key to mute the handset, headset, or speakerphone. When you use the mute key on your
phone, you cannot be heard on an active call or on a conference. For muted calls, the handsfree LED flashes and the Mute
key LED is ON.
You can use the Mute key to mute the handset, headset, or speakerphone. The speaker light flashes slowly and you
can hear the caller, but they cannot hear you. To switch mute on or off, press .
IP Phone UI
1. If you are off-hook and press , the telephone automatically dials the last number you called.
2. If you are not on the phone, press to display the most recently dialed number and use
2 and 5 to scroll through the list to view the other numbers.
3. Press 2 to see the second most recently dialed number, or 5 to see the oldest call on your list.
4. To dial the displayed number press , or lift the Handset or press any line keys.
5. Press or the key to cancel.
Note:
The redial list is available during active calls. It also stores up to the last 100 numbers you called, allowing you to scroll
through and select the number you wish to redial.
IP Phone UI
1. Press .
2. Press the Delete Key, then press the Delete Key again to erase the item.
IP Phone UI
1. Press .
2. Press the Delete Key, then press the Delete All Key to erase all items.
IP Phone UI
Note:
If you place a muted call on hold, the phone automatically takes the call off mute when you reconnect to the call.
116 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Receiving Calls
When a call is ringing at your extension, the inbound callers extension and name display to the screen. The line/call
appearance light flashes quickly for the incoming call.
Answering an Incoming Call
To answer the call
If the phone is already connected to a call, pressing the line/call appearance key for the new incoming call automatically
places the connected call on hold and answers the new call. To reconnect to a party, press the line/call appearance key
for that call.
If you cannot answer the call, the caller goes to voicemail if voicemail has been configured for your extension.
Sending an Incoming Call to Voicemail
You can send an incoming call directly to voicemail without answering the call. To do this, press without picking
up the handset. If you're already on the phone your incoming call should go directly to voicemail. Your phone screen dis-
plays a voicemail icon ( ) along with the number of waiting messages, if you have unheard messages (example:
x4).
IP Phone UI
• For handsfree operation, press or the line/call appearance key for the incoming call.
• Press for handsfree or headset operation.
Note:
The audio mode setting you have selected in the options list under Headset Settings determines if the call goes to
handsfree or headset operation. For more information, see the section “Customizing Your Phone” on page 24.
• Lift the handset for handset operation.
Note:
The key can be used to cancel the call pickup procedure..
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
201
Keri March
L1 John Smith
Answer
Ignore
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 117
Handling Calls
When you are connected to a call, you can use the softkeys or hard keys on the phone to place a call on hold, transfer a call,
or conference.
Placing a Call on Hold
You can place an active call on hold by pressing the Hold key. When you place a call on hold, only your phone can
retrieve the call.
To place a call on hold
The line/call appearance light begins to flash slowly and after a short time the phone beeps softly to remind you that you
still have a call on hold. The screen displays "Call Held" with the line number the call is held at the phone.
When on Hold
To let your caller know that they are still on hold, music plays softly (if this has been set up for your system). The call/line
appearance light for the line you are on remains solid to indicate that you are still connected.
IP Phone UI
1. Connect to the call (if not already connected).
2. Press the Hold key.
Note:
If you are connected to another call, the phone does not beep to remind you that you still have a call on hold.
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
00:17
201
Keri March
L1 John Smith
Pickup
Conf
Xfer
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
00:17
201
Keri March
L1 John Smith
Drop
Conf
Xfer
Handling Calls
118 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Automatic Hold
When juggling between calls, you do not have to press the hold key to go from one call to the next. The phone automat-
ically puts your current call on hold as soon as you press a new line/call appearance key. If you have more than one call
on hold, you can reconnect to a held call by pressing the line/call appearance key where that call is being held. Press
to disconnect the call.
Retrieving a Held Call
If you have more than 1 call on hold, you can scroll through the held call information by pressing 3 and 4 navigation
keys. To reconnect to a call press the line/call appearance key where that call is being held. If you press the call/line
appearance key again, you disconnect from the call.
Transferring Calls
Blind Transfer
A blind transfer is when you transfer a call directly to another extension without consulting with the person receiving the
call. To do this, simply complete the transfer immediately after you have entered the number. The call goes directly to the
extension or outside line you transferred to. If the party you are transferring the call to does not answer, the transferred
call rings back to your extension.
Consultative Transfer
You also have the option to consult with the person you are transferring the call to, before you complete the transfer. To
do this, simply remain on the line until the receiving party answers the call. After consulting with the receiving party, you
can either complete the transfer or cancel the transfer to go back to the original call.
Pre-Dial & Live Dial Mode
By default, when users are initiating a conference call or transfer, they will not hear a dial tone before dialing begins (pre-
dial mode). The phone does not automatically dial out the number until the user presses the “Transfer” (Xfer) key. This
allows the users to make changes to the dialing number before initiating the call. Administrators can configure a live dial
mode.
In live dial mode, when the user is completing a conference call or transfer, they will hear a dial tone before dialing
begins. In addition, the phone will either match the number to the dial plan or wait for the set digit timeout.
In the default pre-dial mode, users are able to edit the destination number prior to dialing, whereas in live dial mode
they are not able to, however the “Dial” and “Cancel” softkeys are provided while the user inputs the number
When you lift the handset on the phone, the Transfer key displays on the bottom set of softkeys by default. Use this key
to transfer calls.
IP Phone UI
L1 John Smith
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Dial
Conf
Xfer More
Handling Calls
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 119
Transferring Calls in Pre-Dial Mode
Use the following procedure to transfer a call to another extension in pre-dial mode. Use the following illustration as a ref-
erence.
Transferring Calls in Live Dial Mode
Use the following procedure to transfer a call to another extension in live dial mode.
1. Connect to Party 1 (if not already connected). Party 1 is the party you want to transfer.
2. Press the Xfer key. You will not hear a dial tone before dialing begins.
3. Entertheextensionnumber(ortheoutsidenumber)toParty2.ThisisthePartyforwhichyouwanttotransferParty1.
To cancel the transfer you can either select Cancel on the display screen, press , or hangup the handset.
Note:
Users are able to edit the destination number (“Backspace” softkey is provided and navigation key is functional to
move the cursor to the desired location).
4. Complete either a blind or consultative transfer:
a) To complete a blind transfer, press the Xfer key again before the receiving end answers.
b) To complete a consultative transfer, press Dial and remain on the line to speak with the Party 2, before either
pressing the Xfer key or , or hanging up the handset to transfer Party 1 to Party 2.
1. Connect to Party 1 (if not already connected). Party 1 is the party you want to transfer.
2. Press the Xfer key. You should hear a dial tone before the dialing begins.
3. Entertheextensionnumber(ortheoutsidenumber)toParty2.ThisisthePartyforwhichyouwanttotransferParty1.
To cancel the transfer prior to the completion of dialing, you can either select Cancel on the display screen, press
, or hang-up the handset.
Note:
Users are not able to edit the destination number as the phone will either match the inputted number to a dial plan
or wait for the set digit timeout.
4. Complete either a blind or consultative transfer:
a) To complete a blind transfer, press the Transfer key again, or , or hang-up the handset before the set
digit timeout.
b) To complete a consultative transfer, press Dial or wait for the number match or timeout and remain on the line
to speak with the Party 2, before either pressing the Xfer key or , or hanging up the handset to transfer
Party 1 to Party 2.
Transfer Key when
handset is lifted
Handling Calls
120 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Transferring Two Existing Calls
The 6757i allows you to perform a transfer of a call when there are currently two active calls on the phone. For example,
on your phone, there are two active calls - Call A and Call B. Call B is on hold. You can perform the following to transfer
Call A to Call B:
Completing a Transfer to a Contact in Phone Directory
Users can complete a blind transfer to a contact in their local directory. If a user is in a call and initiates a transfer, they can
navigate to the Directory screen where a new transfer key can be pressed to complete a blind transfer. There is no
change to start a consultative call.
When a directory entry is shown, there is a Xfer softkey below the current Dial softkey to trigger a blind transfer. This
Xfer softkey is only available if a transfer has been initiated.
If a directory entry has multiple numbers, softkey 2 is used for the Arrange function. If a transfer has been initiated, the
Arrange function will be replaced with the Xfer function.
To Transfer a Call to a Contact in the Phone Directory:
1. Press Xfer key. A new line opens.
2. Press or scroll to the Line where Call B is on hold.
3. Press Xfer key.
Call A is transferred to Call B.
1. Connect to Party 1 (if not already connected). Party 1 is the party you want to transfer.
2. Press the Xfer key. You should hear a dial tone as a second line opens up.
3. Press the Directory key and select a contact.
4. To complete a blind transfer, press the Transfer key again before the receiving end answers.
To complete a consultative transfer, press Dial to call the contact. Remain on the line to speak with Party
2 before pressing the Transfer key again to transfer Party 1 to Party 2.
To cancel the transfer, select Cancel on the display screen or press .
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
4.Jane
3.Steve
Dial Delete
Xfer Details
Add New Quit
Directory
1.John
2.Kim
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Line 1
Dial Delete
Xfer Change
Add Number List
003 Steve
905-760-9999
Entry has multiple numbers
Handling Calls
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 121
Indication of Transferred Calls
When you transfer an active call, the near-end phone displays a Call Transferred screen when a call is transferred and the
far-end call is dropped. The following is the Call Transferred screen on the 6757i phone:
The following procedure describes how to handle the Call Transferred screen on your phone:
Conferencing Calls
The 6757i IP phone offers two methods of conferencing:
• Local conferencing in pre-dial and live dial mode (default method).
• Centralized conferencing (for Sylantro and Broadsoft Servers) (Administrator must enable this method).
When you lift the handset on the phone, the Conference key displays on the bottom set of softkeys by default. Use this
key to create conference calls.
Local Conferencing
The 6757i phone supports up to 3 parties (including yourself) in a conference call. This is called Local Conferencing and is
the default method of conferencing on the 6757i.
IP Phone UI
1. Press the Goodbye key.
The Call Transferred screen no longer displays.
or
Select any Line key.
The Call Transferred screen no longer displays and is replaced by a dial screen.
Note:
Your System Administrator can set your Conference key to speed dial a specific number. Contact your System Admin-
istrator for more information.
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Call Transferred
L1 John Smith
L1 John Smith
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Dial
Conf
Xfer More
Handling Calls
122 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Pre-Dial & Live Dial Mode
By default, when users are initiating a conference call or transfer, they will not hear a dial tone before dialing begins (pre-
dial mode). The phone does not automatically dial out the number until the user presses the “Conference” key. This
allows the users to make changes to the dialing number before initiating the call. Administrators can configure a live dial
mode.
In live dial mode, when the user is completing a conference call or transfer, they will hear a dial tone before dialing
begins. In addition, the phone will either match the number to the dial plan or wait for the set digit timeout.
In the default pre-dial mode, users are able to edit the destination number prior to dialing, whereas in live dial mode
they are not able to, however the “Dial” and “Cancel” softkeys are provided while the user inputs the number.
Using Local Conferencing in Pre-Dial Mode
Use the following procedure to create a conference call using local conferencing in pre-dial mode. Use the following
illustration as a reference.
IP Phone UI
1. When you begin a conference, you are the first party in the conference (Party 1). Pickup the handset or press the
speakerphone key. A line opens up.
2. Call Party 2 by dialing their number (or answer an incoming call of a Party).
3. Wait for Party 2 to answer. When Party 2 answers, you can consult with them before adding them to the conference.
4. Press the Conf key. You will not hear a dial tone before the dialing begins.
Conference Key when
handset is lifted
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
L1 John Smith
2. 4299
1. 4161234567
Dial
Cancel
Backspace
Handling Calls
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 123
Using Local Conferencing in Live Dial Mode
Use the following procedure to create a conference call using local conferencing in live dial mode.
Joining Two Active Calls in a Single Conference
5. Enter the phone number of Party 3.
Note:
Users are able to edit the destination number (“Backspace” softkey is provided and navigation key is functional to
move the cursor to the desired location).
6. Wait for Party 3 to answer. When Party 3 answers, you can consult with them before adding them to the conference.
7. Press the Conf key again to add Party 3 to the conference. Party 1 (which is yourself), Party 2, and Party 3 are all
connected to a single conference.
8. To drop a party from the conference, use the navigation key to select the party and press the Drop key.
1. When you begin a conference, you are the first party in the conference (Party 1). Pickup the handset or press the
speakerphone key. A line opens up.
2. Call Party 2 by dialing their number (or answer an incoming call of a Party).
3. Wait for Party 2 to answer. When Party 2 answers, you can consult with them before adding them to the conference.
4. Press the Conf key. You should hear a dial tone before dialing begins.
5. Enter the phone number of Party 3.
Note:
Users are not able to edit the destination number as the phone will either match the inputted number to a dial plan
or wait for the set digit timeout.
6. Wait for Party 3 to answer. When Party 3 answers, you can consult with them before adding them to the conference.
7. Press the Conf key again to add Party 3 to the conference. Party 1 (which is yourself), Party 2, and Party 3 are all
connected to a single conference.
8. To drop a party from the conference, use the navigation key to select the party and press the Drop key.
Note:
You can use 2 and 5 to scroll through and see the numbers and names (if available) of the parties in the conference call.
When a name is displayed, pressing 4 drops the displayed party from the call.
IP Phone UI
1. Begin with active calls on two different lines (for example, Line 1 and Line 2 have active calls).
2. Press the Line key for which you want to conference the two calls together (for example, Line 1).
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
L1 John Smith
2. 4299
1. 4161234567
Dial
Cancel
Handling Calls
124 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Centralized Conferencing (for Sylantro and Broadsoft Servers)
The 6757i allows you to create multiple conferences with unlimited participants (depending on your server limitations)
when your Administrator enables Centralized Conferencing.
If your Administrator does not enable Centralized Conferencing, then the 6757i uses Local Conferencing by default.
Your Administrator can configure Centralized Conferencing globally on all lines or on specific lines. Although, for the glo-
bal setting to work, you must configure the lines with the applicable phone number.
Using Centralized Conferencing
Use the following procedure to create a conference call using centralized conferencing. Use the following illustration as a
reference.
3. Press the Conf key.
4. Press the Line key that has the second active call (for example, Line 2).
5. Press the Conf key. The two active calls link into a conference call on Line 1.
Note:
You can use 2 and 5 to scroll through and see the numbers and names
(if available) of the parties in the conference call. When a name is displayed, pressing 4 drops the displayed party from
the call.
IP Phone UI
Note:
When Centralized Conferencing is enabled on your phone, local conferencing (or three-way conferencing) works as
indicated in the previous section, “Using Local Conferencing in Pre-Dial Mode” on page 122. Joining two active calls in
a conference also works as indicated in the previous section, “Joining Two Active Calls in a Single Conference” on
page 123.
Conference Key when
handset is lifted
Handling Calls
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 125
Setting Up a Conference and Adding Multiple Parties (for Sylantro and Broadsoft Servers)
If any party in the conference hangs up (including the party that began the conference), all other parties in the conference
are still connected.
Setting Up Multiple Conferences (for Sylantro Server only)
Note:
You can have an unlimited number of parties in a conference (dependent on the limitations of the server.
1. When you begin a conference, you are the first party in the conference (Party 1). Pickup the handset or press the
Speakerphone Key.
A line opens up.
2. Call Party 2 by dialing their number (or answer an incoming call of a Party).
3. Wait for Party 2 to answer. When Party 2 answers, you can consult with them before adding them to Conference 1.
4. Press the Conf Key. A new line opens.
5. Enter the phone number of Party 3.
6. WaitforParty3toanswer.WhenParty3answers,youcanconsultwiththembeforeaddingthemtotheConference1.
7. Press the Conf Key again to add Party 3 to Conference 1. Party 1 (which is yourself), Party 2, and Party 3 are all
connected to Conference 1.
8. Press an available Line Key (or answer an incoming call on an available line). If calling out, call Party 4.
9. Wait for Party 4 to answer. When Party 4 answers, you can consult with them before adding them to the conference.
10. Press the Conf Key to add Party 4 to Conference 1.
11. Press the Line Key that has Conference 1.
12. Press the Conf Key to join all parties (Parties 1 through 4) on Conference 1.
13. To add more parties, repeat steps 8 through 12.
Note:
The 6757i is limited to 9 conferences (a single conference each on lines 1 through 9).
1. Start Conference 1 using the procedures in the previous section, “Setting Up a Conference and Adding Multiple
Parties (for Sylantro and Broadsoft Servers)” on page 125.
2. When you are finished adding all required parties to Conference 1, press an available Line Key to start Conference 2.
You are Party 1 on Conference 2. Call Party 2.
3. When Party 2 answers, press the Conf Key.
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
L2 John Smith
Dial
Conf
Xfer More
Handling Calls
126 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
If any party in a conference hangs up (including the party that began the conference), all other parties in the conference
are still connected.
Joining Additional Parties to Active Conferences
In centralized conferencing, you can join multiple incoming or outgoing calls to active conferences. Before following this
procedure, at least one active conference must exist on your phone.
Ending a Conference and Transferring Remaining Parties
The 6757i allows a Host to drop from a 3-way conference and let the other two parties remain connected by pressing a
Transfer key.
If you are the Host of a conference and want to leave that conference:
• While in a 3-way conference press the Transfer key on the phone.
Your phone leaves the 3-way conference but the remaining parties are still connected to the conference.
Ending Calls
To end a call, you first need to connect or reconnect to the call if not already connected (for example, if your caller is on hold).
Press or the line/call appearance key of the active call to end the call. If connected through the handset, you can
also place the handset back on hook to end the call.
4. Press an available Line Key.
5. Call Party 3 for Conference 2.
6. When Party 3 answers, press the Conf Key to join Parties 1 (which is yourself), Party 2, and Party 3 on Conference 2.
You now have two active conferences on two different lines.
Note:
When you are connected to multiple conference calls, and you put a conference on hold, the conference may be on
hold for a limited period of time before it is disconnected. Contact your System Administrator for more information.
1. As Party 1, pickup the handset or press the speakerphone key.
A line opens up.
2. Call Party 2 by dialing their number (or answer an incoming call of a Party).
3. Wait for Party 2 to answer. When Party 2 answers, you can consult with them before adding them to the conference.
4. Press the Conf Key.
5. Press the Line Key that has the active conference. (For example, Line 1 and Line 2 both have active conferences.
Pressing Line 1 joins Party 1 and Party 2 to the conference on Line 1. Pressing Line 2 joins Party 1 and Party 2 to the
conference on Line 2.)
6. Press the Conf Key again to join the Parties to the active conference.
Note:
The Caller ID of the dropped Host still displays on the remaining parties’ phones.
IP Phone UI
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 127
Managing Calls
The 6757i has several features that make it easier to manage calls, and to keep track of your caller history, as well as your
business and personal contacts.
These features include:
• Directory List
• Callers List
• Call Forwarding
• Missed Calls Indicator
• Voicemail
Directory List
The Directory List is your personal phone book, conveniently stored within your phone. You can enter up to 200 entries
into the 6757i Directory by adding them manually, or by saving the number and name from other lists stored on your
phone. You can also dial directly from a directory entry. On the 6757i, you access the Directory by pressing Key 2 which is
the Directory key.
Accessing Your Directory
Use the following procedure to access your Directory List. Use the following illustration as a reference.
IP Phone UI
Directory Key
Managing Calls
128 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Sorting Entries and Quick Search Feature
You can sort multiple numbers according to preference and perform a quick-search feature that allows you to enter the
first letter that corresponds to a name in the Directory to find specific line items. The phone displays the first name with
this letter.
Managing the Directory List
From the Directory List in the IP Phone UI, you can perform the following:
• “Adding New Entries to the Directory List” (page 128)
• “Editing Entries in the Directory List” (page 130)
• “Deleting Entries from the Directory List” (page 133)
• “Saving Entries to the Directory List” (page 134)
Adding New Entries to the Directory List
You can store a maximum of 7 numbers associated with a unique name. You can apply pre-defined labels to the entry
which include, Office, Home, Cell, and Pager, or create your own labels. The following table indicates the maximum char-
acters for each line and field in the Directory List.
1. PresstheDirectoryKey.Thedirectorydisplaysthenumberofentriesinyourlist.IftheDirectorylistisempty,"Directory
Empty/UseSavetoadd" displays. The following is an example of the Directory List Header screen with 97 entries in the
List.
2. You can access entries by pressing 2 and 5 to scroll through the list.
3. To search for an entry by name, press the dial pad number corresponding to the first letter of the name (for example,
press 7 for the letter P). Continue to press the dial pad number to access other letters on the same key (for example,
press 7 three times for R). If there are multiple entries under the same letter, you can use 2 and 5 to scroll through
the list, or continue to press the next letters of the name to find a better match.
4. To dial the displayed number press or just lift the handset or press any line keys.
5. To add new entries, press Add New.
6. To delete the entire Directory List, press DeleteList.
7. Press the Quit to leave the Directory or press the Directory key again to quit.
Note:
The quick-search feature in the Directory List works only when the Directory is first accessed.
Directory List Limitations
Maximum length of a line 255 characters
Maximum length of a name 16 characters
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Use to view
DeleteList
Add New Quit
Directory
97 items
Press 1st letter
Managing Calls
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 129
The following examples illustrate the IP Phone UI screens you can use to add entries in the Directory List
Adding Names, Numbers, Labels
On Screen 1:
Maximum length of a label 14 characters
Maximum length of a URI 45 characters
Maximum number directory entries in the NVRAM 200 entries
IP Phone UI
• You can add names using the abc softkey.
• You can add numbers (up to 7 numbers per name) using the numbers on the phone’s keypad.
• Use the Backspace softkey when required.
• Use the Save softkey when you are finished adding the name and number(s).
• You can exit from Screen 1 at any time without saving by pressing the Cancel softkey.
Note:
Use the 2 and 5 keys to toggle between Screen 1 and Screen 2.
Directory List Limitations
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Line: 1 more
Save
Backspace
abc Cancel
Enter Name:
Number
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
more
Save
Backspace Label
abc Cancel
Label
Screen 1 Screen 2
Managing Calls
130 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
On Screen 2:
Editing Entries in the Directory List
On Screen 1, when the cursor is in the "Line" field, softkey 5 displays a Change softkey. The following example illustrates
a Directory entry for "Steve Smith", with a phone number and an "Office" label. Since the cursor is in the "Line" field, the
Change softkey displays.
The following example shows the same Directory entry without a label.
• You can add a label or URI using the abc softkey; Or you can populate the "Label" field with a pre-
defined label (Office, Home, Cell, Pager) by pressing the Label softkey.
• Use the Backspace softkey when required.
• Use the Save softkey when you are finished adding the Label.
• You can exit from Screen 2 at any time without saving by pressing the Cancel softkey.
IP Phone UI
• You can use the Dial softkey to automatically dial the number in the Directory entry.
• You can use the Add Number softkey to add additional numbers to the current Directory entry (up to
7 numbers per name).
• You can use the Delete softkey to delete a number or to delete multiple numbers in an entry (see
“Deleting Entries from the Directory List” on page 133.
• You can use the Change softkey to change a number or a name.
• You can use the Quit softkey to quit the editing of the current Directory entry.
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Line: 1
Dial Delete
Change
Add Number List
001 Steve Smith
9057609999
Office
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Line: 1
Dial Delete
Change
Add Number List
001 Steve Smith
9057609999
Managing Calls
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 131
Scrolling Multiple Screens Per Entry
If there are multiple numbers for an entry, the 3 and 4 keys display for you to scroll multiple screens. The following
examples show Screen 1 as Steve Smith’s Office number, Screen 2 as Steve Smith’s Home number, and Screen 3 as Steve
Smith’s Cell number. The first scroll 4 indicates there are multiple number entries for the name. The 3 and 4 indicates
you can scroll forward or backward between screens. The 3 indicates this is the last number entry for the name.
IP Phone UI
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Line: 1
Dial Delete
Arrange Change
Add Number List
001 Steve Smith
9057609999
Office
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Line: 1
Dial Delete
Arrange Change
Add Number List
001 Steve Smith
9057608888
Home
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Line: 1
Dial Delete
Arrange Change
Add Number List
001 Steve Smith
9057607777
Cell
Managing Calls
132 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Arranging Multiple Screens
You can use the Arrange softkey to move the number/label/line forward or backward between screens for the specified
name. If there is a label assigned to the entry, the following screen displays after pressing the Arrange softkey.
• Pressing the Save softkey in the above screen places the Cell label, the Cell number, and line associated with the Cell
number, into the one position. So the first screen to display for the entry would be the Cell number screen. If no label
is assigned to the entry, the numbers would be arranged in the order you specify.
The following example illustrates the new arrangement of Steve Smith’s number.
Note:
The Office label moves to the second position and the Home label moves to the last position.
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
1.Cell
2.Office
Move Up Move Down
Save Cancel
3.Home
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Line: 1
Dial Delete
Arrange Change
Add Number List
001 Steve Smith
9057607777
Cell
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Line: 1
Dial Delete
Arrange Change
Add Number List
001 Steve Smith
9057609999
Office
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Line: 1
Dial Delete
Arrange Change
Add Number List
001 Steve Smith
9057608888
Home
Managing Calls
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 133
Deleting Entries from the Directory List
You can delete entries from the Directory List in the following ways:
You use the Delete softkey to delete a single or multiple numbers, names, or labels for an individual entry.
To delete a single entry from the Directory List:
To delete specific numbers, names or labels for an entry:
• Delete a single name or number and all associated numbers and labels.
• Delete specific numbers and labels from a single entry
• Delete all entries in the Directory List
IP Phone UI
1. Scroll to a name or number in the Directory List.
2. Press Delete. The following screen displays.
3. Press Yes to delete the directory entry (name, number, label, and line) from the Directory List.
4. Press Cancel to cancel the delete function.
1. Scroll to a name or number in the Directory List that has multiple numbers and/or labels assigned to the entry.
2. Press Delete. The following screen displays.
3. Press Number to delete only a specific number associated with a name.
4. Press Entries to delete the entire directory entry (name, all numbers, labels, and lines associated with the name) from
the Directory List.
5. Press Cancel to cancel the delete function.
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Delete
Delete All Cancel
Delete Item
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Delete All
Number Cancel
Delete number 907609999
or delete all Steve
Smith entries?
Managing Calls
134 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
To delete all entries from the Directory List:
Saving Entries to the Directory List
You can save entries (names and numbers) from other sources to your Directory using the following methods:
• Save from the Caller List
• Save from the Redial List
Saving from the Callers List
You can save a name, number, and/or label from the Callers List to the Directory List using the following procedure. Use
the following illustration as a reference.
1. Press the Directory key.
2. At the “Directory List” top screen, press DeleteList.
IP Phone UI
1. Press the Callers List key.
2. Scroll to the entry you want to copy to the Directory List.
3. Press Copy. The entry is saved in the Directory List.
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Use to view
DeleteList
Add New Quit
Directory
97 items
Press 1st letter
Directory Key
Callers List Key
Managing Calls
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 135
Saving from the Redial List
You can save a name, number, and/or label from the Redial List to the Directory List using the following procedure. Use the
following illustration as a reference.
Downloading the Directory List to Your PC
You can download the Directory List to your PC via the Aastra Web UI. The phone stores the directorylist.csv file to your PC
in comma-separated value (CSV) format.
You can use any spreadsheet application to open the file for viewing. The following is an example of a Directory List in a
spreadsheet application.
IP Phone UI
1. Press the (Redial List) key.
2. Scroll to the entry you want to copy to the Directory List.
3. Press Copy. The entry is saved in the Directory List.
Directory Key
Redial List Key
Managing Calls
136 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
The file displays the name, phone number, and line number for each Directory entry.
Download the Directory List
Use the following procedure to download the Directory List to your PC using the Aastra Web UI.
Note:
Your System Administrator can populate your IP phone Directory List with server directory files. Contact your System
Administrator for more details.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Directory.
2. In the Directory List field, click on Save As.
A File Download message displays.
3. Click OK.
4. Enter the location on your computer where you want to download the Directory List and click SAVE.
The directorylist.csv file downloads to your computer.
5. Use a spreadsheet application to open and view the Directory List.
Managing Calls
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 137
Callers List
The Callers list is a stored log of your incoming calls. The 6757i telephone stores information on up to 200 incoming calls in
the Callers list. Your telephone logs the number and name (if available) of the caller, when they last called, and the number
of times they tried to reach you.
When the Callers list is full, the oldest call records are deleted to accommodate the information of new callers.
If the telephone number of an incoming or outgoing call matches a number that you have programmed with a name in a
softkey or the Directory, the Callers list display the name and number.
The display shows you how many callers have been added to the list since you last checked it.
Callers List Screen Display
You can view, scroll, and delete line items in the Callers List from the IP phone UI. You can also directly dial from a displayed
line item in the Callers List.
Display Item Description
450-349-0438 Indicates you have returned the call from the Callers list.
N MAR 04 3:30pm 2x "N" indicates a new call.
XX New Callers When you’re not on the telephone and not in the Callers list, the display shows you how many
callers have been added to the list since you last checked it.
Indicates an unanswered call in the Callers list.
Indicates an answered call in the Callers list.
Indicates a Call Waiting call in the Callers list.
Indicates an incoming Call Waiting call.
John Burns
9054550055
Jun 8 2:41pm 2X
"2x" indicates this caller has called twice. The display shows the date and time of the last call from
that caller.
Managing Calls
138 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Access the Callers List
Use the following procedure to access the Callers List. Use the following illustration as a reference.
Edit Entries in the Callers List
In the Callers List, if a dial pad key is pressed when a number and/or a name is displayed, the cursor automatically adds
the digit at the left side of the number to enable the entry of the prefix.
IP Phone UI
1. Press the Callers List key.
2. Use the 2 and 5 keys to scroll through the line items in the Callers List.
Note:
To the left of a line item, a b icon displays with the handset ON or OFF the receiver. The ON receiver indicates the call
came in as a missed call. The OFF receiver indicates the call came in and was answered.
3. To delete all entries in the Callers list, press the Delete softkey at the "Callers List" header.
To delete a line item from the Callers List, select the line item you want to delete and press the Delete softkey.
4. To cancel a delete function, press the 2 or the 5 Scroll keys.
5. To save a line item to a softkey for speed dialing, press the Save softkey and enter the line number at the "Save to?"
prompt that is already configured for speed dialing at a softkey.
6. Todial adisplayed entryfromtheCallers List,pickup the handset, pressthe handsfree key,or press alinekey.
7. To exit the Callers List, press the Callers List key.
Important!
The Callers List does not save changes. Editing in the Callers List is generally used if you plan to call the number and
need to add a prefix or if you want to edit the name and/or number of a Callers List record before saving it to the Direc-
tory.
Callers List Key
Handsfree Button
Managing Calls
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 139
Use the following procedure to edit the Callers List. Use the following illustration as a reference.
IP Phone UI
1. Press the Callers List Key.
2. Press 2 and 5 to find the entry you want to edit. Press 2 to view the most recent call, or 5 to see the oldest call on
your list.
3. Press the EditNum softkey to begin editing.
4. Edit the number field using the respective keys on the dialpad.
Notes:
• Pressing 4 will move the cursor one character to the right while pressing 3 will move the cursor one character
to the left.
• Use the Backspace softkey to delete characters.
• To dial the displayed number press , or just lift the handset, or press any line keys.
5. Press 5 to switch the focus to the name field.
6. Edit the name field using the respective keys on the dialpad.
Notes:
• Pressing 4 will move the cursor one character to the right while pressing 3 will move the cursor one character
to the left.
• Use the Backspace softkey to delete characters.
• To save the edited record to the Directory, press the Copy softkey.
Callers List Key
Handsfree Button
Managing Calls
140 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Delete Entries from the Callers List
You can delete individual items from the Callers List, or you can delete all items in the Callers List.
Use the following procedure to delete an individual item from the Callers List. Use the following illustration as a refer-
ence.
Use the following procedure to delete all items from the Callers List.
Download the Callers List to Your PC
You can download the Callers List to your PC for viewing using the Aastra Web UI. When you download the Callers List,
the phone stores the callerlist.csv file to your computer in comma-separated value (CSV) format.
IP Phone UI
1. Press the Callers List Key.
2. Use 2 and 5 keys to find the item you want to delete.
3. Press the Delete softkey.
4. Press the Delete softkey again at the prompt to erase the item.
IP Phone UI
1. Press the Callers List Key.
2. Press the Delete softkey.
3. Press the Delete softkey again at the prompt to erase all items.
Callers List Key
Managing Calls
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 141
You can use any spreadsheet application to open the file for viewing. The following is an example of a Callers List in a
spreadsheet application. This file displays the name, phone number, and the line that the call came in on.
Download the Callers List
Use the following procedure to download the Callers List to your PC using the Aastra Web UI.
Account Configuration (DND and Call Forwarding)
The 6757i has a feature that allows you to configure “Do Not Disturb” (DND) and “call forwarding” (CFWD) for multiple
accounts on the phone. You can set specific modes for the way you want the phone to handle DND and CFWD. The three
modes you can set on the phone for these features are:
• Account
• Phone
• Custom
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Directory.
2. In the Callers List field, click on Save As.
A File Download message displays.
3. Click OK.
4. Enter the location on your computer where you want to download the Callers List and click SAVE.
The callerslist.csv file downloads to your computer.
5. Use a spreadsheet application to open and view the Callers List.
Managing Calls
142 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
The following paragraphs describe account-based DND and CFWD:
• DND Account-Based Configuration
• Call Forward Account-Based Configuration
DND Account-Based Configuration
"Do Not Disturb" (DND) is a feature on the phone that prevents the phone from ringing and receiving incoming calls.
When DND is enabled with "call forwarding" (CFWD), any incoming calls can be call forwarded to voicemail or another
number. See “Call Forward Account-Based Configuration” on page 146 for more information about call forwarding to
other numbers.
On the 6757i, you can set DND on the phone-side for a specific account or for all accounts on the phone. You can set
three modes for DND using the Aastra Web UI at the path, Basic Settings->Preferences->General->DND Key Mode:
Account, Phone (default), and Custom. DND performs according to the mode you set.
You can then configure a DND key (for the phone or for an expansion module) using the Aastra Web UI at the path, Oper-
ation->Softkeys Keys and XML. You can enable and disable DND by toggling the key, or by setting DND for a specific
account at the path, Basic Settings->Account Configuration. Once you enable DND, "DND" displays on the LCD for the
applicable account.
The following describes the key behavior for each DND mode.
• Account - DND key toggles the account in focus on the IP Phone UI, to ON or OFF if DND enabled for that account.
• Phone - (default) DND key toggles all accounts on the phone to ON or OFF.
• Custom - DND key displays custom screens on the IP Phone UI. User can select whether to enable/disable DND per
account, enable DND on all accounts, or disable DND on all accounts.
The following table describes the key and Message Waiting Indicator (MWI) LEDs when you enable DND on the IP Phone.
Note:
If there is only one account configured on the phone, then the mode setting is ignored and the phone behaves as if the
mode was set to “Phone”.
Key LED Behavior for All Modes MWI LED Behavior for All Modes
DND key LED RED if current account in focus has DND ON.
DND key LED OFF when current account in focus has DND disabled.
MWI LED ON if current account in focus has DND ON.
MWI LED OFF if current account in focus has DND OFF.
Note:
If you make changes to the configuration for DND via the IP Phone UI, you must refresh the Aastra Web UI screen to see
the changes.
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
DND
01/01/14 11:00am
L1 Screenname1
DND On
Managing Calls
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 143
Configuring DND
The following describes configuring DND on your phone. To configure a DND key, see the section, “"Do Not Disturb" (DND)
Key” on page 62.
Configuring DND Using the Aastra Web UI
Use the following procedure to configure DND using the Aastra Web UI.
Note:
If there is no DND key configured or if it is removed, DND is disabled on the IP Phone..
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->General.
2. Inthe“DNDKeyMode”field,selecta“DoNotDisturb”(DND)modetouseonthephone.Validvaluesare:Account,
Phone (default), Custom. Default is Phone.
• account Sets DND for a specific account. DND key toggles the account in focus on the phone to ON or OFF.
• phone (default) Sets DND ON for all accounts on the phone. DND key toggles all accounts on the phone to ON
or OFF.
• custom Sets the phone to display custom screens after pressing the DND key, that list the account(s) on the
phone.
The user can select a specific account for DND, turn DND ON for all accounts, or turn DND OFF for all accounts.
Notes:
1. If there is only one account configured on the phone, then the mode setting is ignored and the phone behaves
as if the mode was set to “Phone”.
2. Using the Aastra Web UI, if you change the DND Key Mode to “phone”, all accounts synchronize to the current
setting of Account 1.
3. Click Save Settings. The changes takes affect immediately without a reboot.
Managing Calls
144 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
4. Click on Basic Settings->Account Configuration.
5. For each account, enable DND by placing a check mark in the box. Disable DND by unchecking the box.
Notes:
1. If you selected “Account” or “Custom” mode in step 2, you can enable/disable each account or all accounts as
applicable. If you selected “Phone” mode, the first account allows you to change the DND status for all accounts.
2. Number and name of accounts that display to this screen are dependant on the number and name of accounts
configured on the phone. In the screen in step 4, Screenname1 is configured on Line 1, Screenname2 is config-
ured on Line 2, and Screenname3 is configured on Line 3. Only your Administrator can create accounts for your
phone. Contact your Administrator for more information.
6. Click Save Settings. The changes takes affect immediately without a reboot.
Managing Calls
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 145
Using DND Modes via the IP Phone UI
After you add a DND key to your phone, you can toggle the DND state using this key on the phone. Use the following pro-
cedure to enable/disable DND on the IP Phone.
The following procedures assume you have already configured a DND key AND assumes there are three accounts config-
ured on the phone.
DND in Account Mode
In the above example, Screenname1, Screenname2, and Screenname3, are three accounts configured on the phone. Only
Screenname1 and 3 have DND ON. Screenname 2 has DND OFF.
IP Phone UI
Notes:
1. If there is no DND key configured or if it is removed, DND is disabled on the IP Phone.
2. If there is only one account configured on the phone, then the mode setting is ignored and the phone behaves as if
the mode was set to “Phone”.
3 .Using the Aastra Web UI, if you change the DND key mode to “phone”, all accounts synchronize to the current setting
of Account 1.
1. With the account in focus on the IP Phone UI, press the DND key to toggle DND ON or OFF for the account. Use the
RIGHT and LEFT arrow keys to scroll through each account.
2. Use the RIGHT and LEFT arrow keys to scroll through each account.
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
DND
01/01/14 11:00am
L1 Screenname1
DND On
DND
01/01/14 11:00am
L2 Screenname 2
DND
01/01/14 11:00am
L3 Screenname 3
DND On
Managing Calls
146 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
DND in Phone Mode (Default)
In the above example, toggling Screenname1 to DND ON, enabled DND for Screenname2 and 3 also.
DND in Custom Mode
In the above example, Screenname1 and 3 have DND ON as indicated by a check mark (). Screenname2 has DND off as
indicated by an X. The ALL ON and ALL OFF softkeys allow you to enable or disable DND on all accounts, respectively.
Call Forward Account-Based Configuration
Call Forward (CFWD) on the IP phone allows incoming calls to be forwarded to another destination.
On the 6757i, you can set Call Forward (CFWD) on the phone-side for a specific account or for all accounts on the phone.
You can set a CFWD mode using the Aastra Web UI at the path, Basic Settings->Preferences->General->Call Forward
Key Mode: Account (default), Phone, and Custom. CFWD performs according to the mode you set.
You can configure CFWD using the Aastra Web UI at the path, Basic Settings->Account Configuration, OR you can con-
figure CFWD using the IP Phone UI at the path, Options->Call Forward.
Using the Aastra Web UI at the path, Operation->Softkeys and XML, you can also configure a CFWD key for the phone
(or for an expansion module) to use as a shortcut for accessing the CFWD menu on the phone.
1. PresstheDNDkeyto toggleDNDONorOFFforallaccountson thephone.TogglingtoONenablesDNDonallaccounts
on the phone. Toggling to OFF disables DND on all accounts on the phone. Use the RIGHT and LEFT arrow keys to scroll
through each account. Use the RIGHT and LEFT arrow keys to scroll through each account.
Note:
Enabling DND in “Phone” mode toggles all accounts on the phone to DND ON.
1. Press the DND key on the phone. The screen displays a list of the accounts on the phone and allows you to ena-
ble/disable a specific account or all accounts. Use the UP and DOWN arrow keys to scroll through the accounts.
2. You use the CHANGE key to enable or disable DND for a specific account selected.
3. Press DONE to save the change.
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
DND
01/01/14 11:00am
L1 Screenname1
DND On
DND
01/01/14 11:00am
L2 Screenname 2
DND
01/01/14 11:00am
L3 Screenname 3
DND On
DND On
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
2.Screenname2 X
3.Screenname3
Change Cancel
All Off
All On Done
DND
1.Screenname1
Indicates
Indicates
DND On
DND Off
Managing Calls
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 147
The following describes the behavior for each CFWD mode.
• Account - (default) The account mode allows you to configure CFWD on a per account basis. Pressing a configured
CFWD key applies to the account in focus.
• Phone - The Phone mode allows you to set the same CFWD configuration for all accounts (All, Busy, and/or No
Answer). When you configure the initial account, the phone applies the configuration to all other accounts. (In the Aas-
tra Web UI, only the account you configured is enabled. All other accounts are grayed out but set to the same configura-
tion.) Using the Aastra Web UI, if you make changes to that initial account, the changes apply to all accounts on the
phone.
• Custom - The Custom mode allows you to configure CFWD for a specific account or all accounts. You can configure a
specific mode (All, Busy, and/or No Answer) for each account independently or all accounts. On the 6757i, you can set
all accounts to All On, All Off, or copy the configuration for the account in focus to all other accounts using a CopytoAll
softkey.
You can enable different CFWD rules/modes independently (for example, you can set different phone numbers for Busy,
All, and NoAnswer modes and then turn them on/off individually).
The following table describes the key and Message Waiting Indicator (MWI) LEDs when you enable CFWD on the IP Phone.
Note:
If there is only one account configured on the phone, then the mode setting is ignored and the phone behaves as if the
mode was set to “Phone”.
Key LED Behavior for All Modes MWI LED Behavior for All Modes
CFWD key LED RED if any CFWD mode is enabled for the account in focus.
CFWD key LED OFF if all CFWD modes are disabled for the account in focus.
MWI LED ON if any CFWD mode is enabled for the account in focus.
MWI LED OFF if all CFWD modes are disabled for the account in focus.
Note:
If you make changes to the configuration for CFWD via the IP Phone UI, you must refresh the Aastra Web UI screen to
see the changes.
Managing Calls
148 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Configuring CFWD Using the Aastra Web UI
Use the following procedure to configure CFWD using the Aastra Web UI.
Aastra Web UI
Note:
(Optional) You can configure a Call Forward key on your phone to access the Call Forward menus if desired. If you do
not configure a Call Forward key, you can still access the Call Forward menu from the IP Phone UI at the path, Options-
>Call Forward.
1. (optional) Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML;
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module.
Softkeys
2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys.
or
Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
3. In the "Type" field, select Call Forward from the list of options.
4. (optional) If required, enable or disable the applicable states for the Call Forward key (Idle, Connected, Incoming,
Outgoing, and/or Busy).
Expansion Module Keys
5. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i)
or
Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i)
6. In the "Type" field, select Call Forward from the list of options.
7. Click Save Settings.
Note:
If there is no CFWD key configured on the phone or it is removed, you can still set the CFWD modes via the IP
Phone UI at the path Options->Call Forward.
Managing Calls
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 149
8. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->General.
9. In the “Call Forward Key Mode” field, select a call forward mode to use on the phone. Valid values are: Account,
Phone, Custom. Default is Account.
• Account - (default) The account mode allows you to configure CFWD on a per account basis. Pressing a con-
figured CFWD key applies to the account in focus.
• Phone - The Phone mode allows you to set the same CFWD configuration for all accounts (All, Busy, and/or
NoAnswer).Whenyouconfiguretheinitialaccount,thephoneappliestheconfigurationtoallotheraccounts.
(In the Aastra Web UI, only the account you configured is enabled. All other accounts are grayed out but set
to the same configuration.) Using the Aastra Web UI, if you make changes to that initial account, the changes
apply to all accounts on the phone.
• Custom - The Custom mode allows you to configure CFWD for a specific account or all accounts. You can
configure a specific state (All, Busy, and/or No Answer) for each account independently or all accounts. On
the 6757i, you can set all accounts to All On, All Off, or copy the configuration for the account in focus to all
other accounts using a CopytoAll softkey.
Note:
If there is only one account configured on the phone, then the mode setting is ignored and the phone behaves
as if the mode was set to “Phone”.
10. Click Save Settings.
The changes takes affect immediately without a reboot.
Managing Calls
150 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
11. Click on Basic Settings->Account Configuration.
The illustration above shows 2 accounts configured on the phone. Accounts must be set up by your System
Administrator.
Note:
If the BroadSoft BroadWorks Executive and Assistant Services feature is enabled and your phone is configured
with the Assistant’s role, an additional Forward Filtering option may be available on the Account Configuration
page.ForinformationontheBroadWorksExecutiveandAssistantServicesfeature,refertoBroadSoftBroadWorks
Executive and Assistant Services on page 179.
12. For each account, enable the CFWD state by placing a check mark in one or more of the following “State” fields:
• All
• Busy
• No Answer
The “All” option forwards all incomingcallsfor this account to thespecified phone numberregardlessofthe state
ofthephone.ThephonecanbeintheBusyorNoAnswerstates,orcanbeintheidlestate.Thephonestillforwards
all calls to the specified number.
The “Busy” option call forwards incoming calls only if the account is in the busy state. The calls are forwarded to
the specified phone number.
The “No Answer” option call forwards incoming calls only if the account rings but is not answered in the defined
number of rings. The call gets forwarded to the specified number.
Note:
You can use the “Busy” and “No Answer” states together using different forwarding phone numbers. If these
states are enabled for an account (the “All” state is disabled), and the phone is in the busy state when a call comes
in, the phone can forward the call to the specified phone number (for example, voicemail). If there is no answer
on the phone after the specified number of rings, the phone can forward the call to a different specified number,
such as a cell phone number.
Managing Calls
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 151
Using CFWD via the IP Phone UI
Once CFWD is enabled on your phone, you can access and change the configuration using the IP Phone UI or the Aastra
Web UI. You can access the CFWD menus by pressing a pre-configured Call Forward key, or by selecting Options->Call For-
ward from the IP Phone UI.
The following procedure assumes you have already configured a CFWD key AND assumes there are three accounts config-
ured on the phone.
13. For each account, in the “Number” field, enter the phone number for which you want the incoming calls to
forward to if the phone is in the specified state.
If using the “Account” mode or “Custom” mode, you can enter different phone numbers for each account.
Notes:
1. If you selected “Account” mode in step 5, you can enable/disable each account or all accounts as applicable.
You can enter different phone number for each enabled state.
If you selected “Custom” mode, you can enable/disable each account or all accounts as applicable. You can enter
different phone numbers for each enabled state.
If you selected “Phone” mode, all accounts are set to the same CFWD configuration (All, Busy, and/or No Answer)
as Account 1 on the phone. (In the Aastra Web UI, only Account1 is enabled. All other accounts are grayed out but
use the same configuration as Account 1.)
Using the Aastra Web UI, if you make changes to Account 1, the changes apply to all accounts on the phone.
Using the IP Phone UI, if you make changes to any other account other then Account 1, the changes also apply
to all accounts on the phone. When enabling a CFWD state, you must specify a phone number for the phone to
CFWD to. The number you specify applies to all accounts of the same mode.
2. Number and name of accounts that display to this screen are dependant on the number and name of accounts
configured on the phone. In the screen in step 7, Screenname1 is configured on Line 1, Screenname2 is config-
ured on Line 2, and Screenname3 is configured on Line 3. The name for the account is specified by your System
Administrator. Contact your System Administrator for more information.
14. For the "No Answer" state, in the “No. Rings” field, enter the number of times that the account rings before
forwarding the call to the specified number. Valid values are 1 through 20. Default is 1.
When using the “Account” mode or “Custom” mode, you can enter a different number of rings for each account.
If you use the Aastra Web UI to change the Call Forward Key Mode to “Phone”, all accounts synchronized to
Account 1.
15. Click Save Settings.
The changes takes affect immediately without a reboot.
Notes:
• If there is no CFWD key configured on the phone or it is removed, you can still enable CFWD via the IP Phone UI at the
path Options->Call Forward.
• If there is only one account configured on the phone, then the mode setting is ignored and the phone behaves as if
the mode was set to “Phone”
• Using the Aastra Web UI, if you change the CFWD key mode to “Phone”, all accounts synchronize to the current set-
ting of Account 1.
• If the BroadSoft BroadWorks Executive and Assistant Services feature is enabled and your phone is configured with
the Assistant’s role, an additional Forward Filtering option may be available on the CFWD Mode menu. For informa-
tion on the BroadWorks Executive and Assistant Services feature, refer to BroadSoft BroadWorks Executive and Assis-
tant Services on page 179.
Managing Calls
152 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
CFWD in Account Mode
1. Use the RIGHT and LEFT arrow keys to scroll through each account.
In the above example, Screenname1, Screenname2, and Screenname3, are three accounts configured on the phone.
Screenname1 has “CFWD All” enabled, Screenname2 has “CFWD Busy” enabled, and Screenname3 has CFWD disa-
bled as indicated by no message displayed.
2. Press the Call Forward key. The Call Forward Mode screen displays for the account you selected. Use the UP and
DOWN arrow keys to scroll through each state type.
In the above example, CFWD All is enabled as indicated by a check mark (), CFWD Busy is enabled but
no call forward phone number is configured as indicated by a !, and CFWD NoAns is disabled as indicated
by an X.
3. Select a state for the account(s) in focus using the UP and DOWN arrow keys.
You can enable/disable any or all of the following states for an account:
• All - Enables CFWD All for an account and forwards all incoming calls for that account, to the specified number.
• Busy - Enables CFWD Busy for an account and forwards incoming calls to a specified number if DND has been
enabled for that account OR if the account is currently engaged in another call.
• No Answer - Enables CFWD NoAns for an account and forwards incoming calls to a specified number if the call
has not been answered for the specified number of rings.
Note:
If CFWD All AND CFWD Busy AND CFWD NoAns are all enabled (and/or if the account has DND enabled), the CFWD
All settings take precedence over CFWD Busy and CFWD NoAns.
You can also use the following keys if required:
• All Off - Disables all CFWD states for the current account in focus.
• All On - Enables all CFWD states for the current account in focus.
• CopytoAll Key - Copies the call forward phone number and state of the Call Forward mode (All, Busy, No Answer)
in focus to every Call Forward mode of that account. For example, if you have the cursor pointing at the “All” state
and it is enabled and has a call forward phone number configured, pressing the CopytoAll Key enables the Busy
state and the NoAns state and assigns the same phone number to both states.
• Cancel Key - Cancels any configuration you may have made without saving. To cancel a configuration, you must
press this CANCEL key before pressing the DONE key.
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
01/01/14 11:00am
L1 Screenname1
CFWD All
01/01/14 11:00am
L2 Screenname2
CFWD Busy
01/01/14 11:00am
L3 Screenname3
Call Forward Call Forward Call Forward
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
2.Busy !
3.No Answer X
Change CopyToAll
All Off Cancel
All On Done
Call Forward Mode
1.All
Indicates
Indicates
CFWD Enabled
CFWD Disabled
Indicates
no CFWD phone
number configured
Managing Calls
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 153
4. For the CFWD No Answer state, press the CHANGE key for the mode you selected in step 2. This displays the Call
Forward State screen. In the following example, the CFWD All state is ON.
Note:
You can press the AllAccts key to copy the settings in the current Call Forward Settings screen for a specific call for-
ward mode, to every account on the phone. Every account will have the same settings for that call forward mode.
5. Press the CHANGE key in the CFWD State screen. With the cursor in the “State” field, toggle the state ON and OFF by
pressing the CHANGE key.
6. Use the DOWN arrow key to scroll to the “Number” field. Enter a phone number to apply to the current state in focus.
When the phone is in the state you specified, and a call comes into the phone, it forwards the call to the number you
specify.
Use the BACKSPACE key if required to delete characters.
7. Use the DOWN arrow key to scroll to the “No. Rings” field. Press the CHANGE key to select the number of rings to
apply to the phone for call forwarding incoming calls. Valid values are 1 to 20. Default is 1.
When the phone receives an incoming call, and call forward is configured on the phone, the phone rings the number
of times you specify in the No. Rings screen, and then forwards the call.
8. Press DONE in the CFWD State Screen to save all changes.
9. Press DONE in the CFWD Mode Screen to save all changes.
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Change
State: OFF
Number:
No. Rings: 1
Change
Cancel
AllAccts Done
Call Forward
Mode No Answer
State: ON
Number:
No. Rings: 1
Change
Cancel
AllAccts Done
Call Forward
Mode No Answer
State: ON
Number:5551212_
No. Rings: 1
Backspace
Cancel
AllAccts Done
Call Forward
Mode No Answer
State: ON
Number:5551212
No. Rings: 3
Change
Cancel
AllAccts Done
Call Forward
Mode No Answer
Change the
State
Change the
Number
Change the
No. Rings
Managing Calls
154 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
CFWD in Phone Mode
Use the RIGHT and LEFT arrow keys to scroll through each account.
In the above example, Screenname1, Screenname2, and Screenname3, are three accounts configured on the phone.
Screenname1, 2 and 3 have “CFWD All” enabled.
Note:
In ”Phone” mode, when you change the call forward configuration for an account, the change applies to all accounts.
1. Press the Call Forward key. The Call Forward menu displays. Use the UP and DOWN arrow keys to scroll through
each state type.
In the above example, CFWD All is enabled as indicated by a check mark (), CFWD Busy is enabled but no call
forward phone number is configured as indicated by a !, and CFWD No Answer is disabled, as indicated by an X.
2. Select a state using the UP and DOWN arrow keys.
You can enable/disable a specific account on the phone with any or all of the following states. However, the config-
uration you set will apply to all accounts on the phone.
• All - Enables CFWD All on the phone and forwards all incoming calls to the specified number.
• Busy - Enables CFWD Busy on the phone and forwards incoming calls to a specified number if DND has been
enabled OR if the phone is currently engaged in another call.
• No Answer - Enables CFWD NoAns on the phone and forwards incoming calls to a specified number if the call
has not been answered for the specified number of rings.
Note:
If CFWD All AND CFWD Busy AND CFWD NoAns are all enabled (and/or if the account has DND enabled), the
CFWD All settings take precedence over CFWD Busy and CFWD NoAns.
You can also use the following keys if required:
• All Off Key- Disables all CFWD modes.
• All On Key - Disables all CFWD modes.
• CopytoAllKey-CopiesthecallforwardphonenumberandstateoftheCallForwardmode(All,Busy,NoAnswer)
infocustoeveryCallForwardmode.Forexample,ifyouhavethecursorpointingatthe“All”stateanditisenabled
and has a call forward phone number configured, pressing the CopytoAll Key enables the Busy state and the
NoAns state and assigns the same phone number to both states.
• Cancel Key - Cancels any configuration you may have made without saving. To cancel a configuration, you must
press this CANCEL key before pressing the DONE key.
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
01/01/14 11:00am
L1 Screenname1
CFWD All
01/01/14 11:00am
L2 Screenname2
01/01/14 11:00am
L3 Screenname3
Call Forward Call Forward Call Forward
CFWD All CFWD All
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
2.Busy !
3.No Answer X
Change CopyToAll
All Off Cancel
All On Done
Call Forward Mode
1.All
Indicates
Indicates
CFWD Enabled
CFWD Disabled
Indicates
no CFWD phone
number configured
Managing Calls
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 155
3. In the CFWD No Answer state, press the CHANGE key for the mode you selected in step 2. This displays the Call
Forward State screen. In the following example, the CFWD All state is ON.
4. Press the CHANGE key in the CFWD State screen. With the cursor in the “State” field, toggle the state ON and OFF
by pressing the CHANGE key.
5. Use the DOWN arrow key to scroll to the “Number” field. Enter a phone number to apply to the current state in
focus. When the phone is in the state you specified, and a call comes into the phone, it forwards the call to the
number you specify.
Use the BACKSPACE key if required to delete characters.
6. Use the DOWN arrow key to scroll to the “No. Rings” field. Press the CHANGE key to select the number of rings to
apply to the phone for call forwarding incoming calls. Valid values are 1 to 20. Default is 1.
Whenthephonereceivesanincomingcall,andcallforwardisconfiguredonthephone,thephoneringsthenumber
of times you specify in the No. Rings screen, and then forwards the call.
7. Press DONE in the CFWD State Screen to save all changes.
8. Press DONE in the CFWD Mode Screen to save all changes.
Note:
In “Phone” mode, the configuration applies to all the accounts on the phone.
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Change
State: OFF
Number:
No. Rings: 1
Change
Cancel
AllAccts Done
Call Forward
Mode No Answer
State: ON
Number:
No. Rings: 1
Change
Cancel
AllAccts Done
Call Forward
Mode No Answer
State: ON
Number:5551212_
No. Rings: 1
Backspace
Cancel
AllAccts Done
Call Forward
Mode No Answer
State: ON
Number:5551212
No. Rings: 3
Change
Cancel
AllAccts Done
Call Forward
Mode No Answer
Change the
State
Change the
Number
Change the
No. Rings
Managing Calls
156 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
CFWD in Custom Mode
1. Use the RIGHT and LEFT arrow keys to scroll through each account.
Intheaboveexample,Screenname1,Screenname2,andScreenname3,arethreeaccountsconfiguredonthephone.
Screenname1 has “CFWD All” enabled, Screenname2 has “CFWD Busy” enabled, and Screenname3 has CFWD dis-
abled as indicated by no message displayed.
2. With the account in focus on the IP Phone UI, press the Call Forward key. The Call Forward Account screen displays
which lists all the accounts on the phone. Use the UP and DOWN arrow keys to scroll through each account.
Intheaboveexample,Screenname1hasoneormoreCFWDstatesenabledasindicatedbyacheckmark(),Screen-
name 2 has one or more CFWD states enabled but a specific state has no call forward phone number configured as
indicated by a !, and Screenname3 has one or more CFWD states disabled as indicated by an X.
3. Select an account using the UP and DOWN arrow keys.
You can also use the following keys if required:
• All Off Key- Disables CFWD for all accounts on the phone.
• All On Key - Enables CFWD for all accounts on the phone.
• CopytoAll Key - Copies all settings for the account you select, to all other accounts on the Call Forward Account
screen. For example, if you have the cursor pointing at Screenname1, and you press the CopytoAll key, all of the
CFWD settings for Screenname1 are copied to Screenname2 and Screenname3.
• Cancel Key - Cancels any configuration you may have made without saving. To cancel a configuration, you must
press this CANCEL key before pressing the DONE key.
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
01/01/14 11:00am
L1 Screenname1
CFWD All
01/01/14 11:00am
L2 Screenname2
CFWD Busy
01/01/14 11:00am
L3 Screenname3
Call Forward Call Forward Call Forward
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
2.Screenname2 !
3.Screenname3 X
Change CopytoAll
All Off Cancel
All On Done
Call Forward
1.Screenname1
Indicates
Indicates
CFWD Enabled
CFWD Disabled
Indicates
no CFWD phone
number configured
Managing Calls
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 157
4. After selecting an account, press CHANGE.
The Call Forward Mode screen displays for the account you selected. Use the UP and DOWN arrow keys to scroll
through each state type.
5. In the above example, CFWD All is enabled as indicated by a check mark (), CFWD Busy is enabled but no call
forward phone number is configured as indicated by a !, and CFWD No Answer is disabled, as indicated by an X.
6. Select a state for the selected account(s) using the UP and DOWN arrow keys.
You can enable/disable any or all of the following states for a specific account or for all accounts (with individual
configurations):
• All - Enables CFWD All for an account and forwards all incoming calls for that account, to the specified number.
The phone number can be different between accounts.
• Busy - Enables CFWD Busy for an account and forwards incoming calls to a specified number if DND has been
enabled for that account OR if that account is currently engaged in another call. The phone number can be
different between accounts.
• No Answer - Enables CFWD NoAns for an account and forwards incoming calls to a specified number if the call
has not been answered for a specified number of rings. The phone number can be different between accounts.
Note:
If CFWD All AND CFWD Busy AND CFWD NoAns are all enabled (and/or if the account has DND enabled), the
CFWD All settings take precedence over CFWD Busy and CFWD NoAns.
You can also use the following keys if required:
• All Off Key- Disables all CFWD states for the selected account.
• All On Key - Enables all CFWD states for the selected account.
• CopytoAll Key - Copies the call forward phone number and state of the selected Call Forward mode (All, Busy,
No Answer) to every Call Forward mode of that account. For example, if you have the cursor pointing at the “All”
state and it is enabled and has a call forward phone number configured, pressing the CopytoAll Key enables the
Busy state and the NoAns state and assigns the same phone number to both states.
• Cancel Key - Cancels any configuration you may have made without saving. To cancel a configuration, you must
press this CANCEL key before pressing the DONE key.
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
2.Busy !
3.No Answer X
Change CopyToAll
All Off Cancel
All On Done
Call Forward Mode
1.All
Indicates
Indicates
CFWD Enabled
CFWD Disabled
Indicates
no CFWD phone
number configured
Managing Calls
158 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
7. PresstheCHANGEkeyforthemodeyouselectedinstep4.ThisdisplaystheCallForwardStatescreen.Inthefollowing
example, the CFWD All state is ON.
Note:
You can press the AllAccts key to copy the settings in the current Call Forward Settings screen for a specific call for-
ward mode, to every account on the phone. Every account will have the same settings for that call forward mode.
8. Press the CHANGE key in the CFWD State screen. With the cursor in the “State” field, toggle the state ON and OFF
by pressing the CHANGE key.
9. Use the DOWN arrow key to scroll to the “Number” field. Enter a phone number to apply to the current state in
focus.Whenthephoneisinthestateyouspecified,andacallcomesintothephone,itforwardsthecalltothenumber
you specify.
Use the BACKSPACE key if required to delete characters.
10. Use the DOWN arrow key to scroll to the “No. Rings” field. Press the CHANGE key to select the number of rings to
apply to the phone for call forwarding incoming calls. Valid values are 1 to 20. Default is 1.
Whenthephonereceives anincomingcall, andcallforwardis configured onthephone, the phone ringsthenumber
of times you specify in the No. Rings screen, and then forwards the call.
11. Press DONE in the CFWD State screen to save all changes.
12. Press DONE in the CFWD Mode screen to save all changes.
13. Press DONE in the CFWD Account screen to save all changes.
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Change
State: OFF
Number:
No. Rings: 1
Change
Cancel
AllAccts Done
Call Forward
Mode No Answer
State: ON
Number:
No. Rings: 1
Change
Cancel
AllAccts Done
Call Forward
Mode No Answer
State: ON
Number:5551212_
No. Rings: 1
Backspace
Cancel
AllAccts Done
Call Forward
Mode No Answer
State: ON
Number:5551212
No. Rings: 3
Change
Cancel
AllAccts Done
Call Forward
Mode No Answer
Change the
State
Change the
Number
Change the
No. Rings
Managing Calls
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 159
Missed Calls Indicator
The IP phone has a "missed calls" indicator that increments the number of missed calls to the phone. This feature is acces-
sible from the IP phone UI only.
The number of calls that have not been answered increment on the phone’s idle screen as "<number> New Calls". As the
number of unanswered calls increment, the phone numbers associated with the calls are stored in the Callers List. The user
can access the Callers List and clear the call from the list. Once the user accesses the Callers List, the "<number> New Calls"
on the idle screen is cleared.
Accessing and Clearing Missed Calls
Use the following procedure to access and clear missed calls from the Callers List. Once you display the Callers List, the
"<number> New Calls" indicator clears. Use the following illustration as a reference.
IP Phone UI
1. Press Callers List key on the phone.
or
1. Press the Services key and select Callers List from the menu.
2. Use the 2 and 5 keys to scroll through the line items in the Callers List to find the line items that have the b icon
with the receiver ON. These are the missed calls to the phone.
3. To clear a line item from the Callers List, select the line item you want to delete and press the Clear softkey.
The line item is deleted from the Callers List.
Services Key
Callers List Key
Managing Calls
160 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Voicemail
The Voicemail feature on the 6757i IP phone allows you to use a line, configured with a phone number for dialing out, to
connect to a voicemail server.
For each assigned Voicemail number, there can be a minimum of 0 or a maximum of 1 Voicemail access phone number.
The Voicemail list displays a list of phone numbers assigned to the 6757i that have registered voicemail accounts associ-
ated with them.
The phone displays up to 99 voicemail messages for an account even if the number of voicemails exceeds the limit.
Registered account numbers/URIs that exceed the length of the screen, either with or without the voicemail icon and the
message count, are truncated with an ellipse character at the end of the number/URI string.
The end of the Voicemail list displays the number of new voicemail messages (if any exist).
Contact your System Administrator for lines configured for Voicemail.
Using Voicemail
From a selected item in the Voicemail list, you can also lift the handset (go offhook) to make an outgoing call using the
voicemail access phone number.
Note:
The Voicemail list does not display the voicemail access number.
IP Phone UI
1. Press the Services key on the phone.
2. Select "Voicemail".
3. Use the 2 and 5 keys to scroll through the line items in the Voicemail list.
4. When you have selected a line item, press the handsfree key, 4 Scroll Right key, or press a line softkey to
make an outgoing call using the voicemail access phone number associated with the line for which the voicemail
account is registered.
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 161
Additional Features
This section describes additional features you can use on the 6757i phone.
Display DTMF Digits
A feature on the 6757i phone allows users to enable or disable DTMF (dual-tone multi-frequency) digits to display to the IP
phone when using the keypad to dial, or when dialing from a softkey or expansion module key.
DTMF is the signal sent from the phone to the network that you generate when you press the phone’s touch keys. This is
also known as “touchtone” dialing. Each key you press on your phone generates two tones of specific frequencies. One
tone is generated from a high-frequency group of tones and the other from a low frequency group.
If you enable the Display DTMF Digits parameter, the digits you are dialing from the keypad or from a softkey, display to
the IP phone’s LCD display. This parameter is disabled by default (no digits display when dialing).
You can enable the "Display DTMF Digits" parameter using the Aastra Web UI.
Configuring Display of DTMF Digits
Use the following procedure to configure the display of DTMF digits on the IP phone.
Aastra Web UI
Note:
"Display DTMF Digits" is disabled by default.
1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->General.
2. Enable the "Display DTMF Digits" field by checking the check box.
Disable this field by unchecking the box). Default is disabled.
3. Click Save Settings.
Additional Features
162 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Play Call Waiting Tone
You can enable or disable the playing of a call waiting tone when a caller is on an active call and a new call comes into
the phone.
You can configure this feature using the Aastra Web UI.
Configuring Call Waiting Tone
Use the following procedures to configure a call waiting tone on the IP phone.
Aastra Web UI
Note:
"Play Call Waiting Tone" is enabled by default.
1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->General.
2. The “Play Call Waiting Tone” field is enabled by default. To disable this field, uncheck the box.
3. Click Save Settings.
Additional Features
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 163
Stuttered Dial Tone
You can enable or disable the playing of a stuttered dial tone when there is a message waiting on the IP phone.
You can configure this feature using the Aastra Web UI.
Configuring Stuttered Dial Tone
Use the following procedures to configure stuttered dial tone on the IP phone.
Aastra Web UI
Note:
"Stuttered Dial Tone" is enabled by default.
1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->General.
2. The “Stuttered Dial Tone” field is enabled by default. To disable this field, uncheck the box.
3. Click Save Settings.
Additional Features
164 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
XML Beep Support
Using the Aastra Web UI, you can enable or disable a beep to be audible when the phone receives an XML application
using the "XML Beep Support" field at the path Basic Settings->Preferences->General. If you disable this feature, then no
beep is heard when the XML application arrives to the phone.
If your System Administrator has set a value for this feature in a custom XML application or in the configuration files, the
value you set in the Aastra Web UI overrides the Administrator’s setting. Setting and saving the value in the Aastra Web
UI applies to the phone immediately.
Configuring XML Beep Support
Use the following procedures to configure an XML beep on the IP phone.
Aastra Web UI
Note:
"XML Beep Support" is enabled by default.
1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->General.
2. The "XML Beep Support" field is enabled by default. To disable this field, uncheck the box.
3. Click Save Settings.
Additional Features
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 165
Status Scroll Delay
Using the Aastra Web UI, you can specify a scroll delay option that allows you to set the time delay, in seconds, between
the scrolling of each status message on the phone. You can specify this setting in the "Status Scroll Delay (seconds)" field
at the path Basic Settings->Preferences->General. The default time is 5 seconds for each message to display before scrolling
to the next message. You can increase or decrease this time as required. Setting and saving the value in the Aastra Web UI
applies to the phone immediately.
Configuring Status Scroll Delay
Use the following procedures to specify a status scroll delay on the IP phone.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->General.
2. Enter a value in the "Status Scroll Delay (seconds)" field. Valid values are: 1 to 25 seconds. Default is 5 seconds.
3. Click Save Settings.
Additional Features
166 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Switch UI Focus to Ringing Line
You can configure a feature on the 6757i that controls the behavior of the phone when it receives an incoming call when
it is already in a connected call. When a call comes into the phone, and the phone is already on a connected call, the
phone switches focus to the ringing line to enable the user to see who is calling them. You can turn off this functionality
so that the phone stays focused on the connected call. You can do this using the Switch Focus to Ringing Line parameter
in the Aastra Web UI.
Configuring “Switch Focus to Ringing Line” Using the Aastra Web UI
Use the following procedure to enable or disable the “Switch Focus to Ringing Line” using the Aastra Web UI.
Aastra Web UI
Note:
"Switch Focus to Ringing Line" is enabled by default.
1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->General.
2. The “Switch Focus to Ringing Line” field is enabled by default. To disable this field, uncheck the box.
3. Click Save Settings.
Additional Features
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 167
Call Hold Reminder During Active Calls
The IP phones allow you to enable or disable the ability for the phone to initiate a continuous reminder tone on the active
call when another call is on hold. For example, when this feature is enabled, and the call on Line 1 is on hold, and then the
you answer a call on Line 2 and stay on that line, a reminder tone is played in the active audio path on Line 2 to remind you
that there is still a call on hold on Line 1.
When this feature is disabled, a ring splash is heard when the active call hangs up and there is still a call on hold.
You can enable or disable this feature using the “Call Hold Reminder During Active Calls” in the Aastra Web UI.
Configuring “Call Hold Reminder During Active Calls”
Use the following procedure to configure “Call Hold Reminder During Active Calls” on the IP phone.
Aastra Web UI
Note:
"Call Hold Reminder During Active Calls" is disabled by default.
1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->General.
2. The “Call Hold Reminder During Active Calls” field is disabled by default. To enabled this field, check the box.
Whenthisfeatureisenabled,aremindertoneisheardontheactivecallwhenanothercallisonhold.Whendisabled,
a ring splash is heard when the active call hangs up and there is still a call on hold.
3. Click Save Settings.
Additional Features
168 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Call Hold Reminder (on single hold)
In previous releases, the call hold reminder ring splash was triggered when you hung up a call and there was at least one
other call on hold. The reminder ring splash timer started only when the active call hung up and there was still another
call on hold.
On the IP phones, you can enable or disable a feature that would start the reminder ring splash timer as soon as you put
a call on hold (even when no other calls are active on the phone). When enabled, the phone initiates a reminder ring
splash periodically for the single call on hold. When disabled, no reminder ring splash is audible.
You can enable or disable this feature using the “Call Hold Reminder” parameter in the Aastra Web UI.
Configuring “Call Hold Reminder”
Use the following procedure to configure “Call Hold Reminder” on the IP phone.
Aastra Web UI
Note:
"Call Hold Reminder" is disabled by default.
1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->General.
2. The “Call Hold Reminder” field is disabled by default. To enabled this field, check the box.
When this feature is enabled, the reminder ring splash timer starts as soon as you put a call on hold (even when
no other calls are active on the phone). The phone initiates a reminder ring splash periodically for the single call
on hold. When disabled, no reminder ring splash is audible.
3. Click Save Settings.
Additional Features
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 169
Call Waiting Tone Period
You can specify a specific time period (in seconds) for the call waiting tone to play at regular intervals on an active call
using the parameter “Call Waiting Tone Period”. A value of “0” is the default and plays the call waiting tone only once on
the active call. When the incoming caller hangs up, the call waiting tone stops on the existing active call.
You can enable or disable this feature in the Aastra Web UI.
Configuring “Call Waiting Tone Period”
Use the following procedure to configure “Call Waiting Tone Period”.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->General.
2. In the "Call Waiting Tone Period" field, enter a time period, in seconds, that the call waiting tone will be audible on
an active call when another call comes in. Default is 0 seconds.
3. Whenenabled,thecallwaitingtoneplaysatregularintervalsfortheamountoftimesetforthisparameter.Forexample,
if set to “30” the call waiting tone plays every 30 seconds. When set to “0”, the call waiting tone is audible only once
on the active call.
4. Click Save Settings.
Additional Features
170 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Preferred Line and Preferred Line Timeout
The 6757i has a feature called “preferred line” and “preferred line timeout”. If you enable the preferred line parameter on
your phone, after a call ends (incoming or outgoing), the display switches back to the preferred line. Next time you go
off-hook to make another call, you pickup on the preferred line. You can enable the preferred line parameter using the
Aastra Web UI at the location, Basic Settings->Preferences->General. You can also set a preferred timeout parameter
that specifies the number of seconds it takes for the phone to switch back to the preferred line.
The following table provides the behavior of the preferred line focus feature with other features on the phone.
Note:
You can configure “Preferred Line” and “Preferred Line Timeout” using the Aastra Web UI only.
Phone Feature Preferred Line Behavior
call return The phone switches back to the focused line immediately after the call ends.
speed dial The line is already specified when the speed dial is created. The phone switches back immediately after the call
ends.
conference For incoming calls, the phone switches back immediately after the call ends.
transfer For incoming or outgoing calls, the current behavior is that the same line used to transfer the call does not
change. For incoming calls, the phone switches back immediately after the call transfers.
blf The phone switches back immediately after the call ends.
park The phone switches back immediately after the call ends.
voicemail The phone switches back immediately after the call ends.
redial The phone switches back immediately after the call ends.
dialing For incomplete dialing on a non-preferred line, the focus does not change if some digits are entered.
If no digits are entered or digits were cleared, the focus changes to preferred line after the time out has passed
without activities.
caller id If the "Switch UI Focus To Ringing Line" parameter is disabled, the User is able to see the Caller ID when the
phone switches the focus to the ringing line.
factory default Factory default and recovery mode clears the "preferred line" and "preferred line timeout" parameters, and the
phone operates in a non-preferred line mode.
Notes:
1. If you specify a value of “0” for the preferred line parameter, it disables the preferred line focus feature.
2. If you specify a value of “0” for the preferred line timeout parameter, the phone returns the line to the preferred line
immediately.
Additional Features
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 171
Configuring “Preferred Line” and “Preferred Line Timeout” Using the Aastra Web UI
Use the following procedure to configure the Preferred Line and Preferred Line Timeout feature using the Aastra Web UI.
Goodbye Key Cancels Incoming Calls
The 6757i has a feature that allows you to configure the Goodbye key to drop a second incoming call or ignore incoming
calls presented to the phone when you are on an active call. The parameter is called "Goodbye Key Cancels Incoming
Call" and is configurable via the Aastra Web UI.
If you enable this parameter, which is the default, pressing the Goodbye key rejects calls coming into the phone while you
are on an active call. When you disable this parameter, pressing the Goodbye key hangs up the active call.
If you disable this feature, and the phone receives another call when an active call is already present., the phone displays a
softkey 1 as “Answer” and softkey 2 as “Ignore”.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->General.
2. In the “Preferred Line” field, select a preferred line to switch focus to after incoming or outgoing calls end on the
phone. Default is 1. Valid values are:
• None (disables the preferred line focus feature)
• 1 to 9
For example, if you set the preferred line to “1”, when a call (incoming or outgoing) ends on the phone (on any line),
the phone switches focus back to Line 1.
3. In the “Preferred Line Timeout” field, enter the amount of time, in seconds, that the phone switches back to the
preferred line after a call (incoming or outgoing) ends on the phone, or after a duration of inactivity on an active line.
Default is 0. Valid values are:
• 0 to 999
4. Click Save Settings.
Additional Features
172 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Configuring Goodbye Key to Cancel Incoming Calls
Use the following procedure to configure the Goodbye key to cancel incoming calls on the IP phone.
Using the Goodbye Key to Cancel Incoming Calls Feature
Aastra Web UI
Note:
"Goodbye Key Cancels Incoming Call" is enabled by default.
1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->General.
2. The "Goodbye Key Cancels Incoming Call" field is enabled by default. To disable this field, uncheck the box.
3. Click Save Settings..
Aastra Web UI
IF THEN
"Goodbye Key Cancels Incoming Call" is enabled AND a second call
comes in while you are on an active call,
press the Goodbye key to reject the second incoming call.
"Goodbye Key Cancels Incoming Call" is disabled AND a second call
comes in while you are on an active call,
press the Goodbye key to hang up on the active call so you can answer the
second incoming call.
"Goodbye Key Cancels Incoming Call" is disabled AND a second call
comes in while you are on an active call,
press the "Ignore" softkey to ignore the second incoming call and remain on
the active call
OR
press the "Answer" softkey to answer the second incoming call.
Additional Features
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 173
Message Waiting Indicator
You can configure the Message Waiting Indicator (MWI) to illuminate for a specific line or for all lines. For example, if you
configure the MWI LED on line 3 only, the LED illuminates if a voice mail is pending on line 3. If you configure the MWI LED
for all lines, the LED illuminates if a voice mail is pending on any line on the phone (lines 1 through 9).
You configure the MWI indicator using the Aastra Web UI.
Configuring Message Waiting Indicator
Use the following procedure to configure the message waiting indicator on a specific line or on all lines on the IP phone
Aastra Web UI
Note:
"Message Waiting Indicator Line" parameter is set to ALL lines by default.
1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->General.
2. The"MessageWaitingIndicatorLine"fieldissettoALLlinesbydefault.Ifrequired,changethesettingtoaspecific
line by selecting a line from the list. Valid values are All and lines 1 through 9.
3. Click Save Settings.
Additional Features
174 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Incoming Intercom Call Features
Incoming Intercom
By default, the IP phone allows incoming intercom calls to be automatically answered without having to set up an Icom
key on your phone. The phone automatically plays a warning tone when it receives an incoming intercom call. It also
mutes the microphone. If the intercom call comes into the phone while an active call is already present, the phone puts
the active call on hold and answers the intercom call.
You can change the behavior of how the phone handles incoming intercom calls by enabling/disabling specific parame-
ters using the Aastra Web UI. The following table describes these features.
Auto-Answer/Play Warning Tone
The auto-answer feature on the IP phone allows you to enable or disable automatic answering for an Intercom call. If
“Auto-Answer” is enabled, the phone automatically answers an incoming intercom call. If “Play Warning Tone” is also
enabled, the phone plays a tone to alert you before answering the intercom call. If “Auto-Answer” is disabled, the phone
treats the incoming intercom call as a normal call. "Auto-Answer" and "Play Warning Tone" are enabled by default.
Microphone Mute
You can mute or unmute the microphone on the IP phone for intercom calls made by the originating caller. If you want
to mute the intercom call, you enable this feature. If you want to unmute (or hear the intercom call), you disable this fea-
ture. "Microphone Mute" is enabled by default.
Allow Barge In
You can configure whether or not the IP phone allows an incoming intercom call to interrupt an active call. The “Allow
Barge In” parameter controls this feature. When you enable the this parameter, which is the default value, an incoming
intercom call takes precedence over any active call, by placing the active call on hold and automatically answering the
intercom call. When you disable this parameter, and there is an active call, the phone treats an incoming intercom call
like a normal call and plays the call warning tone. "Allow Barge In" is enabled by default.
Incoming Intercom Features in Aastra Web UI Description
Auto Answer Allows you to enable or disable the IP phone to automatically answer an Intercom call. If
auto-answer is enabled on the IP phone, the phone plays a tone (if "Play Warning Tone" is
enabled) to alert the user before answering the intercom call. If auto-answer is disabled, the
phone treats the incoming intercom call as a normal call.
Your Administrator can set a time period delay before the phone automatically answers.
Contact your System Administrator for more information.
Microphone Mute Allows you to enable or disable the microphone on the IP phone for Intercom calls made by
the originating caller.
Play Warning Tone Allows you to enable or disable a warning tone to play when the phone receives an incom-
ing intercom call on an active line.
Allow Barge In Allows you to enable or disable how the phone handles incoming intercom calls while the
phone is on an active call.
Note:
Your Administrator can set a time period delay before the phone automatically answers. Contact your System Admin-
istrator for more information.
Additional Features
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 175
Configuring Incoming Intercom Settings
Use the following procedure to configure incoming intercom call settings on the IP phone.
Using Redial Key for “Last Number Redial”
The IP phone has an enhanced redial user interface that allows a user to quickly redial the last number that was dialed out
from the phone. You can:
• Press the REDIAL key twice to redial the last number dialed.
• Press the REDIAL key once, scroll the list of numbers, then press the REDIAL key again to dial the number that displays
on the screen.
The “last number redial” feature for the Redial key is static and is not configurable.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->Incoming Intercom Settings.
2. The "Auto-Answer" field is enabled by default. The automatic answering feature is turned on for the IP phone for
answering Intercom calls. To disable this field, uncheck the box.
Note:
If the Auto-Answer field is not checked (disabled), the phone treats the incoming intercom call as a normal call.
3. The "Microphone Mute" field is enabled by default. The microphone is muted on the IP phone for Intercom calls
made by the originating caller. To disable this field, uncheck the box.
4. The "Play Warning Tone" field is enabled by default. If “Auto-Answer” is enabled, the phone plays a warning tone
when it receives in incoming intercom call. To disable this field, uncheck the box.
5. The "Allow Barge In" field is enabled by default. If “Allow Barge In” is enabled, the phone puts an active call on hold
and answers the incoming Intercom call. To disable this field, uncheck the box.
6. Click Save Settings.
Additional Features
176 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Group RTP Paging (receives RTP streams)
You can configure the phone to allow it to receive a Real Time Transport Protocol (RTP) stream from pre-configured mul-
ticast address(es) without involving SIP signalling. This is called Group Paging on the IP phones. You can specify up to 5
multicast addresses that the phone listens for on the network. This feature is configurable using the Aastra Web UI only.
The 6757i in the local network listens for RTP on the pre-configured multicast address. The Phone displays the “Paging”
message to the phone’s LCD. It uses the G711 uLaw CODEC for multicast RTP.
The recipient can drop the incoming page if required. The recipient can also set Do Not Disturb (DND) to ignore any
incoming pages.
For incoming RTP multicasts, the ringing display is dependant on the setting for the “Allow Barge-In” parameter. (See
“Allow Barge In” on page 174.) If this parameter is disabled, and there is no other call on the phone, then the paging is
automatically played via the default audio device.
If there is an existing call on the phone, the call initially displays in the ringing state. The user has the option to
accept/ignore the call. If the “Allow Barge-In” parameter is enabled, the RTP multicast call barges in, and any existing
calls are put on hold.
If an RTP multicast session already exists on the phone, and the phone receives another incoming RTP multicast session,
the priority is given to the first multicast session and the second multicast session is ignored. The behavior for the incom-
ing calls in this case is also based on the setting for the “Allow Barge-in” parameter. The incoming call is handled as if
there were an existing call already on the phone.
Configuring Group RTP Paging
Use the following procedure to configure RTP streaming on the receiving end for Paging applications using the Aastra
Web UI.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->Group Paging RTP Settings.
2. In the “Paging Listen Addresses” text box, enter the multicast IP address(es) and port number on which the phone
listens for incoming multicast RTP packets.
Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format (for example, 239.0.1.15:10000,239.0.1.20:15000). You can enter up to
5 listening multicast addresses (The valid port range is from 1 to 65535).
If this field is blank, the Paging Listening capability is disabled on the phone.
Notes:
• Recipient of a Paging call can set a global “Do Not Disturb” (DND) to ignore any incoming pages.
• For incoming Paging, the phone uses the Intercom configuration settings. The incoming Page is dependant on
the “Allow Barge-In” parameter setting and the “Idling/On Call” state.
3. Click Save Settings.
Additional Features
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 177
Shared Call Appearance (SCA) Call Bridging
Shared Call Appearance (SCA) is when incoming calls are presented to multiple phones simultaneously. For example, it is
the ability to assign the boss' extension to a key on the secretary's phone. Calls can be transferred between two phones
with the same extension key by simply putting the call on hold at one phone and picking it up on the other. Status LEDs
light and flash in unison, allowing all people sharing the extension to see the status at a glance.
The phones include an enhanced SCA for the servers that support call bridging and allows two or more SCA users to be
connected in a call with a third party.
Refer to the following example.
Using the example above, when a call comes into Phone 1, Phone 2 and Phone 3 can pickup the same call by pressing the
SCA line key. Phone 2 and 3 display the call they are bridging into on the LCD of the phones. Existing SCA parties in a
bridge or one-to-one call hear an audible beep when another party has joined the call.
If a phone is configured for SCA bridging and it attempts to join a call, but the account on the server does not have this
functionality enabled, an error message displays to the LCD on the phone.
The SCA call bridging feature is disabled by default on all phones. Your Administrator can enable/disable this feature if
required. Contact your System Administrator for more information.
Keys States and LED Behavior
There are two call states on the phones that support SCA bridging:
• Bridge-active - A bridged call is in progress
• Bridge-held - The 3rd-party (i.e., non-SCA party) in the bridge is on hold.
The following tables provide the key states and LED behavior in an SCA bridge call for users involved in an SCA call and
users not involved in the SCA call.
Note:
Your Administrator must enable/disable the beep on the server-side.
Phone A calls the SCA number and
all the phones in the SCA environment
ring.
SCA phone 1 answers.
SCA phone 2 joins by
pressing SCA line. When
When 2 and 3 pickup,
1 can hangup.
phone 1 hangs up, 2 is still
connected. Phone 2 can
press the line key to
Note: A user can place a call on hold while in an SCA bridged call, by pressing the SCA line key.
put SCA call on hold
leaving 3 still connected
to 1.
SCA phone 3 joins by
pressing SCA line. When
phone 1 hangs up, 3 is still
connected. Phone 3 can
press the line key to
put SCA call on hold
leaving 2 still connected
to 1.
Additional Features
178 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Line Keys and Idle Screens
Softkey Line Keys
Line key Phone Behavior
SCA Voicemail Indicators
Visual indicators for voicemail messages on SCA lines can be enabled by your System Administrator. When an SCA-con-
figured line has a pending voicemail message, your Administrator has the option of configuring the phone to display an
envelope icon and the number of pending messages beside the softkey’s label corresponding to the line. Addition-
ally, the softkey’s LED will be illuminated.
Alternatively, the display can be configured to only show the envelope icon beside the softkey’s label (i.e. no indication
of the number of pending messages). Contact your System Administrator for more information.
State Call LED Call Caller ID Non-Call LED Non-Call Caller ID
Idle N/A N/A Off N/A
Seized Solid Green None Solid Red None
Progressing (outgoing call) Green Called Party Solid Red None
Alerting (incoming call) Blinking Unselected Red N/A
Active Solid Green Far-end Solid Red Far-end
Held Slow Flashing Green Far-end Slow Flashing Red Far-end
Hold private Slow Flashing Green Far-end Solid Red Far-end
Bridge-active Solid Green Far-end Solid Red Far-end
Bridge-held Slow Flashing Green Far-end Solid Red Far-end
State Call Icon Call LED Non-Call Icon Non-Call LED
Idle Small circle None Small Circle None
Seized N/A N/A Solid Circle Solid Red
Progressing (outgoing call) Empty circle Solid Red Solid Circle Solid Red
Alerting (incoming call) Empty blinking circle Flashing Red N/A N/A
Active Empty circle Solid Red Solid Circle Solid Red
Held Reverse empty blinking circle Slow Flashing Red Solid Reverse Circle Slow Flashing Red
Hold private Reverse empty blinking circle Slow Flashing Red Solid Circle Solid Red
Bridge-active Empty circle Solid Red Solid Circle Solid Red
Bridge-held Reverse empty blinking circle Slow Flashing Red Solid Circle Solid Red
State Call Line Key Pressed Non-Call Line Key Pressed
Idle N/A Attempt to seize the line
Seized Hang up Ignore
Progressing Hang up Ignore
Alerting Answer N/A
Active Hold Bridge
Held Retrieve Bridge
Hold private Retrieve Ignore
Bridge-active Hold Bridge
Bridge-held Retrieve Bridge
Additional Features
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 179
BroadSoft BroadWorks Executive and Assistant Services
The IP phone supports the BroadSoft BroadWorks Executive and Assistant Services feature. The Executive and Assistant
Services feature allows for an inter-network relationship to be created between Executives and Assistants allowing calls to
the Executive’s phone to be screened, filtered, and routed to an Assistant, whereby the Assistant can answer, divert the fil-
tered call, or push the call back to the Executive.
Filter Key
A “Filter” key type is available allowing both Executives and Assistants the ability to easily activate and deactivate the Exec-
utive Call Filtering feature.
Filter Key for the Executive’s Phone
The Executive’s phone requires that only one Filter key be configured. The Filter key’s value can either be left undefined or,
it can be defined using the following values:
• Executive Call Filtering Activation FAC (e.g. #61)
– Used when the Deactivation FAC is in the same format as the Activation FAC but sequentially one number above the
Activation FAC. For example, if the key value is defined as #61 (the Activation FAC), the phone will automatically
assume that the Deactivation FAC is #62 and will use that code to deactivate Executive Call Filtering.
• Executive Call Filtering Activation FAC followed by a semi-colon and then Executive Call Filtering Deactivation FAC (e.g.
#61;*61 or #61;#71)
– Used when the Activation and Deactivation FACs are not in the same format or when they are not sequential. For
example, if the Activation FAC is configured in the BroadSoft BroadWorks Web portal is #61 and the Deactivation FAC
is configured as *61 or #71, the key value should be defined with the two specific FACs separated by a semi-colon (i.e.
#61;*61 or #61;#71 respectively).
Irrespective of a defined or undefined key value, when the Filter key is pressed, Executive Call Filtering will be activated
and the key’s corresponding LED will be lit. When the Filter key is pressed again, Executive Call Filtering will deactivate and
the key’s corresponding LED will turn off.
Note:
Contact your System Administrator for feature availability details and additional information on how to configure and
use the BroadSoft BroadWorks Executive and Assistant Services feature.
Note:
Contact your System Administrator if you require assistance with regards to configuring the Filter key.
Notes:
• If the Deactivation FAC is not specified after the semi-colon (e.g. #61;), the phone will ignore the semi-colon and
behave as if only the Activation FAC was defined (i.e. the phone will automatically assume that the Deactivation FAC
is in the same format but sequentially one number above the Activation FAC.
• The IP phones support Executive Call Filtering Activation/Deactivation FACs that contain the prefix “#” or “*”.
Note:
Upon a reboot, the initial state of the Filter key LED will correspond to the Executive Call Filtering state configured on
the call manager.
Additional Features
180 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Configuring the Filter Key on an Executive’s Phone Using the Aastra Web UI
Use the following procedure to configure the Filter Key on an Executive’s phone using the Aastra Web UI:
Filter Key for the Assistant’s Phone
As an Assistant can be associated with multiple Executives simultaneously, the Assistant’s phone can be configured with
multiple Filter keys; one key for each Executive. In this case, the value of each Filter key should correspond to the phone
number or extension of the respective Executive as per configured in the user’s profile.
When Filter keys are configured with key values, pressing the respective Filter key will activate Executive Call Filtering for
the applicable Executive and the key’s corresponding LED will be lit. When the same Filter key is pressed again, Executive
Call Filtering for the applicable Executive will deactivate and the key’s corresponding LED will turn off.
Alternatively, a single Filter key can be configured without a defined key value. If this is the case, the Assistant will be able
to manually activate and deactivate Executive Call Filtering for each associated Executive through the phone’s UI. In this
scenario, as only one Filter key is utilized, the key’s corresponding LED will be lit when Executive Call Filtering is activated
for even one associated Executive. If Executive Call Filtering is disabled for all associated Executives, the key’s corre-
sponding LED will turn off.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
2. Select a key that you want to use as a Filter activate/deactivate key.
3. In the "Type" field, select "Filter".
4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key (e.g. Filter).
5. (Optional) In the "Value" field, enter the Executive Call Filtering Activation FAC (e.g. #61) or both the Executive Call Filtering Acti-
vation and Deactivation FACs followed by a semi-colon (e.g. #61;*61).
6. In the “Line” field, select the line for which you want to use the key functionality.
7. Click Save Settings to save your settings.
Note:
If Call Forward is enabled for filtered calls, LEDs for all Filter keys will be turned off.
Additional Features
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 181
Configuring the Filter Key on an Assistant’s Phone Using the Aastra Web UI
Use the following procedure to configure the Filter Key on an Assistant’s phone using the Aastra Web UI:
Speeddial Key with Initiate Call Functionality (Assistants Only)
Speeddial keys can be configured to efficiently utilize the Executive-Assistant Initiate Call function. With a Speeddial key
configured for this feature, Assistants can initiate a call on behalf of an Executive, whereby the call will appear to the target
as one originated by the Executive himself/herself. The Speeddial key’s value can be defined using the following syntax:
• Executive-Assistant Initiate Call FAC (e.g. #64):
– In such scenarios, the call manager will play an audible prompt asking you to enter the Executive’s Address and Des-
tination Address manually using the keypad.
• Executive-Assistant Initiate Call FAC followed by the Executive’s Address (e.g. #644052):
– In such scenarios, only the Destination Address will need to be manually entered using the keypad.
• Executive-Assistant Initiate Call FAC, followed by the Executive’s Address, an asterisk, and then the Destination Address
(e.g. #644052*4059):
– In such scenarios, addresses will not need to be manually entered and the phone will automatically initiate the call to
the target phone on behalf of the Executive.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
2. Select a key that you want to use as a Filter activate/deactivate key.
3. In the "Type" field, select "Filter".
4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key.
Note:
To utilize a single Filter key without a defined key value (so that you can manually activate and deactivate Executive Call Filtering
through the phone’s UI) skip to Step 8.
5. In the "Value" field, enter the Executive’s phone or extension number (e.g. 4100)
6. In the “Line” field, select the line for which you want to use the key functionality.
7. Repeat Steps 2 to 6 for each respective Executive for whom you would like to assign a Filter key.
8. Click Save Settings to save your settings.
Additional Features
182 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Configuring the Initiate Call Key on an Assistant’s Phone Using the Aastra Web UI
Use the following procedure to configure the Initiate Call Key on an Assistant’s phone using the Aastra Web UI:
Note:
• Contact your System Administrator if you require assistance with regards to configuring the Speeddial key with the
Iniitiate Call functionality.
• The Speeddial key type can be utilized for additional functions related to the Executive and Assistant Services fea-
ture that rely on FAC calls (i.e. opting in to an Executive’s filtered call pool, opting out of an Executive’s filtered call
pool, etc...). Contact your System Administrator for further details.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML.
or
Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>.
2. Select a key that you want to use as an Initiate Call key.
3. In the "Type" field, select "Speeddial".
4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key.
5. In the "Value" field, enter the Initiate Call FAC (e.g. #64)
or
In the "Value" field, enter the Initiate Call FAC, followed by the Executive’s Address (e.g. #644052)
or
In the "Value" field, enter the Initiate Call FAC, the Executive’s Address, followed by an asterisk, and then the Destination Address
(e.g. #644052*4059)
6. In the “Line” field, select the line for which you want to use the key functionality.
7. Click Save Settings to save your settings.
Additional Features
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 183
Executive Phone Features
Users with phones assigned with the Executive role are able to:
• Activate and deactivate the Executive Call Filtering service from the phone
• Intercept or ignore filtered calls before they are transferred to the Assistant
To Activate Executive Call Filtering on an Executive’s Phone
Use the following procedure to activate Executive Call Filtering on an Executive’s Phone:
To Deactivate Executive Call Filtering on an Executive’s Phone
Use the following procedure to deactivate Executive Call Filtering on an Executive’s Phone:
To Intercept a Filtered Call Before it is Transferred to an Assistant
Use the following procedure to intercept a filtered call before it is transferred to an Assistant:
IP Phone UI
1. Press the configured “Filter” softkey.
Executive Call Filtering is now activated and the key’s corresponding LED will be lit.
IP Phone UI
1. Press the configured “Filter” softkey.
Executive Call Filtering is now deactivated and the key’s corresponding LED will be turned off.
IP Phone UI
1. (Optional)Ifthe caller’s nameistruncated, press the 2navigation keyto view therest ofthe caller’s name. Press the 5navigation
key to return to the initial view.
If the caller’s number is also truncated, press and hold the 2 navigation key until the rest of the caller’s number is displayed on
screen. Press and hold the 5navigation key to return to the initial view.
2. Lift the handset, press the Speaker/Headset key, or press the Answer softkey if the phone has no active calls
or
Press the Answer softkey if on an active call.
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
+33130964200
Stefan Bay-Jean-Emil
L1 Stefan Bay
Answer
Ignore
More
+33130964200
e Paraiso
L1 Stefan Bay
Answer
Ignore
More
Additional Features
184 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
To Ignore a Filtered Call
Use the following procedure to ignore a filtered call:
Assistant Phone Features
Users with phones assigned with the Assistant role are able to:
• Activate and deactivate the Executive Call Filtering service from the phone
• Answer or ignore a filtered call
• Push a filtered call back to the Executive
• Perform a blind transfer of a filtered call to the Executive
• Perform a semi-attended transfer of a filtered call to the Executive
• Perform a consultative transfer of a filtered call to the Executive
• Activate and deactivate call forwarding of the Executive’s filtered calls
• Initiate a call on behalf of an Executive
IP Phone UI
1. (Optional) If the caller’s name is truncated, press the 2 navigation key to view the rest of the caller’s name. Press the 5navigation
key to return to the initial view.
If the caller’s number is also truncated, press and hold the 2 navigation key until the rest of the caller’s number is displayed on
screen. Press and hold the 5navigation key to return to the initial view.
2. Press the Goodbye key or Ignore softkey if the phone has no active calls
or
Press the Ignore softkey if on an active call.
Notes:
• Push functionality does not carry over to the target phone when call forwarding of an Executive’s filtered calls is
enabled.
• Assistants are also able to handle filtered calls in the same manner as unfiltered calls.
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
+33130964200
Stefan Bay-Jean-Emil
L1 Stefan Bay
Answer
Ignore
More
+33130964200
e Paraiso
L1 Stefan Bay
Answer
Ignore
More
Additional Features
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 185
To Activate Executive Call Filtering on an Assistant’s Phone when the Filter Key’s Value is Defined
Use the following procedure to activate Executive Call Filtering on an Assistant’s phone when the Filter key’s value is
defined:
To Activate Executive Call Filtering on an Assistant’s Phone when the Filter Key’s Value is Not Defined
Use the following procedure to activate Executive Call Filtering on an Assistant’s phone when the Filter key’s value is not
defined:
IP Phone UI
1. Press the configured “Filter” softkey corresponding to the respective Executive.
Executive Call Filtering is now activated for that Executive and the key’s corresponding LED will be lit.
Note:
If Call Forward is enabled for filtered calls, LEDs for all Filter keys will be turned off.
IP Phone UI
1. Press the “Filter” softkey.
The list of associated Executives will appear on screen.
2. Selectthe Executive for whom you want to activate Executive Call Filtering by pressing the 5or2navigation keys and then press
the Change softkey to enter the Filtering menu for the respective Executive.
3. Press the Change softkey to toggle the Filtering option from OFF to ON.
4. Press the Done softkey.
A checkmark will be displayed beside the Executive indicating Executive Call Filtering is to be activated.
5. Press the Done softkey to return to the idle screen.
Notes:
• The LED corresponding to the “Filter” softkey will be lit if Executive Call Filtering is activated for any associated Executive.
The LED will turn off if Executive Call Filtering is deactivated for all associated Executives.
• If Call Forward is enabled for filtered calls, the LED for the Filter softkey will be turned off.
2.Stefan Bay X
3.Jane Webber X
Change
All Off Cancel
All On Done
Executives
1.Francois Dupont X
4.John Allen X
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Additional Features
186 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
To Deactivate Executive Call Filtering on an Assistant’s Phone when the Filter Key’s Value is Defined
Use the following procedure to deactivate Executive Call Filtering on an Assistant’s phone when the Filter key’s value is
defined:
To Deactivate Executive Call Filtering on an Assistant’s Phone when the Filter Key’s Value is Not Defined
Use the following procedure to deactivate Executive Call Filtering on an Assistant’s phone when the Filter key’s value is
not defined:
IP Phone UI
1. Press the configured “Filter” softkey corresponding to the respective Executive.
Executive Call Filtering is now deactivated for that Executive and the key’s corresponding LED will turn off.
Note:
If Call Forward is enabled for filtered calls, LEDs for all Filter keys will be turned off.
IP Phone UI
1. Press the “Filter” softkey.
The list of associated Executives will appear on screen.
2. Select the Executive for whom you want to deactivate Executive Call Filtering by pressing the 5or 2 navigation keys and then
press the Change softkey to enter the Filtering menu for the respective Executive.
3. Press the Change softkey to toggle the Filtering option from ON to OFF.
4. Press the Done softkey.
An X will be displayed beside the Executive indicating Executive Call Filtering is to be deactivated.
5. Press the Done softkey to return to the idle screen.
Notes:
• The LED corresponding to the “Filter” softkey will be lit if Executive Call Filtering is activated for any associated Executive. The
LED will turn off if Executive Call Filtering is deactivated for all associated Executives.
• If Call Forward is enabled for filtered calls, the LED for the Filter softkey will be turned off.
2.Stefan Bay 
3.Jane Webber X
Change
All Off Cancel
All On Done
Executives
1.Francois Dupont X
4.John Allen X
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Additional Features
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 187
To Answer a Filtered Call
Use the following procedure to answer a filtered call:
To Ignore a Filtered Call
Use the following procedure to ignore a filtered call:
IP Phone UI
1. (Optional) If the caller’s name is truncated, press the 2navigation key to view the rest ofthe caller’s name. Press the5navigation
key to return to the initial view.
If the caller’s number is also truncated, press and hold the 2 navigation key until the rest of the caller’s number is displayed on
screen. Press and hold the 5navigation key to return to the initial view.
2. Lift the handset, press the Speaker/Headset button, or press the Answer softkey if the phone has no active call
or
Press the Answer softkey if on an active call.
IP Phone UI
1. (Optional) If the caller’s name is truncated, press the 2navigation key to view the rest of the caller’s name. Press the 5navigation
key to return to the initial view.
If the caller’s number is also truncated, press and hold the 2 navigation key until the rest of the caller’s number is displayed on
screen. Press and hold the 5navigation key to return to the initial view.
2. Press the Goodbye button or Ignore softkey if the phone has no active calls
or
Press the Ignore softkey if on an active call.
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
+33130964200
Stefan Bay-Jean-Emil
L1 Susan Smith
Answer
Ignore
More
+33130964200
e Paraiso
L1 Susan Smith
Answer
Ignore
More
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
+33130964200
Stefan Bay-Jean-Emil
L1 Susan Smith
Answer
Ignore
More
+33130964200
e Paraiso
L1 Susan Smith
Answer
Ignore
More
Additional Features
188 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
To Push a Filtered Call Back to the Executive
Use the following procedure to push a filtered call back to the Executive:
To Perform a Blind Transfer of a Filtered Call to the Executive
Use the following procedure to perform a blind transfer of a filtered call to the Executive:
To Perform a Semi-Attended Transfer of a Filtered Call to the Executive
Use the following procedure to perform a semi-attended transfer of a filtered call to the Executive:
IP Phone UI
1. After answering a filtered call, press the Push softkey.
The phone will enter in the FAC for the BroadSoft Executive-Assistant Call Push feature and automatically dial the FAC call.
The FAC call will be answered and the filtered call will be released if the push is successful.
Note:
If the push is unsuccessful, press the Pickup softkey to retrieve the filtered call.
IP Phone UI
1. After answering a filtered call, press the Xfer softkey.
2. Enter the Executive’s phone or extension number and press the Xfer softkey.
The phone will recognize the Executive’s number and will change the transfer scenario into an Executive-Assistant Call Push
scenario (i.e. the phone will enter in the FAC for the BroadSoft Executive-Assistant Call Push feature and automatically dial the
FAC call).
The FAC call will be answered and the filtered call will be released if the push is successful.
Note:
If the push is unsuccessful, press the Pickup softkey to retrieve the filtered call.
IP Phone UI
1. After answering a filtered call, press the Xfer softkey.
2. Enter the Executive’s phone or extension number and press the Dial softkey.
3. When the call is in the ringing state, press the Xfer softkey.
The phone will recognize the Executive’s number and will change the transfer scenario into an Executive-Assistant Call Push
scenario (i.e. the phone will enter in the FAC for the BroadSoft Executive-Assistant Call Push feature and automatically dial the
FAC call).
The FAC call will be answered and the filtered call will be released if the push is successful.
Note:
If the push is unsuccessful, press the Pickup softkey to retrieve the filtered call.
Additional Features
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 189
To Perform a Consultative Transfer of a Filtered Call to the Executive
Use the following procedure to perform a consultative transfer of a filtered call to the Executive:
To Activate Call Forwarding of Filtered Calls
Use the following procedure to activate call forwarding of filtered calls:
IP Phone UI
1. After answering a filtered call, press the Xfer softkey.
2. Enter the Executive’s phone or extension number and press the Dial softkey.
3. When the call is answered by the Executive press the Xfer softkey.
The call will be transferred normally and the filtered call will be released.
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Basic Settings-Account Configuration.
2. Place a checkmark in the “Enabled” box beside the “Divert” option under “Forward Filtering”.
3. Enter the phone number you wish to forward incoming filtered calls to in the “Divert to Number” field.
4. Click Save Settings.
Additional Features
190 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
IP Phone UI
1. Press the Options key and then the Select softkey to enter the Call Forward menu
or
Press the Call Forward softkey.
2. Press the 2 navigation key three times to select Forward Filtering.
3. Press the Change key to enter the Call Forward Mode Forward Filtering menu.
4. Press the Change key to toggle the State from OFF to ON.
5. Press the 2 navigation key to select the Number field.
6. Enter the applicable forwarding number.
7. Press the Done key.
A checkmark will be displayed beside Forward Filtering indicating call forwarding of all filtered calls is to be activated.
8. Press the Done key to return to the idle screen.
The idle screen will display a “CFWD Filtering” message and the MWI and (if configured) Call Forward softkey LEDs will be lit
indicating Forward Filtering is activated.
Note:
Selecting the “All On” or “CopytoAll” options are also appicable to Forward Filtering. For more information on the “All
On” or “CopytoAll” options, see Using CFWD via the IP Phone UI on page 151.
2.Busy X
3.No Answer X
Call Forward Mode
4.Forward Filtering X
1.All X
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Change CopyToAll
All Off Cancel
All On Done
01/01/14 11:00am
L1 Susan Smith
Filter
CFWD
DND More
CFWD Filtering
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
Additional Features
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 191
To Deactivate Call Forwarding of Filtered Calls
Use the following procedure to deactivate call forwarding of filtered calls:
Aastra Web UI
1. Click on Basic Settings-Account Configuration.
2. Remove the checkmark in the “Enabled” box beside the “Divert” option under “Forward Filtering”.
3. Click Save Settings.
IP Phone UI
1. Press the Options key and then the Select softkey to enter the Call Forward menu
or
Press the Call Forward softkey.
2. Press the 2 navigation key three times to select Forward Filtering.
3. Press the Change key to enter the Call Forward Mode Forward Filtering menu.
4. Press the Change key to toggle the State from ON to OFF.
5. Press the Done key.
An X will be displayed beside Forward Filtering indicating call forwarding of all filtered calls is to be deactivated.
6. Press the Done key to return to the idle screen.
The “CFWD Filtering” message will be removed from the idle screen and the MWI and (if configured) Call Forward softkey
LEDs will turn off indicating Forward Filtering is deactivated.
Services Icom
Directory
Callers
2.Busy X
3.No Answer X
Change CopyToAll
All Off Cancel
All On Done
Call Forward Mode
1.All X
4.Forward Filtering
Additional Features
192 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
To Initiate a Call on Behalf of an Executive
Use the following procedure to initiate a call on behalf of an Executive:.
Star Codes
All of the main call handling and extension management features using star codes can be set on your phone by your
Administrator. Contact your System Administrator for more information.
If these have not been set up, you can dial any star code commands on the 6757i phone the same way you would on a
regular telephone.
Other Features
A multitude of other features are available depending on whether or not your System Administrator has configured
them for use. Contact your System Administrator for feature availability and usage information.
Note:
Selecting the “All Off” option is also appicable to Forward Filtering. For more information on the “All Off” option, see
Using CFWD via the IP Phone UI on page 151.
IP Phone UI
1. Press the Speeddial softkey programmed with Initiate Call function.
The phone will enter in the FAC for the BroadSoft Executive-Assistant Initiate Call feature and automatically dial the FAC call.
2. Follow any audible instructions (depending on the Speeddial key’s configuration you may be prompted to enter the Executive’s
number/extension and/or Destination number/extension manually using the phone’s keypad).
The phone will automatically dial the Destination number/extension.
3. When the call is answered, if you would like to push the call to the Executive, press the Push key.
The phone will enter in the FAC for the BroadSoft Executive-Assistant Call Push feature and automatically dial the FAC call.
The FAC call will be answered and the filtered call will be released if the push is successful.
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 193
Model M670i and M675i Expansion Modules
The 6757i IP Phone offers optional M670i and M675i Expansion Modules that attach to the right side of the phone to pro-
vide additional softkeys.
Model M670i
The M670i provides 18 softkeys in each column (totalling 36 keys) on the keypad. Each key provides an LED for indicating
call status. The M670i provides a paper label for convenient key labelling.
Model M675i
The M675i provides 10 softkeys in each column (totalling 20 keys) on the keypad. The M675i also provides 3 keys at the
bottom left of the unit. These keys represent Page 1, Page 2, and Page 3 of the LCD display. The M675i has 20 keys
available on each page (totalling 60 softkeys). Each key provides an LED for indicating call status. The M675i provides an
LCD for displaying key labels.
Reference
For more information about using the M675i with your phone, see “Using the Expansion Modules” on page 195.
Note:
A DHSG headset and an expansion module cannot be used concurrently as they both share the same headset port.
Model M670i and M675i Expansion Modules
194 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
The Expansion Module keys support the following functions:
You can configure the keys using the Aastra Web UI at the path, Operation-Expansion Module N
when an Expansion Module is attached to the 6757i IP Phone.
Reference
For more information about configuring the expansion module keys with these functions, see the “Softkeys” on page 47.
• None • Call Forward
• Line • BLF/Xfer
• Speed Dial • Speeddial/Xfer
• Do Not Disturb (DND) • Speeddial/Conf
• Busy Lamp Field (BLF) • Speeddial/MWI
• BLF/List • Directory
• Auto Call Distribution (ACD) • Callers List
• Directed Call Pickup • Filter
• Extensible Markup Language (XML) • Icom (Intercom)
• Flash • Services
• Sprecode • Phone Lock
• Park • Paging
• Pickup • Empty
• Last Call Return (LCR)
Model M670i and M675i Expansion Modules
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 195
Using the Expansion Modules
M670i Expansion Module
After configuring the softkeys on the M670i Expansion Module, you can record the name of the softkey on the paper
labels provided with the Expansion Module. Press the softkey you want to use when applicable.
M675i Expansion Module
The M675i Expansion Module screen displays softkeys in column format. The function keys on the bottom left of the Mod-
ule allow you to display 3 full screens of softkeys. Each screen consists of 2 columns with the following default headings on
each page:
Page 1 List 1 and List 2
Page 2 List 3 and List 4
Page 3 List 5 and List 6.
Softkeys
Model M670i and M675i Expansion Modules
196 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
To use the M675i, press the function key for the page you want to display to the LCD (page 1, page2, or page 3), and press
the applicable softkey.
References
For more information about configuring softkeys, see Softkeys on page 47.
For more information about installing M670i and M675i modules on your phone, see the
Aastra 6757i SIP IP Phone Installation Guide.
Press-and-Hold to Create a Speed Dial Key
You can press and hold an expansion module key to create a speed dial key and configure it the same way you configure
a speed dial key on the phone.
For a procedure on creating a speed dial key, see “Press-and-Hold to Create a Speed Dial (applicable to softkeys, keypad
keys, expansion module keys)” on page 54.
Note:
Your System Administrator can customize the headings on each M675i Expansion Module screen. Contact your System
Administrator for more information.
Softkeys
Function Keys
(Press for page 1)
(Press for page 2)
(Press for page 3)
Page 1 Screen
Page 2 Screen Page 3 Screen
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 197
Troubleshooting Solutions
Why is my display blank?
Ensure that power is being provided to your phone. If your network does not provide inline power over Ethernet, you can
obtain an additional accessory, the Aastra PoE (Power over Ethernet) inline power supply, to provide power over Ethernet
locally to your phone. See the section “Connecting to the Network and to Power” in the Aastra 6757i Installation Guide
for details.
Why is my speakerphone not working?
If you press the key and the speaker light flashes and you do not hear dial tone through the speaker phone, the Set
Audio option in the phone’s Options list has been set up for headset use. Press a second time and if the light goes
out, the phone has been set up to be used only with a headset or handset. If the light stays on steady and you hear dial
tone, the phone has been set up so that you can alternate between the speakerphone and the headset by pressing .
See the section “Set Audio” on page 29 for instructions on how to change the Set Audio option.
Why can’t I get a dial tone?
Check for any loose connections and that the phone has been installed properly. For installation instructions, please refer
to the “Installation and Setup” section in the Aastra 6757i Installation Guide provided with your phone.
Why doesn’t my phone ring?
Check the ring volume on your phone. It may be turned down or turned off. To adjust the ringer volume setting, press the
volume key when the phone is on-hook and idle. For more information, refer to the “Adjusting Volume section” in the
Aastra 6757i Installation Guide provided with your phone.
Why is the light not coming on with a new Voice Mail Message?
Your phone system or service provider must provide “Visual” Message Waiting service for this function to work. Check
with your System Administrator for more information.
Why is my handset not working?
Check to ensure that the handset cord is fully connected to both the phone and handset. See the section “Connecting a
Handset or Headset” in the Aastra 6757i Installation Guide for information.
What are services, and how do I use them?
Services on the IP phone include:
• XML Applications
• Callers List
• Directory List
• Voicemail
See the section, “Speeddial/MWI” on page 93 more information about the options available under Services.
How do I find the IP address of my phone?
Instructions on where to find the IP address of your phone can be found in this guide in the section, “Finding Your Phone’s
IP Address” on page 21.
Why does my phone display the “No Service” message?
The phone displays the “No Service” message if the SIP settings have not been set up correctly.
Troubleshooting Solutions
198 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Contact your System Administrator for more information.
How do I change my user password?
You can change the user password from the IP phone UI or the Aastra Web UI. See “User Password” on page 40 for more
information.
Why does my phone display Bad Encrypted Config?
The IP phone displays Bad Encrypted Config because encrypted configuration files are enabled but the decryption
process has failed. Report this error to your System Administrator.
How do I restart the IP phone?
You can restart the phone from the IP phone UI or through the Aastra Web UI. See “Restarting Your Phone” on page 42
for more information.
How do I lock my phone?
You can lock your phone to prevent the phone from being used or configured. You can lock the phone using any of the
following:
• At the path Options-Phone Lock on the IP Phone UI. See “Phone Lock” on page 43 for more information.
• At the path Operations-Phone Lock on the Aastra Web UI. See “Phone Lock” on page 43 for more information.
At a configured key on the phone. For more information about configuring a Lock/Unlock key on your phone, see “Phone
Lock Key” on page 103.
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Warranty-1
Limited Warranty
(Not applicable in Australia – see below for Limited Warranty in Australia)
Aastra warrants this product against defects and malfunctions in accordance with Aastra's authorized, written functional
specification relating to such products during a one (1) year period from the date of original purchase (“Warranty Period”).
If there is a defect or malfunction, Aastra shall, at its option, and as the exclusive remedy, either repair or replace the prod-
uct at no charge, if returned within the Warranty Period. If replacement parts are used in making repairs, these parts may
be refurbished, or may contain refurbished materials. If it is necessary to replace the product, it may be replaced with a
refurbished product of the same design and color. If it should become necessary to repair or replace a defective or mal-
functioning product under this warranty, the provisions of this warranty shall apply to the repaired or replaced product
until the expiration of ninety (90) days from the date of pick up, or the date of shipment to you, of the repaired or replace-
ment product, or until the end of the original Warranty Period, whichever is later. Proof of the original purchase date is to
be provided with all products returned for warranty repairs.
Exclusions
Aastra does not warrant its products to be compatible with the equipment of any particular telephone company. This war-
ranty does not extend to damage to products resulting from improper installation or operation, alteration, accident,
neglect, abuse, misuse, fire or natural causes such as storms or floods, after the product is in your possession. Aastra will
not accept liability for any damages and/or long distance charges, which result from unauthorized and/or unlawful use.
Aastra shall not be liable for any incidental or consequential damages, including, but not limited to, loss, damage or
expense directly or indirectly arising from the customer’s use of or inability to use this product, either separately or in com-
bination with other equipment. This paragraph, however, shall not apply to consequential damages for injury to the per-
son in the case of products used or bought for use primarily for personal, family or household purposes.
This warranty sets forth the entire liability and obligations of Aastra with respect to breach of warranty, and the warranties
set forth or limited herein are the sole warranties and are in lieu of all other warranties, expressed or implied, including
warranties or fitness for particular purpose and merchantability.
Warranty Repair Services
Should the product fail during the Warranty Period;
• In North America, please call 1-800-574-1611 for further information.
• Outside North America, contact your sales representative for return instructions.
You will be responsible for shipping charges, if any. When you return this product for warranty service, you must present
proof of purchase.
After Warranty Service
Aastra offers ongoing repair and support for this product. This service provides repair or replacement of your Aastra prod-
uct, at Aastra's option, for a fixed charge. You are responsible for all shipping charges. For further information and shipping
instructions:
• In North America, contact our service information number: 1-800-574-1611.
• Outside North America, contact your sales representative.
Note:
Repairs to this product may be made only by the manufacturer and its authorized agents, or by others who are legally
authorized. This restriction applies during and after the Warranty Period. Unauthorized repair will void the warranty.
Warranty-2 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Limited Warranty (Australia Only)
The benefits under the Aastra Limited Warranty below are in addition to other rights and remedies to which you may be
entitled under a law in relation to the products.
In addition to all rights and remedies to which you may be entitled under the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (Com-
monwealth) and any other relevant legislation, Aastra warrants this product against defects and malfunctions in accord-
ance with Aastra's authorized, written functional specification relating to such products during a one (1) year period
from the date of original purchase (“Warranty Period”). If there is a defect or malfunction, Aastra shall, at its option, and
as the exclusive remedy under this limited warranty, either repair or replace the product at no charge, if returned within
the Warranty Period.
Repair Notice
To the extent that the product contains user-generated data, you should be aware that repair of the goods may result in
loss of the data. Goods presented for repair may be replaced by refurbished goods of the same type rather than being
repaired. Refurbished parts may be used to repair the goods. If it is necessary to replace the product under this limited
warranty, it may be replaced with a refurbished product of the same design and color.
If it should become necessary to repair or replace a defective or malfunctioning product under this warranty, the provi-
sions of this warranty shall apply to the repaired or replaced product until the expiration of ninety (90) days from the
date of pick up, or the date of shipment to you, of the repaired or replacement product, or until the end of the original
Warranty Period, whichever is later. Proof of the original purchase date is to be provided with all products returned for
warranty repairs.
Exclusions
Aastra does not warrant its products to be compatible with the equipment of any particular telephone company. This
warranty does not extend to damage to products resulting from improper installation or operation, alteration, accident,
neglect, abuse, misuse, fire or natural causes such as storms or floods, after the product is in your possession. Aastra will
not accept liability for any damages and/or long distance charges, which result from unauthorized and/or unlawful use.
To the extent permitted by law, Aastra shall not be liable for any incidental damages, including, but not limited to, loss,
damage or expense directly or indirectly arising from your use of or inability to use this product, either separately or in
combination with other equipment. This paragraph, however, is not intended to have the effect of excluding, restricting
or modifying the application of all or any of the provisions of Part 5-4 of Schedule 2 to the Competition and Consumer
Act 2010 (the ACL), the exercise of a right conferred by such a provision or any liability of Aastra in relation to a failure to
comply with a guarantee that applies under Division 1 of Part 3-2 of the ACL to a supply of goods or services.
This express warranty sets forth the entire liability and obligations of Aastra with respect to breach of this express war-
ranty and is in lieu of all other express or implied warranties other than those conferred by a law whose application can-
not be excluded, restricted or modified. Our goods come with guarantees that cannot be excluded under the Australian
Consumer Law. You are entitled to a replacement or refund for a major failure and for compensation for any other rea-
sonably foreseeable loss or damage. You are also entitled to have the goods repaired or replaced if the goods fail to be of
acceptable quality and the failure does not amount to a major failure.
Limited Warranty (Australia Only)
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Warranty-3
Warranty Repair Services
Procedure: Should the product fail during the Warranty Period and you wish to make a claim under this express
warranty, please contact the Aastra authorized reseller who sold you this product (details as per the invoice) and
present proof of purchase. You will be responsible for shipping charges, if any.
Manufacturer: Aastra Telecom Australia Pty Ltd
745 Springvale Road
Mulgrave VIC 3170
ABN 16 140 787 195
Phone: +61 3 8562 2700
Limitation of Liability for Products not of a kind ordinarily acquired for personal, domestic or household use or
consumption (e.g. goods/services ordinarily supplied for business-use)
1.1 To the extent permitted by law and subject to clause 1.2 below, the liability of Aastra to you for any non-compliance
withastatutoryguaranteeorlossordamagearisingoutoforinconnectionwiththesupplyofgoodsorservices(whether
for tort (including negligence), statute, custom, law or on any other basis) is limited to:
a) in the case of services:
i) the resupply of the services; or
ii) the payment of the cost of resupply; and
b) in the case of goods:
i) the replacement of the goods or the supply of equivalent goods; or
ii) the repair of the goods; or
iii) the payment of the cost of replacing the goods or of acquiring equivalent goods; or
iv) the payment of the cost of having the goods repaired.
1.2 Clause 1.1 is not intended to have the effect of excluding, restricting or modifying:
a) the application of all or any of the provisions of Part 5-4 of Schedule 2 to the Competition and Consumer Act 2010
(the ACL); or
b) the exercise of a right conferred by such a provision; or
c) any liability of Aastra in relation to a failure to comply with a guarantee that applies under Division 1 of Part 3-2 of
the ACL to a supply of goods or services.
After Warranty Service
Aastra offers ongoing repair and support for this product. If you are not otherwise entitled to a remedy for a failure to com-
ply with a guarantee that cannot be excluded under the Australian Consumer Law, this service provides repair or replace-
ment of your Aastra product, at Aastra's option, for a fixed charge. You are responsible for all shipping charges. For further
information and shipping instructions contact:
Aastra Telecom Australia Pty Ltd
745 Springvale Road
Mulgrave VIC 3170
ABN 16 140 787 195
Phone: +61 3 8562 2700
Note:
Repairs to this product may be made only by the manufacturer and its authorized agents, or by others who are legally
authorized. Unauthorized repair will void this express warranty.
A-1 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Appendix A - Time Zone Codes
The following table identifies the time zone name and time zone code to use on the IP phone.
Time Zone Name/Time Zone Code Table
Time Zone Name Time Zone Code
AD-Andorra
AE - Dubai
AG-Antigua
AI-Anguilla
AL-Tirane
AN-Curacao
AR-Buenos Aires
AS-Pago Pago
AT-Vienna
AU-Lord Howe
AU-Tasmania
AU-Melbourne
AU-Sydney
AU-Broken Hill
AU-Brisbane
AU-Lindeman
AU-Adelaide
AU-Darwin
AU-Perth
AW-Aruba
AZ-Baku
CET
GST
AST
AST
CET
AST
ART
BST
CET
LHS
EST
EST
EST
CST
EST
EST
CST
CST
WST
AST
AZT
BA-Sarajevo
BB-Barbados
BE-Brussels
BG-Sofia
BM-Bermuda
BO-La Paz
BR-Noronha
BR-Belem
BR-Fortaleza
BR-Recife
BR-Araguaina
BR-Maceio
BR-Sao Paulo
BR-Cuiaba
BR-Porto Velho
BR-Boa Vista
BR-Manaus
BR-Eirunepe
BR-Rio Branco
BS-Nassau
BY-Minsk
BZ-Belize
EET
AST
CET
EET
AST
BOT
FNT
BRT
BRT
BRT
BRS
BRT
BRS
AMS
AMT
AMT
AMT
ACT
ACT
EST
EET
CST
Appendix A - Time Zone Codes
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 A-2
CA-Newfoundland
CA-Atlantic
CA-Eastern
CA-Saskatchewan
CA-Central
CA-Mountain
CA-Pacific
CA-Yukon
CH-Zurich
CK-Rarotonga
CL-Santiago
CL-Easter
CN-Beijing
CO-Bogota
CR-Costa Rica
CU-Havana
CY-Nicosia
CZ-Prague
NST
AST
EST
EST
CST
MST
PST
PST
CET
CKS
CLS
EAS
CST
COS
CST
CST
EES
CET
DE-Berlin
DK-Copenhagen
DM-Dominica
DO-Santo Domingo
CET
CET
AST
AST
EE-Tallinn
ES-Madrid
ES-Canary
EET
CET
WET
FI-Helsinki
FJ-Fiji
FK-Stanley
FO-Faeroe
FR-Paris
EET
NZT
FKS
WET
CET
GB-London
GB-Belfast
GD-Grenada
GE - Tbilisi
GF-Cayenne
GI-Gibraltar
GP-Guadeloupe
GR-Athens
GS-South Georgia
GT-Guatemala
GU-Guam
GY-Guyana
GMT
GMT
AST
GET
GFT
CET
AST
EET
GST
CST
CST
GYT
HK-Hong Kong
HN-Tegucigalpa
HR-Zagreb
HT-Port-au-Prince
HU-Budapest
HKS
CST
CET
EST
CET
IE-Dublin
IS-Reykjavik
IT-Rome
GMT
GMT
CET
JM-Jamaica
JP-Tokyo
EST
JST
KY-Cayman EST
Time Zone Name Time Zone Code
Appendix A - Time Zone Codes
A-3 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
LC-St Lucia
LI-Vaduz
LT-Vilnius
LU-Luxembourg
LV-Riga
AST
CET
EET
CET
EET
MC-Monaco
MD-Chisinau
MK-Skopje
MQ-Martinique
MS-Montserrat
MT-Malta
MU - Mauritius
MX-Mexico City
MX-Cancun
MX-Merida
MX-Monterrey
MX-Mazatlan
MX-Chihuahua
MX-Hermosillo
MX-Tijuana
CET
EET
CET
AST
AST
CET
MUT
CST
CST
CST
CST
MST
MST
MST
PST
NI-Managua
NL-Amsterdam
NO-Oslo
NR-Nauru
NU-Niue
NZ-Auckland
NZ-Chatham
CST
CET
CET
NRT
NUT
NZS
CHA
OM - Muscat GST
PA-Panama
PE-Lima
PL-Warsaw
PR-Puerto Rico
PT-Lisbon
PT-Madeira
PT-Azores
PY-Asuncion
EST
PES
CET
AST
WET
WET
AZO
PYS
RO-Bucharest
RU-Kaliningrad
RU-Moscow
RU-Samara
RU-Yekaterinburg
RU-Omsk
RU-Novosibirsk
RU-Krasnoyarsk
RU-Irkutsk
RU-Yakutsk
RU-Vladivostok
RU-Sakhalin
RU-Magadan
RU-Kamchatka
RU-Anadyr
EET
EET
MSK
SAM
YEK
OMS
NOV
KRA
IRK
YAK
VLA
SAK
MAG
PET
ANA
SE-Stockholm
SG-Singapore
SI-Ljubljana
SK-Bratislava
SM-San Marino
SR-Paramaribo
SV-El Salvador
CET
SGT
CET
CET
CET
SRT
CST
Time Zone Name Time Zone Code
Appendix A - Time Zone Codes
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 A-4
TR-Istanbul
TT-Port of Spain
TW-Taipei
EET
AST
CST
UA-Kiev
US-Eastern
US-Central
US-Mountain
US-Pacific
US-Alaska
US-Aleutian
US-Hawaii
UY-Montevideo
EET
EST
CST
MST
PST
AKS
HAS
HST
UYS
VA-Vatican CET
YU-Belgrade CET
Time Zone Name Time Zone Code
Index-1 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
Index
Numerics
6757i
additional features of ...................................................................................161
features of .............................................................................................................1
keys and key descriptions ................................................................................9
line settings ....................................................................................................... 46
making calls .....................................................................................................111
requirements of ...................................................................................................2
A
Aastra Web UI
Operaton parameters ..................................................................................... 18
phone status ...................................................................................................... 18
about this guide ..........................................................................................................1
account configuration .........................................................................................141
ACD key .......................................................................................................................67
allow barge-in, for intercom ..............................................................................174
answering incoming calls ...................................................................................116
auto-answer, for intercom ..................................................................................174
B
backlight, setting .....................................................................................................27
bad encrypted config ..........................................................................................198
BLF key ........................................................................................................................64
BLF List key .................................................................................................................65
BLF List, setting softkey for ..................................................................................66
BLF, setting softkey for ..........................................................................................64
BLF/Xfer .......................................................................................................................87
BLF/Xfer key ...............................................................................................................87
BLF/Xfer, softkeys for ......................................................................................88, 90
C
Call Forward key ......................................................................................................86
call forwarding, softkeys for ................................................................................86
call hold reminder .................................................................................................168
call hold reminder during active calls ............................................................167
call waiting tone ....................................................................................................162
call waiting tone period ......................................................................................169
callers list ..................................................................................................................137
deleting entries in .........................................................................................140
downloading to phone .....................................................................136, 141
editing ...............................................................................................................138
using ...................................................................................................................138
using on phone ..............................................................................................138
Callers List key ..........................................................................................................99
callers list, softkey for ...........................................................................................100
calls
receiving ...........................................................................................................116
calls, ending .............................................................................................................126
calls, transferring ...................................................................................................118
conferencing
centralized ........................................................................................................124
ending ...............................................................................................................126
joining two active calls ................................................................................123
local ....................................................................................................................121
pre-dial and live dial mode ........................................................................122
transfer remaining parties ..........................................................................126
conferencing calls .................................................................................................121
contrast level, setting .............................................................................................27
D
DCP key ........................................................................................................................71
deleting a key ......................................................................................................... 110
dial plan, emergency ..............................................................................................45
dial tones, stuttered ............................................................................................. 163
dialing
pre-dialling a number .................................................................................. 111
dialing a number ................................................................................................... 111
dialpad, live ................................................................................................................28
Directory key ..............................................................................................................97
directory key, softkey for .......................................................................................98
directory list ............................................................................................................ 127
adding and editing entries ........................................................................ 128
arranging entries ........................................................................................... 132
deleting numbers and labels for an entry ............................................ 133
downloading to PC ....................................................................................... 135
limitations for ................................................................................................. 128
scrolling multiple screens .......................................................................... 131
sorting ............................................................................................................... 128
DND key .......................................................................................................................62
DND, enabling/disabling .......................................................................... 142, 146
do not disturb, setting softkey for .....................................................................63
documentation ...........................................................................................................1
DTMF digits, displaying ...................................................................................... 161
E
emergency dial plan, defining ............................................................................45
Empty key ................................................................................................................ 109
empty key, softkey for ............................................................................... 108, 109
expansion module, 675i ..................................................................................... 193
expansion module, M670i and M675i ........................................................... 193
F
Flash key ......................................................................................................................80
G
GCP key ........................................................................................................................71
getting started ............................................................................................................3
Goodbye key cancels incoming call ............................................................... 171
configuring ...................................................................................................... 172
using .................................................................................................................. 172
group RTP paging ................................................................................................. 176
H
handling calls ......................................................................................................... 117
headset mic ............................................................................................................. 112
headset mode ...........................................................................................................29
headset, using ........................................................................................................ 112
headset/speaker mode ..........................................................................................29
held calls, retrieving ............................................................................................. 118
hold, automatic ..................................................................................................... 118
I
idle screen .....................................................................................................................6
Indication of transferred calls ........................................................................... 121
Installation ..................................................................................................................10
installation and setup ...............................................................................................2
intercom calls
incoming call features ................................................................................. 174
Index
41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Index-2
Intercom key ...........................................................................................................101
Intercom key, softkey for ....................................................................................102
Intercom, using ......................................................................................................113
IP address, finding ..................................................................................21, 22, 197
K
Key Description ........................................................................................................ 10
Keypad Keys .............................................................................................................. 12
keys
ACD key ............................................................................................................... 67
BLF key ................................................................................................................ 64
BLF List key ........................................................................................................ 65
BLF/Xfer key ....................................................................................................... 87
Call Forward key .............................................................................................. 86
Callers List key .................................................................................................. 99
DCP and GCP ..................................................................................................... 71
deleting .............................................................................................................110
Directory key ..................................................................................................... 97
DND key .............................................................................................................. 62
Empty key .........................................................................................................109
Flash key ............................................................................................................. 80
Intercom key ...................................................................................................101
Last Call Return (lcr) ........................................................................................ 85
None key ...........................................................................................................107
Paging key ........................................................................................................104
Park and Pickup keys ...................................................................................... 82
Phone Lock key ..............................................................................................103
Services key ....................................................................................................... 95
Speeddial/Conf key ........................................................................................ 91
Speeddial/Xfer key .......................................................................................... 89
Sprecode key ..................................................................................................... 81
XML key ............................................................................................................... 75
L
language
latin 2 character set ........................................................................................ 40
overview ............................................................................................................. 34
specifying on IP phone .................................................................................. 34
last call return, softkeys for .................................................................................. 85
LCR key ........................................................................................................................ 85
line, setting a softkey for ....................................................................................... 52
lock/unlock the phone ................................................................................ 43, 198
M
M670i .........................................................................................................................193
M675i .........................................................................................................................193
making calls .............................................................................................................111
managing calls .......................................................................................................127
message waiting indicator, configuring .......................................................173
microphone mute, for intercom ......................................................................174
microphone volume, headset ............................................................................ 29
missed calls indicator
accessing and clearing ................................................................................159
overview ...........................................................................................................159
multiple line call appearances ............................................................................ 46
N
network disconnected .............................................................................................5
no service .................................................................................................................197
None key ...................................................................................................................107
O
on-hold calls ............................................................................................................117
Optional Accessories .............................................................................................. 10
options
setting via the phone UI ................................................................................13
setting via the Web UI ....................................................................................16
P
Paging key ............................................................................................................... 104
paging, softkeys for .............................................................................................. 105
Park key .......................................................................................................................82
park/pickup
using on the IP phone ....................................................................................84
password, resetting user’s ....................................................................................41
phone lock ..................................................................................................................43
Phone Lock key ...................................................................................................... 103
plugging in the phone ............................................................................................. 3
preferred line .......................................................................................................... 170
preferred line timeout ......................................................................................... 170
R
redial .......................................................................................................................... 114
restarting the phone ...............................................................................................42
ring tone sets .............................................................................................................25
ring tones ....................................................................................................................24
RTP paging, group ................................................................................................ 176
S
Services key ................................................................................................................95
softkeys ........................................................................................................................47
as line/call appearances ................................................................................52
as speeddials .....................................................................................................53
state-based .........................................................................................................49
speaker mode ...........................................................................................................29
speaker/headset mode ..........................................................................................29
Speeddial
creating using function keys ........................................................................58
creating using Keypad Speeddial ..............................................................59
creating using Speed Dial Edit ....................................................................56
editing ..................................................................................................................61
speeddial
creating from Keypad Speeddial in Web UI ...........................................59
prefix for ..............................................................................................................54
Speeddial key
press-and-hold ..................................................................................................54
speeddial keys, editing ..........................................................................................60
Speeddial/Conf, softkeys for ........................................................................ 92, 94
speeddial/Xfer ...........................................................................................................89
Speeddial/Xfer key ..................................................................................................89
Sprecode key .............................................................................................................81
sprecode, setting key for .......................................................................................81
star codes ................................................................................................................. 192
starting up the phone .............................................................................................. 3
status scroll delay ................................................................................................. 165
switch UI focus to ringing line .......................................................................... 166
T
time and date ............................................................................................................30
time and date format .............................................................................................30
transferring calls
blind ....................................................................................................................118
consultative ......................................................................................................118
indication of .....................................................................................................121
pre-dial and live dial mode .........................................................................118
troubleshooting solutions ................................................................................. 197
changing user password .............................................................................198
display blank ....................................................................................................197
finding IP address ..........................................................................................197
handset not working ....................................................................................197
Index
Index-3 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
locking/unlocking phone ...........................................................................198
no dial tone ......................................................................................................197
no ring ...............................................................................................................197
no speakerphone ...........................................................................................197
phone displays Bad Encrypted Config ................................................198
phone displays No Service ......................................................................197
restarting the phone ....................................................................................198
using services ..................................................................................................197
VM message light not working .................................................................197
U
user password ...........................................................................................................40
using your phone ....................................................................................................46
V
voicemail ........................................................................................................ 116, 160
W
warning tone, for Intercom ............................................................................... 174
warranty exclusions .............................................................................. Warranty-1
Web UI, using .............................................................................................................16
X
XML application title ...............................................................................................75
XML application URI ................................................................................................75
XML beep support ................................................................................................ 164
XML key .......................................................................................................................75
XML services
accessing .............................................................................................................79
Disclaimer
Aastra will not accept liability for any damages and/or long
distance charges, which result from unauthorized and/or unlawful
use. While every effort has been made to ensure accuracy, Aastra
will not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions
contained within this documentation. The information contained
in this documentation is subject to change without notice.
Copyright © 2014 Mitel Networks Corporation, www.aastra.com.

More Related Content

What's hot (18)

PDF
01 28008-0004-20050204 forti-gate-200_administration guide
sarpro
 
PDF
Acer c300 tmc300sg
lukatak
 
PDF
Gigaset S650H Pro Digital Cordless Phone
Telephones Online
 
PDF
Manual de Serviço HP DV4
Dane Morais
 
PDF
Samsung Vice0
guest31ad22
 
PDF
Man hinh otd
Nguyễn Yên Giang
 
PDF
User guide
Mcandraw Wijaya
 
PDF
인터맥프린터 Intermec PM4i 열전사감열 RFID 바코드프린터 산업용프린터 매뉴얼
HION IT
 
PDF
XSLATE_B10_Users_Guide_FINAL
Rochelle Zimmerman
 
PDF
Samsung Galaxy S8 Active Manual/User Guide
manualsheet
 
PDF
Profiset3030 user guide
Victor Nalin
 
PDF
Manual Iq Basic E 14 01 2010
saxinfo
 
PDF
Sokkia sdr-8100 operations manual
Land Surveyors United Community
 
PDF
Samsung SCH R680 repp CDMA Cell Phone
Cellhut
 
PDF
Sokkia spectrum survey field reference manual
Land Surveyors United Community
 
PDF
Diamond
NeverLandLuna
 
01 28008-0004-20050204 forti-gate-200_administration guide
sarpro
 
Acer c300 tmc300sg
lukatak
 
Gigaset S650H Pro Digital Cordless Phone
Telephones Online
 
Manual de Serviço HP DV4
Dane Morais
 
Samsung Vice0
guest31ad22
 
Man hinh otd
Nguyễn Yên Giang
 
User guide
Mcandraw Wijaya
 
인터맥프린터 Intermec PM4i 열전사감열 RFID 바코드프린터 산업용프린터 매뉴얼
HION IT
 
XSLATE_B10_Users_Guide_FINAL
Rochelle Zimmerman
 
Samsung Galaxy S8 Active Manual/User Guide
manualsheet
 
Profiset3030 user guide
Victor Nalin
 
Manual Iq Basic E 14 01 2010
saxinfo
 
Sokkia sdr-8100 operations manual
Land Surveyors United Community
 
Samsung SCH R680 repp CDMA Cell Phone
Cellhut
 
Sokkia spectrum survey field reference manual
Land Surveyors United Community
 
Diamond
NeverLandLuna
 

Similar to 6757i user guide (20)

PDF
Strike_English_UM_UEIK2_KR_121509_F5-web
guestf0ca56
 
PDF
ZTE Avid 828 Manual / User Guide
manualsheet
 
PDF
ZTE Zmax 2 Manual / User Guide
manualsheet
 
PDF
Nokia 3520 User's Manual.pdf
atswalla
 
PDF
TRU_v29_Reference_Manual_EN_20140325.pdf
PEDRO MORALES HERNANDEZ
 
PDF
Gigaset CL750A GO Sculpture User Guide
Telephones Online
 
PDF
Gigaset C620A Digital Cordless Telephone User Guide
Telephones Online
 
PDF
Xi iii plus_userguide
Telectronica
 
PDF
C2675m c
hungvv616
 
PDF
Pelco c4654 m a-dx-series-client
marco rios
 
PDF
Connect ups ms-web-snmp_card_user_guide.568
David Reyes
 
PDF
Manual Ck3 honeywell - www.codeprint.com.br
Codeprint Soluçoes em Identificaçao e Captura de Ddos
 
PDF
R12_Win81_UserGuide_en_US_1
Rochelle Zimmerman
 
PDF
Gigaset sl78 handset telephone user guide
Telephones Online
 
PDF
인터맥프린터 Intermec PB21 PB31 감열 모바일프린터 매뉴얼
HION IT
 
PDF
인터맥프린터 Intermec PB22 PB32 감열 모바일프린터 매뉴얼
HION IT
 
PDF
Samsung Galaxy J7 V Manual / User Guide
manualsheet
 
PDF
Gigaset C430A C530A Digital Cordless Telephone User Guide
Telephones Online
 
PDF
인터맥프린터 Intermec PB51 감열 모바일프린터 매뉴얼
HION IT
 
PDF
인터맥프린터 Intermec PB50 감열 모바일프린터 매뉴얼
HION IT
 
Strike_English_UM_UEIK2_KR_121509_F5-web
guestf0ca56
 
ZTE Avid 828 Manual / User Guide
manualsheet
 
ZTE Zmax 2 Manual / User Guide
manualsheet
 
Nokia 3520 User's Manual.pdf
atswalla
 
TRU_v29_Reference_Manual_EN_20140325.pdf
PEDRO MORALES HERNANDEZ
 
Gigaset CL750A GO Sculpture User Guide
Telephones Online
 
Gigaset C620A Digital Cordless Telephone User Guide
Telephones Online
 
Xi iii plus_userguide
Telectronica
 
C2675m c
hungvv616
 
Pelco c4654 m a-dx-series-client
marco rios
 
Connect ups ms-web-snmp_card_user_guide.568
David Reyes
 
Manual Ck3 honeywell - www.codeprint.com.br
Codeprint Soluçoes em Identificaçao e Captura de Ddos
 
R12_Win81_UserGuide_en_US_1
Rochelle Zimmerman
 
Gigaset sl78 handset telephone user guide
Telephones Online
 
인터맥프린터 Intermec PB21 PB31 감열 모바일프린터 매뉴얼
HION IT
 
인터맥프린터 Intermec PB22 PB32 감열 모바일프린터 매뉴얼
HION IT
 
Samsung Galaxy J7 V Manual / User Guide
manualsheet
 
Gigaset C430A C530A Digital Cordless Telephone User Guide
Telephones Online
 
인터맥프린터 Intermec PB51 감열 모바일프린터 매뉴얼
HION IT
 
인터맥프린터 Intermec PB50 감열 모바일프린터 매뉴얼
HION IT
 
Ad

Recently uploaded (20)

PPTX
Introduction to Fluid and Thermal Engineering
Avesahemad Husainy
 
PPTX
Ground improvement techniques-DEWATERING
DivakarSai4
 
PPTX
Basics of Auto Computer Aided Drafting .pptx
Krunal Thanki
 
PDF
4 Tier Teamcenter Installation part1.pdf
VnyKumar1
 
PDF
AI-Driven IoT-Enabled UAV Inspection Framework for Predictive Maintenance and...
ijcncjournal019
 
PPTX
FUNDAMENTALS OF ELECTRIC VEHICLES UNIT-1
MikkiliSuresh
 
PDF
SG1-ALM-MS-EL-30-0008 (00) MS - Isolators and disconnecting switches.pdf
djiceramil
 
PPTX
cybersecurityandthe importance of the that
JayachanduHNJc
 
PPTX
22PCOAM21 Session 1 Data Management.pptx
Guru Nanak Technical Institutions
 
PPTX
Sensor IC System Design Using COMSOL Multiphysics 2025-July.pptx
James D.B. Wang, PhD
 
PPTX
filteration _ pre.pptx 11111110001.pptx
awasthivaibhav825
 
PDF
STUDY OF NOVEL CHANNEL MATERIALS USING III-V COMPOUNDS WITH VARIOUS GATE DIEL...
ijoejnl
 
PDF
Machine Learning All topics Covers In This Single Slides
AmritTiwari19
 
PPTX
ENSA_Module_7.pptx_wide_area_network_concepts
RanaMukherjee24
 
PDF
Zero carbon Building Design Guidelines V4
BassemOsman1
 
PDF
Irrigation Project Report, CTEVT, Diploma in Civil engineering
civilhack22
 
PPTX
Fluid statistics and Numerical on pascal law
Ravindra Kolhe
 
PDF
67243-Cooling and Heating & Calculation.pdf
DHAKA POLYTECHNIC
 
PPT
IISM Presentation.ppt Construction safety
lovingrkn
 
PDF
Jual GPS Geodetik CHCNAV i93 IMU-RTK Lanjutan dengan Survei Visual
Budi Minds
 
Introduction to Fluid and Thermal Engineering
Avesahemad Husainy
 
Ground improvement techniques-DEWATERING
DivakarSai4
 
Basics of Auto Computer Aided Drafting .pptx
Krunal Thanki
 
4 Tier Teamcenter Installation part1.pdf
VnyKumar1
 
AI-Driven IoT-Enabled UAV Inspection Framework for Predictive Maintenance and...
ijcncjournal019
 
FUNDAMENTALS OF ELECTRIC VEHICLES UNIT-1
MikkiliSuresh
 
SG1-ALM-MS-EL-30-0008 (00) MS - Isolators and disconnecting switches.pdf
djiceramil
 
cybersecurityandthe importance of the that
JayachanduHNJc
 
22PCOAM21 Session 1 Data Management.pptx
Guru Nanak Technical Institutions
 
Sensor IC System Design Using COMSOL Multiphysics 2025-July.pptx
James D.B. Wang, PhD
 
filteration _ pre.pptx 11111110001.pptx
awasthivaibhav825
 
STUDY OF NOVEL CHANNEL MATERIALS USING III-V COMPOUNDS WITH VARIOUS GATE DIEL...
ijoejnl
 
Machine Learning All topics Covers In This Single Slides
AmritTiwari19
 
ENSA_Module_7.pptx_wide_area_network_concepts
RanaMukherjee24
 
Zero carbon Building Design Guidelines V4
BassemOsman1
 
Irrigation Project Report, CTEVT, Diploma in Civil engineering
civilhack22
 
Fluid statistics and Numerical on pascal law
Ravindra Kolhe
 
67243-Cooling and Heating & Calculation.pdf
DHAKA POLYTECHNIC
 
IISM Presentation.ppt Construction safety
lovingrkn
 
Jual GPS Geodetik CHCNAV i93 IMU-RTK Lanjutan dengan Survei Visual
Budi Minds
 
Ad

6757i user guide

  • 1. Aastra Model 6757i IP Phone User Guide Release 3.3.1 Service Pack 4 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014
  • 2. ii 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Software License Agreement Aastra, hereinafter known as "Seller", grants to Customer a personal, worldwide, non-transferable, non-sublicenseable and non-exclusive, restricted use license to use Software in object form solely with the Equipment for which the Soft- ware was intended. This Product may integrate programs, licensed to Aastra by third party Suppliers, for distribution under the terms of this agreement. These programs are confidential and proprietary, and are protected as such by copy- right law as unpublished works and by international treaties to the fullest extent under the applicable law of the jurisdic- tion of the Customer. In addition, these confidential and proprietary programs are works conforming to the require- ments of Section 401 of title 17 of the United States Code. Customer shall not disclose to any third party such confiden- tial and proprietary programs and information and shall not export licensed Software to any country except in accord- ance with United States Export laws and restrictions. Customer agrees to not reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble or display Software furnished in object code form. Customer shall not modify, copy, reproduce, distribute, transcribe, translate or reduce to electronic medium or machine readable form or language, derive source code without the express written consent of the Seller and its Suppliers, or dis- seminate or otherwise disclose the Software to third parties. All Software furnished hereunder (whether or not part of firmware), including all copies thereof, are and shall remain the property of Seller and its Suppliers and are subject to the terms and conditions of this agreement. All rights reserved. Customer's use of this software shall be deemed to reflect Customer's agreement to abide by the terms and conditions contained herein. Removal or modification of trademarks, copyright notices, logos, etc., or the use of Software on any Equipment other than that for which it is intended, or any other material breach of this Agreement, shall automatically terminate this license. If this Agreement is terminated for breach, Customer shall immediately discontinue use and destroy or return to Seller all licensed software and other confidential or proprietary information of Seller. In no event shall Seller or its suppliers or licensors be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation, damages for loss of business profits, business interruption, loss of business information, other pecuniary loss, or consequential dam- ages) arising out of the use of or inability to use the software, even if Seller has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
  • 3. 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 iii Content Software License Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ii Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii Welcome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 About this Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Phone Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Installation and Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Getting Started. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Plugging in and Starting the Phone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Network Connected/Network Disconnected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Idle Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 IP Phone Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Key Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Key Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Keypad Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Methods for Customizing Your Phone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Phone Options via the IP Phone UI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Phone Options via the Aastra Web UI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Phone Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Phone Status via IP Phone UI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Finding Your Phone’s IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Phone Status via the Aastra Web UI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Customizing Your Phone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Ring Tones and Tone Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Contrast Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Backlight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Live Dialpad* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Set Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Time and Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 User Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Resetting a User Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
  • 4. Content iv 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Restarting Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Phone Lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Defining an Emergency Dial Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Line Keys and Softkeys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Multiple Line and Call Appearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Softkeys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 State-Based Softkeys (Bottom Keys only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Line Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Speed Dial Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Editing Speed Dial Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 "Do Not Disturb" (DND) Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Busy Lamp Field (BLF) Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 BLF/List Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) Key (for Sylantro Servers). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 Directed Call Pickup/Group Call Pickup Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 XML Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Flash Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Sprecode Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 Park/Pickup Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Last Call Return (LCR) Key (Sylantro Servers only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 Call Forward Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 BLF/Xfer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Speeddial/Xfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 Speeddial/Conf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 Speeddial/MWI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 Services Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Directory Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 Callers List Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99 Intercom Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Phone Lock Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Paging Key (Sends the RTP Stream) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 None Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Empty Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Deleting a Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
  • 5. Content 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 v Making Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Dialing a Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Pre-dialing a Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Using Handsfree Speakerphone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Using a Headset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Using Intercom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Redial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Mute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Receiving Calls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Answering an Incoming Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Sending an Incoming Call to Voicemail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Handling Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Placing a Call on Hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Transferring Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Conferencing Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Ending Calls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Managing Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Directory List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Callers List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Account Configuration (DND and Call Forwarding) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Missed Calls Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Voicemail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Additional Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Display DTMF Digits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Play Call Waiting Tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Stuttered Dial Tone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 XML Beep Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Status Scroll Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Switch UI Focus to Ringing Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Call Hold Reminder During Active Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Call Hold Reminder (on single hold) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Call Waiting Tone Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Preferred Line and Preferred Line Timeout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
  • 6. Content vi 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Goodbye Key Cancels Incoming Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Message Waiting Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Incoming Intercom Call Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Using Redial Key for “Last Number Redial” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Group RTP Paging (receives RTP streams). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Shared Call Appearance (SCA) Call Bridging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 BroadSoft BroadWorks Executive and Assistant Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Star Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Other Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Model M670i and M675i Expansion Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Using the Expansion Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Troubleshooting Solutions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Limited Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Warranty-1 Exclusions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warranty-1 Warranty Repair Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warranty-1 After Warranty Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warranty-1 Limited Warranty (Australia Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Warranty-2 Repair Notice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warranty-2 Exclusions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warranty-2 Warranty Repair Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warranty-3 After Warranty Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warranty-3 Appendix A - Time Zone Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index-1
  • 7. 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 1 Welcome The Aastra 6757i offers advanced XML capability to access custom applications and is fully interoperable with leading IP-PBX platforms. Featuring a 5-line display, the 6757i supports up to 9 lines with call appearances and allows you to make and receive calls, transfer, conference, and more. The 6757i IP telephone provides communications over an IP Network using the SIP IP telephony protocol. About this Guide This guide explains how to use the basic features of your new 6757i phone. Not all features listed are available by default. Contact your system or network administrator to find out which features and services are available to you on your system. Your System Administrator has the ability to customize some features on this phone. For information on more advanced settings and configurations, administrators should refer to the Aastra SIP IP Phones Administrator Guide. Documentation • Aastra 6757i SIP IP Phone Installation Guide – Installation and set-up instructions, general features and functions, and basic options list customization. This Installation Guide is included with the telephone. • Aastra 6757i SIP IP Phone User Guide – Describes the most commonly used features and functions for an end user. This User Guide can be downloaded from http://www.aastra.com. • Aastra SIP IP Phones Administrator Guide – Describes how to set the 6757i phone up on the network and contains advanced configuration instructions for the 6757i. This Administrator Guide is intended for the System Administrator and can be downloaded from http://www.aastra.com. Phone Features • 11-line graphical LCD screen (144 x 128 pixels) with white backlight • Built-in-two-port, 10/100 Ethernet switch - lets you share a connection with your computer. • 12 multi-functional softkeys – 6 Top Keys: Static softkeys (up to 10 programmable functions) – 6 Bottom Keys: State-based softkeys (up to 20 programmable functions) • Press-and-hold speed dial key configuration feature • 4 call appearance lines with LEDs • Supports up to 9 call lines • Full-duplex speakerphone for handsfree calls • Headset mode support (via handset jack) • Inline power support (based on 802.3af standard) which eliminates power adapters. • AC power adapter (included) • Enhanced busy lamp fields* • Set paging* * Availability of feature dependant on your phone system or service provider.
  • 8. Welcome 2 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Requirements The 6757i IP Phone requires the following environment: • SIP-based IP PBX system or network installed and running with a SIP account created for the 6757i phone. • Access to a Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP), File Transfer Protocol (FTP), Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) server, or Hyper Text Transfer Protocol over Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) (HTTPS). • Ethernet/Fast Ethernet LAN (10/100 Mbps) • Category 5/5e straight through cabling • Power source – For Ethernet networks that supply in-line power to the phone (IEEE 802.3af): – For power, use the Ethernet cable (supplied) to connect from the phone directly to the network for power. (No 48v AC power adapter required.) – For Ethernet networks that DO NOT supply power to the phone: – For power, use the 48V AC Power Adapter (included) to connect from the DC power port on the phone to a power source. or – (optional) For power, use a Power over Ethernet (PoE) power injector or a PoE switch. A PoE power injector is available as an optional accessory from Aastra. Contact your Administrator for more information. Installation and Setup If your System Administrator has not already setup your 6757i phone, please refer to the Aastra 6757i Installation Guide for basic installation and physical setup information. For more advanced administration and configuration information, System Administrators should refer to the Aastra SIP IP Phones Administrator Guide.
  • 9. 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 3 Getting Started The 6757i must be set up and be configured prior to its first use. This section describes phone behavior and start up screens you may see when the phone is first plugged in, or when it is restarted. Plugging in and Starting the Phone The 6757i automatically begins the start up sequence as soon as it is connected. The phone goes through this process the first time you plug in your phone and every time you restart your phone. The phone displays the following startup screens. LLDP DHCP Skip Auto Discovery... 30% DHCP: Waiting for IP 20%
  • 10. Getting Started 4 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 The 6757i phone then checks settings and looks for new configuration and firmware updates for the phone from a server. If a new update is found, the phone displays the message “Updating Configuration”. This may take a few moments while the phone downloads the latest updates. If language packs were loaded to your phone by your System Administrator, the following screen displays during startup. When the configuration update is complete, the phone displays the following screens and then displays the Idle screen. Note: New updates to your phone can be automatically scheduled from the server. This is set up on the phone system by your System Administrator and should be scheduled during non-business hours or slow call periods. Important! Do not unplug or remove power to the phone while it is checking or installing firmware and configuration information. Updating config 45% Checking for firmware Do not unplug phone! 50% Downloading Language Packs 70% Network 80% SIP 92% Done 100%
  • 11. Getting Started 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 5 Network Connected/Network Disconnected If your phone is successful when connecting to the network the following screen displays before changing to the Idle screen. If your phone did not successfully connect to the network, the "Network Disconnected" prompt appears on the display and the telephone status light turns on. Check that the cables are tightly connected to the phone and to the wall jack. The phone should automatically detect when it is reconnected and displays the "Network Connected" prompt for a few seconds. However, if changes have been made to your phone’s network settings, you may need to restart your phone. For more information about connecting your phone, see the Aastra 6757i IP Phone Installation Guide, the section "Con- necting to the Network and to Power". Check with your system or network administrator for assistance. Note: If the phone displays "No Service" you can still use the phone but it is not registered with the Registrar. For more infor- mation about registering your phone, see your System Administrator. 01/01/14 11:00am L1 John Smith Network Connected Services Icom Directory Callers 01/01/14 11:00am L1 John Smith Network Disconnected Services Icom Directory Callers
  • 12. Getting Started 6 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Idle Screen When the phone has successfully updated the configuration and connected to the network, the phone displays the Idle State screen. The idle screen is shown whenever your phone is not in use. The Idle State screen lists your name (SIP screen name) and day, date, and time. In the above screen, the "L1" indicates John Smith is configured on Line 1. By default, the top softkeys 1 through 4 are configured for Services, Directory, Callers List, and Intercom, respectively. You can configure the 6 top keys with up to 10 functions, and the 6 bottom softkeys with up to 20 functions as required. Reference For more information about configuring the top and bottom softkeys, see “Softkeys” on page 47. For more information about using the Services, Directory, Callers List, Intercom, Dial, Conference, and Transfer keys, see the following sections: • “Making Calls” on page 111. • “Handling Calls” on page 117. • “Managing Calls” on page 127. Note: Your System Administrator sets up your SIP screen name, line number, and any other administrative features required. If your name does not display on the screen, contact your System Administrator. 01/01/14 11:00am L1 John Smith Services Icom Directory Callers Services Directory Callers List Intercom
  • 13. Getting Started 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 7 Idle Screen With Softkeys Configured If you or your administrator have configured softkey functions on your phone, the labels for those functions display on the screen. For example, in the following illustration, "Home" was configured as a speed dial key on the bottom set of softkeys and "Do Not Disturb" (DND) was configured on the top set of softkeys. You can configure up to 10 functions on the top set of softkeys. If you have additional functions configured on the top softkeys that do not display on the main idle screen, a "More" displays at the top right of the screen. Pressing the More softkey toggles between the first screen and a second screen of softkeys configured on your phone. Idle Screen with Voicemail Messages The envelope icon displays on the Idle State screen only if you have new messages waiting. The number next to the envelope indicates how many new messages you have. To access your voicemail messages, use the star codes for your system if a voicemail softkey has not been configured on your phone. For more information on your system’s star codes, please refer to the documentation for the voicemail system you are using. DND 01/01/14 11:00am L1 John Smith Services Icom Directory DND Callers More Home Speed Dial Softkey More 01/01/14 11:00am L1 John Smith Services Icom Directory DND Callers More Home Voicemail Icon 01/01/14 11:00am L1 John Smith Services Icom Directory Callers 1
  • 14. Getting Started 8 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Screen Display After Picking Up the Handset When you pickup the handset, the screen displays as follows: This screen displays the following keys located on the bottom left of the screen: • Dial • Conf (Conference) • Xfer (Transfer) A More softkey also displays at the bottom right of the screen if you have configured softkeys other than the default softkeys. For example, if you configure a bottom softkey for speed dialing to Home, and then you pickup the handset, the screen displays the Dial, Conf, and Xfer default softkeys with a More softkey. You can press the More softkey to toggle between the first and second screens to display all configured softkeys. See illustrations below. Note: The bottom set of 6 softkeys map to the current state-based configurable softkeys. The top set of 6 softkeys allow you to configure up to 10 functions. L1 John Smith Services Icom Directory Callers Dial Conf Xfer More Idle Screen After Handset Pickup After Pressing "More" L1 John Smith Services Icom Directory Callers Dial Conf Xfer More L1 John Smith Services Icom Directory Callers Home LCR Office More L1 John Smith Services Icom Directory Callers Home LCR Office 01/01/14 11:00am
  • 15. 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 9 IP Phone Keys Key Panel The following sections describe the various 6757i phone key functions on both the symbol and text hardware platforms, and how they help you make and manage your calls and caller information. Images of the symbol keys and the symbol hardware platform are used throughout this document.  6757i Handset  Four (4) Line Call Appearance Keys  High Quality Speakerphone  Speakerphone/Headset Key  Message Waiting Lamp  Mute Key  Goodbye Key  Navigation Keys  Options Key  Keypad  Hold Key  LCD Screen  Redial Key  Volume Control (+) (-)  Softkeys                
  • 16. IP Phone Keys 10 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Key Descriptions The following table identifies the keys on the key panel of your 6757i IP phone that you can use for handling calls. Text Keys Symbol Keys Key Description* Goodbye Key - Ends an active call. The Goodbye key also exits an open list, such as the Options List, without saving changes. OptionsKey -Accesses options to customizeyour phone.Your System Administratormay have already customized some of your settings. Check with your System Administrator before changing the administrator-only options. Hold Key - Places an active call on hold. To retrieve a held call, press the call appearance key beside the light that is flashing. Redial Key - Redials up to 100 previously dialed numbers. Pressing the Redial key twice simul- taneously redials the last dialed number. Volume Control Key - Adjusts the volume for the handset, headset, ringer, and speakerphone. Line/Call Appearance Key - Connects you to a line or call. The Aastra 6753i IP phone supports up to 4 line keys. Speakerphone/Headset Key - Activates speakerphone/headset for making and receiving calls without lifting the handset. When the audio mode option is set, this key is used to switch between a headset and the speakerphone. Mute Key - Mutes the microphone so that your caller cannot hear you (the light indicator flashes when the microphone is on mute). Goodbye Options Hold Redial Line 1 Line 1 Line 2 Line 2 Line 3 Line 3 Line 4 Line 4 L1 L1 L2 L2 L3 L3 L4 L4 Speaker/ Headset Mute
  • 17. IP Phone Keys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 11 *See the Aastra 6757i IP Phone User Guide for more information about each of these keys. Navigation Keys - Pressing the UP and DOWN arrow keys lets you view different status and text messages on the LCD display (if there is more than 1 line of status/text messages). These keys also let you scroll through menu selections, such as the Options List, and scroll through a remote number that is displayed on the phone. Users can press the scrolling DOWN navigation key to view the rest of the phone number content. Pressing the LEFT and RIGHT arrow keys lets you view the different line/call appearances. While in the Options List, these keys allow you to exit or enter the current option. When you are edit- ing entries on the display, pressing the LEFT arrow key erases the character on the left; pressing the RIGHT arrow key sets the option. Softkeys - 12 softkeys on the 6757i IP Phone. - 6 Top Keys: programmable static softkeys (up to 10 programmable functions) - 6 Bottom Keys: programmable state-based softkeys (up to 20 programmable functions) These keys also perform as follows: Callers List Key - Accesses the last 200 calls received. Conference Key - Begins a conference call with the active call. Xfer Key - Transfers the active call to another number. Directory Key - Displays up to 200 names and phone numbers (stored in alphabetical order) Note: For more information about programming the softkeys to perform specific functions, see the Aastra Model 6757i IP Phone User Guide. Text Keys Symbol Keys Key Description*
  • 18. IP Phone Keys 12 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Keypad Keys The 6757i has a keypad with digits from 0 through 9, a “*” key, and a “#” key. Keys 2 through 9 contain the letters of the alphabet. The 6757i phone keypad includes the following: The "*" is called the "star key". The "#" is called the "number sign", "pound key", or "hash key", depending on one's nation- ality or personal preference. These can be used for special functions such as accessing voicemail. The “star key” and “pound key” functions are dependant on your country’s feature availabilities. Contact your System Administrator for more information about available functions using these keys. These keypad keys can be used for any of the following on the phone: • Dial a phone number to make a call (see “Dialing a Number” on page 111.) • Enter digits or letters in the IP Phone user interface. • Program a speed dial number (see “Speed Dial Key” on page 53.) • Press a speed dial key (see “Speed Dial Key” on page 53.) • Press the keys associated with a called Interactive Voice Response (IVR) system. Keypad Key Description 0 Dials 0 Dials the Operator on a registered phone 1 Dials 1 2 ABC Dials 2 When entering text, this key enters A with one press, B with two presses, and C with three presses 3 DEF Dials 3 When entering text, this key enters D with one press, E with two presses, and F with three presses 4 GHI Dials 4 When entering text, this key enters G with one press, H with two presses, and I with three presses 5 JKL Dials 5 When entering text, this key enters J with one press, K with two presses, and L with three presses 6 MNO Dials 6 When entering text, this key enters M with one press, N with two presses, and O with three presses 7 P QRS Dials 7 When entering text, this key enters P with one press, Q with two presses, R with three presses, and S with four presses. 8 TUV Dials 8 When entering text, this key enters T with one press, U with two presses, and V with three presses 9 WXYZ Dials 9 When entering text, this key enters W with one press, X with two presses, Y with three presses, and Z with four presses.
  • 19. 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 13 Methods for Customizing Your Phone There are two ways to customize specific options on your phone: • Using the Options key on the IP Phone • Using the Aastra Web UI in an Internet browser window from your PC. Phone Options via the IP Phone UI You can customize your phone by pressing the Options key and accessing the IP Phone UI. These options allow you to customize the following phone settings. Option Number Option 1 Call Forward 1. All 2. Busy 3. No Answer The menus that display for Call Forward are dependant on the Call Forward Mode set on the phone. Default is "Account" mode. If the BroadSoft BroadWorks Executive and Assistant Services feature is enabled and your phone is configured with the Assistant’s role, an additional Forward Filtering option may be available in the Call Foward menu. For information on the BroadWorks Execu- tive and Assistant Services feature, refer to BroadSoft BroadWorks Executive and Assistant Services on page 179. 2 Preferences 1. Tones – Ring Tone – Tone Set 2. Display – Contrast Level – Backlight 3. Speed Dial Edit 4. Live Dialpad 5. Set Audio – Audio Mode – Headset Mic Vol – DHSG 6. Time and Date – Time Format – Daylight Savings – Date Format – Time Zone – Time Server 1 – Time Server 2 – Time Server 3 – Set Time – Set Date 7. Language – Screen Language – Input Language 3 Phone Status 1. IP&MAC Addresses 2. LAN Port 3. PC Port 4. Firmware Info 5. Error Messages 6. Copyright 4 User Password 5 Administrator Menu (Password Protected)*
  • 20. Methods for Customizing Your Phone 14 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Simplified Options Menu Your System Administrator may configure a simplified options menu for your phone. The following table indicates the options that may appear on your phone if the simplified options menu is applied. 6 Restart Phone 7 Phone Lock Note: *The "Administrator Menu" options are Administrator level functions only, and are not accessible by the user. These options should only be set up and changed by your System Administrator. Option Number Option 1 Call Forward 1. All 2. Busy 3. No Answer The menus that display for Call Forward are dependant on the Call Forward Mode set on the phone. Default is "Account" mode. If the BroadSoft BroadWorks Executive and Assistant Services feature is enabled and your phone is configured with the Assistant’s role, an additional Forward Filtering option may be available in the Call Foward menu. For information on the BroadWorks Exec- utive and Assistant Services feature, refer to BroadSoft BroadWorks Executive and Assistant Services on page 179. 2 Preferences 1. Tones – Ring Tone – Tone Set 2. Display – Contrast Level – Backlight 3. Set Audio – Audio Mode – Headset Mic Vol – DHSG 3 Phone Status 1. IP&MAC Addresses 2. LAN Port 3. PC Port 4. Firmware Info 5. Error Messages 6. Restart Phone 7. Copyright 4 Phone Lock Option Number Option
  • 21. Methods for Customizing Your Phone 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 15 Using the IP Phone UI References For more information about customizing your phone using the available options from the IP Phone UI, see the section “Customizing Your Phone” on page 24. For more information about administrator options, contact your System Adminis- trator. IP Phone UI 1. Press the Options key on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. To go to an Option, use 5 and 2 to scroll through the list, or press the number corresponding to the Option. 3. Press the Show softkey, the 4 key, or press the digit number of the corresponding option to select an option. 4. Use the softkeys that display for each option to change a selected option. 5. Press the Done key to save the change. 6. Press the key, the 3 key, or the key at any time to exit without saving changes.
  • 22. Methods for Customizing Your Phone 16 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Phone Options via the Aastra Web UI In addition to the IP Phone UI options, you can also customize additional options on the IP Phone using the Aastra Web UI. In order to access your phone using the Aastra Web UI, you need to know your phone’s IP address. To find your phone’s IP address, see “Finding Your Phone’s IP Address” on page 21. Using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI 1. Open your web browser, enter the phone’s IP address or host name into the address field and press <Enter>. The following logon screen displays. 2. At the prompt, enter your username and password and click OK. Note: For a user, the default username is “user” and the password field is left blank.
  • 23. Methods for Customizing Your Phone 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 17 The Network Status window displays for the IP phone you are accessing. 3. You can logout of the Aastra Web UI at any time by clicking Log Off.
  • 24. Methods for Customizing Your Phone 18 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 The following categories display in the side menu of the Aastra Web UI: Status, Operation, Basic Settings. Headings Descriptions Status The Status section displays the network status and the MAC address of the IP phone. It also displays hardware and firmware informa- tion about the IP phone, and information about the SIP account(s) currently configured on the phone. The information in the Status window is read-only. Operation User Password - Allows you to change user password. Phone Lock - Allows you to assign an emergency dial plan to the phone, lock the phone to prevent any changes to the phone and to prevent use of the phone, and reset the user password. Softkeys and XML - Allows you to configure up to 6 top softkeys and 6 bottom softkeys with functions identified in the list below. You can configure up to 10 functions on the top softkeys and up to 20 functions on the bottom softkeys. Available Functions for Softkeys Keypad Speed Dial - Allows you to assign a speed dial number to a specific digit on the phone’s keypad for speed dialing purposes. Expansion Modules - Allows you to configure an additional 36 softkeys with a M670i Expansion Module, or an additional 60 softkeys with a M675i Expansion Module if an it is attached to the phone. This option displays on the side menu of the Aastra Web UI only if an Expansion Module is attached. For more information about the expansion modules see “Model M670i and M675i Expansion Modules” on page 193. Directory - Allows you to copy the Callers List and Directory List from your IP phone to your PC. Reset - Allows you to restart the IP phone when required. • None • Call Forward • Line • BLF/Xfer • Speed Dial • Speeddial/Xfer • Do Not Disturb (DND) • Speeddial/Conf • Busy Lamp Field (BLF) • Speeddial/MWI • BLF/List • Directory • Auto Call Distribution (ACD) • Callers List • Directed Call Pickup • Filter • Extensible Markup Language (XML) • Icom (Intercom) • Flash • Services • Sprecode • Phone Lock • Park • Paging • Pickup • Empty • Last Call Return (LCR)
  • 25. Methods for Customizing Your Phone 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 19 Basic Settings Preferences - Allows you to enable/disable the following: • Park Call • Pick Up Parked Call • Display DTMF Digits • Play Call Waiting Tone • Stuttered Dial Tone • XML Beep Support • Status Scroll Delay (seconds) • Switch UI Focus to Ringing Line • Call Hold Reminder During Active Calls • Call Hold Reminder • Call Waiting Tone Period • Preferred Line • Preferred Line Timeout (seconds) • Goodbye Key Cancels Incoming Call • Message Waiting Indicator Line • DND Key Mode • Call Forward Key Mode This category also allows you to configure: • Incoming Intercom Call Settings • Group Paging RTP Settings • Ring Tones (global and per-line basis) • Time and Date Settings • Language Settings Account Configuration - Allows you to configure “Do Not Disturb” (DND) and “Call Forwarding” (CFWD) by account. You can have multiple accounts on the 6757i. Headings Descriptions
  • 26. 20 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Phone Status You can view the status of your phone using the IP Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI. Phone Status via IP Phone UI The "Phone Status" option on the IP phone displays the status of your phone to the LCD display. This option allows you to view your phone’s: • Network status including your phone’s IP and MAC address • Local Area Network (LAN) port information • PC Port information (if PC link exists) • Firmware version • Error messages from last reboot or startup • Copyright information Use the following procedure to view the status of your phone using the IP Phone UI. IP Phone UI 1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. Select Phone Status. 3. Select the option you want to view: • IP&MAC Address • LAN Port • PC Port • Firmware Info • Error Messages • Copyright The option you select displays to the LCD. Use the 5 and 2 keys to scroll the through the LCD display.
  • 27. Phone Status 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 21 Finding Your Phone’s IP Address If you want to access your phone’s options using an Internet browser, you need to enter the IP address of the phone in the browser to open the Aastra Web UI. Use the following procedure to find your phone’s IP address. IP Phone UI 1. Press to enter the Options List. 2. Scroll to Phone Status and press Select. 3. Scroll to IP&MAC Addresses and press Select. The IP address of your 6757i IP phone displays in the "IP Address" field. Services Icom Directory Callers 2.Preferences 3.Phone Status Select Done Options List 1.Call Forward 4.Password Services Icom Directory Callers Select Done 2.LAN Port 3.PC Port Phone Status 1.IP&MAC Addresses 4.Firmware Info Services Icom Directory Callers Select Done 192.168.0.100 MAC Address: IP&MAC Addresses IP Address 00447D180326
  • 28. Phone Status 22 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Phone Status via the Aastra Web UI Use the following procedure to view the phone status via the Aastra Web UI. The Status window displays for the IP phone you are accessing. This Status window is view only. It displays the status of your phone which includes the following: • Network Status • Hardware Information • Firmware Information • SIP Status SIP Account Status The IP Phones show the SIP registration status on the IP Phone’s Status screen in the Aastra Web UI. Aastra Web UI 1. Open your web browser, enter the phone’s IP address or host name into the address field and press <Enter>. 2. In the Username/Password window, enter your username and password and click OK. Note: For a user, the default username is “user” and the password field is left blank.
  • 29. Phone Status 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 23 The following table describes the status conditions that can display for the account. Status Condition Description Registered Displays this status on accounts that HAVE been registered with the SIP proxy server. Example: Backup Registrar Line SIP Account Status Used? 1 [email protected]:5060 Registered Yes where Account Number is “1” SIP Account is “[email protected]” on port “5060” Status is “Registered” Backup registrar is used (“Yes”) SIP Error Number Displays on accounts when registration fails with the SIP proxy server. Example: Backup Registrar Line SIP Account Status Used? 4 [email protected]:5060 401 No where Account Number is “4” SIP Account is “[email protected]” on port “5060” Status is “401” - Unregistered if SIP registration fails. Backup registrar is used (“No”)
  • 30. 24 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Customizing Your Phone The following paragraphs describe the options available from either the IP Phone UI, the Aastra Web UI, or both, and pro- vide procedures applicable to the option. Ring Tones and Tone Sets You can configure ring tones and ring tone sets on the IP phone. Ring Tones There are several distinct ring tones a user can select from to set on the IP phones. You can enable/disable these ring tones on a global or per-line basis. The following table identifies the valid settings and default values for each type of configuration method. Ring Tones Table Configuration Method Valid Values Default Value IP Phone UI Global Tone 1 Tone 2 Tone 3 Tone 4 Tone 5 Silent Global Setting: Tone 1 Aastra Web UI Global: Tone 1 Tone 2 Tone 3 Tone 4 Tone 5 Silent Global Setting: Tone 1 Lines 1 to 6 Per-Line Setting: Global Tone 1 Tone 2 Tone 3 Tone 4 Tone 5 Silent Per-Line Setting: Global
  • 31. Customizing Your Phone 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 25 Ring Tone Sets In addition to ring tones, you can configure ring tone sets on a global-basis on the IP phone. Ring tone sets consist of tones customized for a specific country. The ring tone sets you can configure on the IP phones are: • Australia • Brazil • Europe (generic tones) • France • Germany • Italy • Italy2 • Malaysia • Mexico • Russia • Slovakia • UK • US (Default - also used in Canada) When you configure the country's tone set, the country-specific tone is heard on the phone for the following: • dial tone • secondary dial tone • ring tone • busy tone • congestion tones • call waiting tone • ring cadence pattern You configure global ring tones and tone sets using the Aastra Web UI and the IP Phone UI. Configuring Ring Tones and Tone Sets Use the following procedures to configure ring tones and tone sets on the IP phone. Global configuration only IP Phone UI 1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. Select Preferences. 3. Select Tones. 4. Select Ring Tone. 5. Select the type of ring tone (Tone 1 through Tone 5, or Silent). 6. Press Done. 7. Select Tone Set.
  • 32. Customizing Your Phone 26 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 8. Select the country for which you want to apply the tone set. ValidvaluesareAustralia,Brazil,Europe,France,Germany,Italy,Italy2,Malaysia,Mexico,Brazil,Russia,Slovakia, UK, and US. Default is US. 9. Press Done. The ring tone and tone set you select is immediately applied to the IP phone. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->Ring Tones. For global configuration: 2. In the "Ring Tones" section, select a country from the "Tone Set" field. Valid values are Australia, Brazil, Europe, France, Germany, Italy, Italy2, Malaysia, Mexico, Brazil, Russia, Slova- kia, UK, and US. Default is US. 3. Select a value from the "Global Ring Tone" field. Note: See the Ring Tones Table on page 24 for valid values. For per-line configuration: 4. In the "Ring Tone" section, select a line for which you want to set ring tone. 5. Select a value from the "LineN" field. Note: See the Ring Tones Table on page 24 for valid values. 6. Click Save Settings.
  • 33. Customizing Your Phone 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 27 Contrast Level The "Contrast Level" option on the IP phone allows you to set the amount of light that illuminates the LCD display. Use this option to set the preference of contrast level. You can set the contrast level using the IP Phone UI only. Setting Contrast Level Backlight The "Backlight" option on the IP phone allows you to set the backlight status on the LCD display to the following: • Off - Backlight is always OFF. • Auto (Default)- Automatically turns ON the backlight when the phone is in use, and then automatically turns OFF the backlight when the phone is idle after a specified length of time. Auto backlighting sets the phone to turn off the backlighting after a period of inactivity; the idle period is user definable under the Advanced softkey when you select the Auto mode. In Auto mode, the backlight turns on with a key press or state change on the phone. Setting the Backlight IP Phone UI 1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. Select Preferences. 3. Select Display. 4. Select Contrast Level. 5. Use the 3 and 4 navigation keys to increase or decrease the intensity of contrast lighting on the LCD. 6. Press Done to save your selection. IP Phone UI 1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. Select Preferences. 3. Select Display. 4. Select Backlight. 5. Use the 5 and 2 navigation keys to select the Backlight status for your phone. Default is "Auto". Available options are: • Off • Auto (Default) 6. If you selected "Off", press Done to save your setting. 7. If you selected "Auto", press the Advanced softkey.
  • 34. Customizing Your Phone 28 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Live Dialpad* The "Live Dialpad" option on the IP phone turns the Live Dial Pad mode ON or OFF. With live dial pad ON, the 6757i IP phone automatically dials out and turns ON Handsfree mode as soon as a dial pad key or softkey is pressed. With live dial pad OFF, if you dial a number while the phone is on-hook, lifting the receiver or pressing the initiates a call to that number. *Availability of feature dependant on your phone system or service provider. You can enable/disable the live dialpad using the IP Phone UI only. Enabling/Disabling Live Dialpad 8. Usingthekeypad,entertheamountofsecondsyouwantthephonetostaybacklitwhenthephoneisidle.Validvalues are 1 to 120 seconds (2 minutes). Default is 10 seconds. When this period of time is reached, the phone turns OFF the backlight. Use the "Backspace" and/or "Clear" softkeys to delete entries if required. 9. Press Enter to save your setting. IP Phone UI 1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. Select Preferences. 3. Select Live Dialpad. 4. Use the navigation keys to turn the live dialpad ON or OFF. 5. Press Done to save your setting.
  • 35. Customizing Your Phone 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 29 Set Audio The "Set Audio" option on the IP Phone allows you to set the audio mode for your IP phone. It also allows you to set the volume level of the headset microphone and enable/disable DHSG. You can set Audio on your IP phone using the IP Phone UI only. Audio Mode The 6757i allows you to use a handset, a headset, or handsfree mode to handle incoming and outgoing calls. The audio mode option provides different combinations of these three methods to provide maximum flexibility in handling calls. There are four audio mode options you can set: Headset Mic Volume The "Headset Mic Volume" option allows you to set the volume level for the headset microphone. DHSG The “DHSG” option allows you to enable or disable DHSG headset support. Setting Audio Mode, Headset Mic Volume, and DHSG Auto Mode Option Description Speaker This is the default setting. Calls can be made or received using the handset or hands free speakerphone. In handset audio mode, pressing the key on the phone switches to hands free speakerphone. In Speaker audio mode, lift the handset to switch to the handset. Headset Choose this setting if you want to make or receive all calls using a handset, or headset connected through the handset port. Speaker/Headset Incoming calls are sent to the hands free speakerphone first when the key is pressed. By pressing the key again, you can switch back and forth between the hands free speakerphone and the headset. At anytime, lifting the handset switches back to the handset from either the hands free speakerphone or the headset. Headset/Speaker Incoming calls are sent to the headset first when the key is pressed. By pressing the key again, you can switch back and forth between the headset and the hands free speakerphone. At anytime, lifting the handset switches back to the hand- set from either the headset or the hands free speakerphone. Note: A DHSG headset and an expansion module cannot be used concurrently as they both share the same headset port. IP Phone UI 1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. Select Preferences. 3. Select Set Audio. 4. Select Audio Mode. 5. Select the audio mode you want to use on your phone. Default is Speaker. Valid values are: • Speaker (Default) • Headset • Speaker/Headset • Headset/Speaker 6. Press Done to save your setting. 7. Select Headset Mic Volume.
  • 36. Customizing Your Phone 30 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Time and Date On the IP phones, you can configure the following: • Time and date • Time and date format • Time zone • Daylight savings time • Time Servers Configuring Time and Date Use the following procedures to configure the time and date settings on the IP phone. Set Time and Time Format 8. Select the Low, Medium, or High volume level. Default is Medium. 9. Press Done to save your selection. 10.Select DHSG. 11.Select the DHSG is OFF or DHSG is ON option. Default is DHSG is OFF. 12.Press Done to save your selection. Note: Only the Time and Date Formats and Time Servers can be set using the Aastra Web UI IP Phone UI Note: The time and time format you configure display on the phone’s idle screen. 1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. Select Preferences. 3. Select Time and Date. 4. Select Set Time. 5. Using the keys on the keypad, enter a time to set on the IP phone. Use the "Backspace" key to move back a space and delete a character. Use the "AM/PM" softkey to specify either AM or PM for the time setting. 6. Press Enter to save the setting. 7. Select Time Format. 8. Using the navigation keys, set the Time Format to either a 12 hour format or a 24 hour format. Valid values are 12 Hour and 24 Hour. Default is 12 Hour. 9. Press Done to save the Time Format you selected.
  • 37. Customizing Your Phone 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 31 Set Date and Date Format Set Time Zone Note: The date and date format you configure display on the phone’s idle screen. 1. Select Preferences. 2. Select Time and Date. 3. Select Set Date. 4. Using the keys on the keypad, enter a date to set on the IP phone. Use the "Backspace" key to move back a space and delete a character. 5. Press Enter to save the setting. 6. Select Date Format. 7. Select a date format from the list of options. Default is WWW MMM DD. Valid values are: • WWW MMM DD (default) • DD-MMM-YY • YYYY-MM-DD • DD/MM/YYYY • DD/MM/YY • DD-MM-YY • MM/DD/YY • MMM DD • DD MMM YYYY • WWW DD MMM • DD MMM • DD.MM.YYYY 8. Press Done to save the Date Format. 1. Select Preferences. 2. Select Time and Date. 3. Select Time Zone. A list of Time Zones displays for different areas of the world. 4. Select a Time Zone that applies to your area. The default Time Zone is US-Eastern. Note: For a list of the Time Zones values available on the IP Phone, see ‘Appendix A - Time Zone Codes.” 5. Press Done to save the Time Zone setting.
  • 38. Customizing Your Phone 32 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Daylight Savings Time Set Time Servers With a valid time server enabled your IP phone will synchronize the time displayed with the specified configuration server. The phone will use the time from Time Server 1 unless it is not configured or unavailable, in which case it will move on to Time Server 2, and if necessary Time Server 3 1. Select Preferences. 2. Select Daylight Savings. 3. Select a Daylight Savings time from the list of options. Default is Automatic. Valid values are: • OFF • 30 min summertime • 1h summertime • Automatic (Default) 4. Press Done to save the Daylight Savings value you selected. 1. Select Preferences. 2. Select Time and Date. 3. Select from Time Server 1, Time Server 2, or Time Server 3. 4. Using the keys on the keypad, enter an IP address or domain name for the time server. Use the "Backspace" key to move back a space and delete a character. Use the "Dot" softkey to enter dots within the IP address or domain name. Use the "ABC" softkey to toggle between entering numbers and entering letters. 5. Press Enter to save the time server setting
  • 39. Customizing Your Phone 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 33 Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->Time and Date Setting. 2. In the “Time Format” field, select the time format you want to use on your phone. Valid values are: • 12h (12 hour format) (default) • 24h (24 hour format) Note: The time and time format you configure display on the phone’s idle screen. 3. In the “Date Format” field, select the date format you want to use on your phone. Default is WWW MMM DD. Valid values are: • WWW MMM DD (default) • DD-MMM-YY • YYYY-MM-DD • DD/MM/YYYY • DD/MM/YY • DD-MM-YY • MM/DD/YY • MMM DD • DD MMM YYYY • WWW DD MMM • DD MMM • DD.MM.YYYY Note: The date and date format you configure display on the phone’s idle screen. 4. In the “NTP Time Servers” field, enable by checking the checkbox or disable by unchecking the box (default is enabled). 5. In the “Time Server 1” , “Time Server 2”, and “Time Server 3” fields, enter IP addresses or qualified domain names for the primary, secondary, and tertiary time servers. Note: Time Servers can only be entered if NTP Time Servers is enabled. 6. Click Save Settings..
  • 40. Customizing Your Phone 34 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Language The IP phones support several different languages. You can have the IP Phone UI and the Aastra Web UI display in a spe- cific language as required. When you set the language to use, all of the display screens (menus, services, options, config- uration parameters, etc.) display in that language. The IP phones support the following languages: • English • Czech • Catalan • Valencian • Welsh • German • Danish • Spanish • Mexican Spanish • Finnish • French • Canadian French • Italian • Dutch • Dutch (Netherlands) • Norwegian • Polish • Portuguese • Portuguese Brazilian • Romanian • Russian • Slovak • Swedish • Turkish You can also configure the language to use when inputting values in the Aastra Web UI and the IP Phone UI. Specifying the Language to Use Once the language pack(s) are available on your phone from your System Administrator, you can specify which language to use on the phone and/or the Aastra Web UI. Use the following procedure to specify which language to use for the IP Phone UI. Note: All languages may not be available for selection. The available languages are dependant on the language packs cur- rently loaded to the IP phone. IP Phone UI 1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. Select Preferences.
  • 41. Customizing Your Phone 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 35 The change is dynamic. When you exit the Options Menu, the phone displays all menu items in the language you selected 3. Select Language. 4. Select Screen Language. The current language setting displays on the IP Phone. 5. To change the language setting, use the 5 and 2 keys to scroll through the languages. Note: All languages may not be available for selection. The available languages are dependant on the language packs currently loaded to the IP phone. English is the default language and cannot be changed or removed. For more information about loading language packs, see your System Administrator. 6. Press Done to set the language on the phone. Aastra Web UI Note: You must have the language pack(s) already loaded to your phone in order to use them. For more information about loading language packs, see your System Administrator. 1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->Language Settings. 2. In the “Webpage Language” field, select a language to apply to the Aastra Web UI. Note: All languages may not be available for selection. The available languages are dependant on the language packs cur- rently loaded to the IP phone by your System Administrator. English is the default language and cannot be changed or removed. 3. Click Save Settings.. The change is dynamic. The Aastra Web UI displays all screens in the language you selected.
  • 42. Customizing Your Phone 36 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Language Input The 6757i supports text and character inputs in various languages (English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese, Russian, and Nordic). Inputting textual or character information into the IP Phone UI can be done using the keypad on the phone. You enable the Language Input feature using the Aastra Web UI or the IP Phone UI. You can then use text and characters in a specific language when performing inputs on the phone. The following tables identify the language characters that you can use to enter text and characters on the 6757i. Keypad Input Alphabet Tables English French Key Uppercase Characters Lowercase Characters 0 0 0 1 1;=_,-'&() 1.:;=_,-'&() 2 ABC2 abc2 3 DEF3 def3 4 GHI4 ghi4 5 JKL5 jkl5 6 MNO6 mno6 7 PQRS7 pqrs7 8 TUV8 tuv8 9 WXYZ9 wxyz9 * * <SPACE> * <SPACE> # #/@ #/@ Key Uppercase Characters Lowercase Characters 0 0 0 1 1.:;=_,-'&() 1.:;=_,-'&() 2 ABC2ÀÂÇÁÅÆ abc2àâçáåæ 3 DEF3ÉÈÊË def3éèêë 4 GHI4ÎÏ ghi4îï 5 JKL5 jkl5 6 MNO6ÑÓÒÔÖ mno6ñóòôö 7 PQRS7 pqrs7 8 TUV8 tuv8úùûü 9 WXYZ9 wxyz9 * * <SPACE> * <SPACE> # #/@ #/@
  • 43. Customizing Your Phone 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 37 Spanish German Italian Key Uppercase Characters Lowercase Characters 0 0 0 1 1.:;=_,-'&() 1.:;=_,-'&() 2 ABC2ÁÀÇ abc2áàç 3 DEF3ÉÈ def3éè 4 GHI4ÏÍ ghi4ïí 5 JKL5 jkl5 6 MNO6ÑÓÒ mno6ñóò 7 PQRS7 pqrs7 8 TUV8ÚÜ tuv8úü 9 WXYZ9 wxyz9 * * <SPACE> * <SPACE> # #/@ #/@ Key Uppercase Characters Lowercase Characters 0 0 0 1 1.:;=_,-'&() 1.:;=_,-'&() 2 ABC2ÄÀ abc2äà 3 DEF3É def3é 4 GHI4 ghi4 5 JKL5 jkl5 6 MNO6Ö mno6ö 7 PQRS7ß pqrs7ß 8 TUV8Ü tuv8ü 9 WXYZ9 wxyz9 * * <SPACE> * <SPACE> # #/@ #/@ Key Uppercase Characters Lowercase Characters 0 0 0 1 1.:;=_,-'&() 1.:;=_,-'&() 2 ABC2ÀCÇ abc2àcç 3 DEF3ÉÈË def3éèë 4 GHI4 ghi4 5 JKL5 jkl5 6 MNO6ÓÒ mno6óò 7 PQRS7 pqrs7 8 TUV8Ù tuv8ù 9 WXYZ9 wxyz9 * * <SPACE> * <SPACE> # #/@ #/@
  • 44. Customizing Your Phone 38 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Portuguese Russian Nordic Key Uppercase Characters Lowercase Characters 0 0 0 1 1.:;=_,-'&() 1.:;=_,-'&() 2 ABC2ÁÀÂÃÇ abc2áàâãç 3 DEF3ÉÊ def3éê 4 GHI4Í ghi4í 5 JKL5 jkl5 6 MNO6ÓÔÕ mno6óôõ 7 PQRS7 pqrs7 8 TUV8ÚÜ tuv8úü 9 WXYZ9 wxyz9 * * <SPACE> * <SPACE> # #/@ #/@ Key Uppercase Characters Lowercase Characters 0 0 0 1 1.:;=_,-'&() 1.:;=_,-'&() 2 АБВГ2ABC aбвг2abc 3 ДЕЁЖЭ3DEF Дeëжз3def 4 ИЙКЛ4GHI ийкл4ghi 5 МНОП5JKL мноп5jkl 6 РСТУ6MNO рсту6mno 7 ФХЦЧ7PQRS7 фхЧч7pqrs 8 ШЩЪЫ8TUV шщъы8tuv 9 ЬЗЮЯ9WXYZ ьзюя9wxyz * * <SPACE> * <SPACE> # #/@ #/@ Key Uppercase Characters Lowercase Characters 0 0 0 1 1.:;=_,-'&() 1.:;=_,-'&() 2 ABC2ÅÄÆÀ abc2åäæà 3 DEF3É def3é 4 GHI4 ghi4 5 JKL5 jkl5 6 MNO6ÖØ mno6öø 7 PQRS7ß pqrs7ß 8 TUV8Ü tuv8ü 9 WXYZ9 wxyz9 * * <SPACE> * <SPACE> # #/@ #/@
  • 45. Customizing Your Phone 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 39 Configuring Language Input Using the IP Phone UI You can configure the language you use for inputting on the phone by setting the Input Language option. The default input language setting is English. You can change this setting using the IP Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI. Use the following procedure to change the input language using the IP Phone UI. Use the following procedure to set the input language using the Aastra Web UI. IP Phone UI 1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. Select Preferences. 3. Select Language. 4. Select Input Language. Select the language you want to use when inputting text and characters into the IP Phone UI. Valid values are: • English (default) • Français (French) • Español (Spanish) • Deutsch (German) • Italiano (Italian) • Português (Portuguese) • Русский (Russian) • Nordic Note: Available input languages are dependent on the configuration enabled by your System Administrator. 5. Press Done when you have selected an input language. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Basic Settings-> Preferences->Language Settings. 2. Selectalanguagefromthe"InputLanguage"field.Settingthisfieldallowsyoutospecifythelanguagetousewhen entering text and characters in the Aastra Web UI and IP Phone UI. Valid values are: • English (default) • Français (French) • Español (Spanish) • Deutsch (German) • Italiano (Italian) • Português (Portuguese) • Русский (Russian) • Nordic Note: All languages may not be available for selection. The available input languages are dependant on the configuration enabled by your System Administrator. 3. ClickSaveSettings.Thechangeisdynamic.TheAastraWebUIandIPPhoneUIallowyoutoentertextandcharacters in the language you selected.
  • 46. Customizing Your Phone 40 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Latin 2 Character Set The 6757i includes support for ISO 8859-2 (Latin2) of multi-national languages when displaying and inputting in the IP Phone UI and the Aastra Web UI. UTF-8 is also compatible with XML encoding on the IP Phones. The following table illustrates the Latin 2 character set used on the 6757i IP Phone. User Password This category allows you to change the user password for your phone. Changing your password ensures that only you can alter your phone settings, and helps keep your system secure. You can change your user password using the IP Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI. If you change the password Then you need to using the IP Phone UI, use that new password to log into the Aastra Web UI. using the Aastra Web UI, use that new password when changing the user password via the IP Phone UI. Note: Valid values when creating or changing a password are 0 to 4294967295 (integers only; symbols and alpha characters are not allowed). Default password is an empty string "" (field is blank).
  • 47. Customizing Your Phone 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 41 Setting a User Password Resetting a User Password If you forget your password, you can reset it and enter a new password. The reset user password feature resets the pass- word to the factory default which is blank (no password). You can reset a user password using the Aastra Web UI only. IP Phone UI Notes: If required, use the following keys while entering a password: • Backspace softkey moves cursor back a space and deletes characters • Cancel softkey cancels the password changing process without saving. 1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. Select Password and press Select. 3. At the "Current Password:" prompt, enter the current user password and press Enter. 4. At the "New Password:" prompt, enter the new user password and press Enter. 5. At the "Re-enter Password:" prompt, re-enter the new user password and press Enter. A message, "Password Changed" displays on the screen. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->User Password. 2. In the "Current Password" field, enter the current user password. Note: By default, the user name is “user” (all lowercase) and the password field is left blank. 3. In the "New Password" field, enter the new user password. 4. In the "Password Confirm" field, enter the new user password again. 5. Click Save Settings. Note: Valid values when creating or changing a password are 0 to 4294967295 (integers only; symbols and alpha characters are not allowed). Default password is an empty string "" (field is blank).
  • 48. Customizing Your Phone 42 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Reset a User Password Use the following procedure to reset a user password. Restarting Your Phone You may want to restart your phone to check for updates on the server. You may occasionally need to restart your phone to set changes or updates to your phone or network settings. You may also need to restart your phone if you have been asked to do so by your System Administrator, or should you experience any unexpected behavior. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Phone Lock. 2. CIick on the "Reset User Password" field, click Reset. The following screen displays. 3. In the "Current Password" field, leave this blank. 4. In the "New Password" field, enter a new password. 5. In the "Password Confirm" field, re-enter your new user password. 6. Click Save Settings. IP Phone UI 1. Press the key on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. Select Restart Phone. 3. When the prompt, "Areyousureyouwishtorestartthephone?" appears, press the Restart softkey. If you do not wish to restart your phone, press Cancel.
  • 49. Customizing Your Phone 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 43 Phone Lock You can lock your phone to prevent the phone from being used or configured. You can lock the phone using any of the fol- lowing: • At the path Options->Phone Lock on the IP Phone UI. • At the path Operations->Phone Lock on the Aastra Web UI. • At a configured key on the phone. For more information about configuring a Lock/Unlock key on your phone, see “Making Calls” on page 111. In the Aastra Web UI, the Operation->Phone Lock path also allows you to perform the following: • Reset a user password. Clicking on the “Reset” key in the “Reset User Password” field displays a screen that allows you to enter and save a new user password. • Set an emergency dial plan. An emergency dial plan can be 911, 999, 112, 110 or all of the above. The default emer- gency dial plan is 911|999|112|110. The following procedures describe locking the phone, setting an emergency dial plan, and resetting the user password. Note: Your phone is out of service temporarily during the restart and downloading process. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Reset. 2. Click Restart. 3. Click OK at the confirmation prompt.
  • 50. Customizing Your Phone 44 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Locking/Unlocking a Phone Use the following procedures to lock an IP phone and prevent it from being used or configured. Lock the Phone Unlock the Phone IP Phone UI 1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. Select Phone Lock and press Select. 3. At the "Lock the phone?" prompt, press Yes. The message "Phone is locked" displays. 1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. At the prompt, "To unlock the phone", enter your user password and press Enter. The phone unlocks Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Phone Lock. Lock the Phone 2. In the "Lock the Phone?" field, click Lock. The phone locks dynamically and displays the following message: "Phone is locked". Unlock the Phone 3. Click on Operation->Phone Lock. 4. In the "Unlock the Phone?" field, click Unlock. The phone unlocks dynamically and displays the following message: "Phone is unlocked".
  • 51. Customizing Your Phone 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 45 Defining an Emergency Dial Plan Public telephone networks in countries around the world have a single emergency telephone number (emergency serv- ices number), that allows a caller to contact local emergency services for assistance when required. The emergency tele- phone number may differ from country to country. It is typically a three-digit number so that it can be easily remembered and dialed quickly. Some countries have a different emergency number for each of the different emergency services. You can specify the digits to dial on the IP phone for contacting emergency services. Once you specify the emergency number(s) on the phone, you can dial those numbers directly on the dial pad when required and the phone automatically dials to those emergency services. The following table describes the default emergency numbers on the IP phones. You can set the emergency dial plan using the Aastra Web UI. Define an Emergency Dial Plan Use the following procedure to specify the numbers to use on your phone for dialing emergency services in your area. Reference For more advanced options you can set on your phone, see “Additional Features” on page 161. Note: Contact your local phone service provider for available emergency numbers in your area. Emergency Number Description 911 A United States emergency number 999 A United Kingdom emergency number 112 An international emergency telephone number for GSM mobile phone networks. In all European Union countries it is also the emergency telephone number for both mobile and fixed-line telephones. 110 A police and/or fire emergency number in Asia, Europe, Middle East, and South America. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Phone Lock. 2. In the "Emergency Dial Plan" field, enter the 3-digit number used in your local area to contact emergency services. For multiple numbers, enter a “|” between each emergency number. For example: 911|110 Default for this field is 911|999|112|110. 3. Click Save Settings to save the emergency dial plan to your phone.
  • 52. 46 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Line Keys and Softkeys This section describes the Multiple Line/Call Appearance Keys (L1, L2, L3, and L4) located on the bottom-right of the phone, and the customizable softkeys located at the top and bottom of the phone screen. Multiple Line and Call Appearances The 6757i has 4 hard line/call appearance keys each with a corresponding status light. These line/call appearance keys and lights can represent physical lines, calls for your extension or calls from a group that your extension is part of. By pressing a line/call appearance key, you connect to the line or a call it represents. The line/call appearance light indicates the status of that line or call. When the phone is taken off-hook, the phone automat- ically selects a line for you. When you have more than one call, you can use the left and right navigation keys (3 and 4) to scroll left and right to the different call information. Icons 3 and 4 appear if there is call information either left, right or both sides of the cur- rent information you are viewing. The display shows which line the call information is referring to (L1, L2, L3, L4 etc.), the Caller ID information (name and number, if available), the call status (Connected, Ring, Hold, etc.) and the timer specific to that call. Line/Call Appearance Light Behavior Line/Call Appearance Status Off Idle line or no call activity Light flashes quickly Ringing Light is solid Connected Light flashes slowly Hold Multiple Line/ Call Appearance Keys Softkeys
  • 53. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 47 Softkeys Your 6757i has 12 multi-functional softkeys: • 6 Top Keys: static softkeys (up to 10 programmable functions) • 6 Bottom Keys: state-based softkeys (up to 20 programmable functions). You can use the Aastra Web UI only, to configure key functions. The following table lists the functions you can set on the softkeys and provides a description for each function,. Note: If a M670i or M675i Expansion Module(s) is attached to the phone, you can configure up to an additional 36 softkeys on each M670i Expansion Module and up to 60 softkeys on each M675i Expansion Module. (The 6757i IP Phone allows up to 3 expansion modules on each phone). For more information about expansion modules, see “Model M670i and M675i Expansion Modules” on page 193. Key Function Description None Indicates no setting for the key. Line Indicates the key is configured for line use. Speed Dial Indicates the key is configured for speed dial use. You can also configure a prefix for a speed dial number. Do Not Disturb Indicates the key is configured for "do not disturb" on the phone. Busy Lamp Field (BLF) Indicates the key is configured for Busy Lamp Field (BLF) use. User can dial out on a BLF configured key. BLF/List Indicates the key is configured for BLF list use. User can dial out on a BLF/List configured key. Auto Call Distribution (ACD) (For Sylantro Servers) Indicates the key is configured to allow the Sylantro server to distribute calls from a queue to registered IP phone users (agents). Directed Call Pickup (DCP)/ Group Call Pickup (GCP) (Feature dependant on your call manager) Indicates the key is configured to allow you to intercept - or pickup - a call on a monitored extension(s). XML Indicates thekey is configuredtoaccept an XMLapplication for accessing customized XML services. You can also specify an XML key URL for this option. Flash Indicates the key is set to generate a flash event when it is pressed on the 6757i. The IP phone generates flash events only when a call is connected and there is an active RTP stream (for example,when the call is not on hold). Services Directory Callers List Intercom None None Softkeys (state-based) None None None None None None Softkeys
  • 54. Line Keys and Softkeys 48 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Programmable keys can also be set up to quickly to access features such as Call Return (*69) or Voicemail. Sprecode Indicates the key is configured to automatically activate specific services offered by the server. For example, if the sprecode value of *82 is configured, then by pressing the sprecode key, *82 automatically activates a service provided by the server. Contact your System Administrator for available services. Park Indicates the key is configured to park incoming calls when pressed. Pickup Indicates the key is configured to pick up parked calls when pressed. Last Call Return (LCR) Indicates the key is configured for “last call return” when pressed. Call Forward Indicates the key is configured as a Call Forward key. When pressed, the IP Phone UI displays the Call For- ward menus. BLF/Xfer Indicates the key is configured as a simplified BLF key and a transfer key. You can use this key to perform the BLF function, or you can use it as a transfer key to transfer calls. Speeddial/Xfer Indicates the key is configured as a simplified speed dial key and a transfer key. You can use this key to per- form speed dial functions, or you can use it as a transfer key to transfer calls. Speeddial/Conf Indicates the key is configured as a speed dial key and a conference key. You can use this key to speed dial from within a conference call, and add the new call directly to the conference. Speeddial/MWI Indicates the key is configured as a speed dial key for a voicemail account. You can use this key to monitor and call a voicemail account. Configuring multiple Speeddial/MWI keys allows you to monitor and call mul- tiple voicemail accounts. Directory Indicates the key is configured to access the Directory List. Callers List Indicates the key is configured to access the Callers List. Filter Indicates the key is configured for activating/deactivating Executive Call Filtering. For more information about the Executive and Assistant Services feature, see BroadSoft BroadWorks Executive and Assistant Ser- vices on page 179. Intercom Indicates the key is configured to be used for intercom calls. Services Indicates the key is set to access Services, such as, Directory List, Callers List, Voicemail, or any other XML applications set up by your System Administrator. Phone Lock Indicates the key is configured as a phone lock key, allowing you to press this key to lock/unlock the phone. Paging Indicates the key is configured as a Paging key. When pressed, the phone can send Real Time Transport Pro- tocol (RTP) streams from a pre-configured multicast address without involving SIP signalling. You can also receive RTP streams from pre-configured multicast addresses (can specify up to 5 addresses) using the "Pag- ing Listen Addresses" at the path, Basic Settings->Preferences->Group Paging RTP Settings in the Aastra Web UI. For more information about setting this parameter, see “Group RTP Paging (receives RTP streams)” on page 176. Empty Indicates the key has no function assigned. Note: QuickaccessfeatureslikeCallReturnandVoicemailmustfirstbeconfiguredonyourPBXinordertoworkonyourphone.See your System Administrator for more information. Key Function Description
  • 55. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 49 State-Based Softkeys (Bottom Keys only) On the 6757i bottom softkeys, you can configure a specific state to display when a softkey is being used. The following table describes the states available to configure for the softkeys. The following table identifies the applicable default states for each softkey type on the IP phone. State Description idle The phone is not being used. connected The current line is in an active call (or the call is on hold). incoming The phone is ringing. outgoing The user is dialing a number, or the far-end is ringing. busy The current line is busy because the line is in use or the line is set as “Do Not Disturb”. Softkey Type Default States None All states disabled. Line idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy Speed Dial idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy DND idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy BLF idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy BLF/List idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy Auto Call Distribution (ACD) idle Directed Call Pickup (DCP) Group Call Pickup (GCP) idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy XML idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy Flash All states disabled. Sprecode connected Park connected Pickup idle, outgoing Last Call Return idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy Softkeys (state-based) None None None None None None
  • 56. Line Keys and Softkeys 50 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 In the Aastra Web UI, the operational states for each softkey display enabled. To disable a state, you uncheck the box for that state. Key Display Behavior On the 6757i IP Phone, you can configure up to 20 functions on the bottom softkeys. If you have no softkeys configured on the IP Phone, and you assign softkey functions to higher number keys in the Aastra Web UI, the key functions auto- matically appear in the first available position on the LCD display. For example, if softkeys 1 through 20 are set to "None", and you set softkey 12 as the following: Type: Speeddial Label: LAB Value: 3456 after saving the settings, the "LAB" label actually appears in position 1 of the LCD. A softkey function of "None" does not display on the idle screen at all. Call Forward idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy BLF/Xfer idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy Speeddial/Xfer idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy Speeddial/Conf idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy Speeddial/MWI idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy Directory idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy Callers List idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy Intercom idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy Services idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy Phone Lock All states disabled. Paging All states disabled. Empty idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy Softkey Type Default States
  • 57. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 51 The following illustrations show the configuration of Key 12 and how that key displays on the phone. Key 12 displays in softkey position 1 on the phone Services Icom Directory Callers LAB 01/01/14 11:00am L1 John Smith
  • 58. Line Keys and Softkeys 52 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Line Key You can set a softkey to act as a line/call appearance key on the 6757i. The This key acts as a line that behaves the same as a hard line key (L1, L2, L3, and L4). For more information about the behavior of line keys, see “Multiple Line and Call Appearances” on page 46. If you configure line keys for the softkeys, the status of the lines/call appearance keys appear on the phone’s display as shown in the following image. Icons next to the softkeys on the phone’s display indicate the status for that line or call. The following table provides a description for each icon. Depending on how the phone has been configured, the maximum number of total line/call appearances that can be configured is 9 (4 line/call appearance hard keys plus 5 softkeys). If all line/call appearances have been set up between two different numbers, a total of 8 lines can be configured. This means that when all line/call appearances are in use, 1 call is connected while the rest are on hold. No further outgo- ing or incoming calls can be made until one of the line/call appearances becomes available. In active states, such as ringing, conference, connected, etc., all softkeys disappear except softkeys that have been set up as line/call appearances, and any context dependent softkeys required for the active state, such as the Drop softkey in the connected state. Typically, context dependent softkeys appear in the top left position and all line/call appearance softkeys appear in the remaining positions. You use the Aastra Web UI to set a softkey as a line. Configuring a Line Key You can set a key as an additional line on the 6757i. The key acts as a line that behaves the same as a hard line key. For more information about the behavior of line keys, see “Multiple Line and Call Appearances” on page 46. Activity Light Icon Description Idle Solid There is no call activity for the line/call appearance softkey. Connected Solid A call is connected to your phone on this line/call appearance softkey. The equivalent on a line/call appearance hard key is a solid green light. Ringing Flashing A call is ringing on your phone on this line/call appearance softkey. The equivalent on a line/call appearance hard key is a fast flashing green light. On Hold Flashing A call is on hold on your phone on this line/call appearance softkey. The equivalent on a line/call appearance hard key is a slow flashing green light. Note: In some situations, such as during a conference call, the line/call appearance softkeys may overwrite some of the con- text dependent softkeys. In this case, instead of the Previous and Next softkeys, up or down icons, 5 and 2appear on the display. By using the 5 and 2 navigation keys, you can access the same functionality as the Previous and Next softkeys. Services Icom Directory Callers 01/01/14 11:00am L1 John Smith L5 L8 L6 L9 L7
  • 59. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 53 You use the Aastra Web UI to set a key as a line. Use the following procedure to set a key to function as a line. The procedure shows the softkey screens as an example. Speed Dial Key The normal function of the speed dial option allows you to dial a number quickly by pressing a key configured for speed dialing. You can program the keys on the 6757i to speed dial outside numbers, dial directly to another person’s line or extension, or set up to quickly access features such as Caller ID (*69), Voicemail. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. Softkeys 2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys. 3. In the "Type" field, select Line to apply to the key. 4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key. 5. In the "Line" field, select a line to apply to this key. Valid values are 5 through 9. 6. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey. Expansion Module Keys 7. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i) or Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i) 8. In the "Type" field, select Line to apply to the key. 9. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key. 10. In the "Line" field, select a line to apply to this key. Valid values are 5 through 9. 11. Click Save Settings.
  • 60. Line Keys and Softkeys 54 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 The speed dial function can be set using the IP Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI. You can create speed dial keys using any of the following methods: • Using the Aastra Web UI at the paths: - Operation->Softkeys and XML - Operation->Expansion Module Keys • Using the IP Phone UI at the path, Options->Preferences->Speed Dial Edit • By pressing and holding a softkey, keypad key, or expansion module key. Speed Dial Prefix The speed dial feature also allows you to specify a preset string of numbers followed by a “+” that the phone dials auto- matically after pressing the speed dial key. You can use this feature for numbers that contain long prefixes. For example, if you had the following speed dial configuration in the Aastra Web UI: Key 1 Type=Speeddial Label=Europe Office Value=1234567+ Line=2 then, after you press key 1 on the phone, the prefix number displays on the phone screen. The phone proceeds to dial the prefix number automatically and pauses for you to enter the remaining phone number using the keypad on the phone. You can save up to 30 speed dial numbers on the 6757i. Use the following procedures to set speed dial on the 6757i IP phone. Press-and-Hold to Create a Speed Dial (applicable to softkeys, keypad keys, expansion module keys) Pressing and holding down a softkey, keypad key, or expansion module key on the phone initiates a speed dial feature. Note: You can use a speed dial key while on an active call by placing the active call on hold first, and then pressing the speed dial key. IP Phone UI Note: When creating a speed dial key from the IP Phone UI, you must select a softkey, keypad key, or expansion module key that has no preassigned function (key must be set to None or Empty.)
  • 61. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 55 1. Press an unconfigured softkey, keypad key, or expansion module key for three seconds. The following screen displays: Note: You can press the "Cancel" softkey at anytime during the speed dial programming to cancel and not save the speed dial information. 2. In the "Enter Name:" field, enter a name to apply to the speed dial key. Use the keypad keys to enter the name. Continue to press the keypad keys to access the next letter for that key (i.e. press 2 three times to access C). Press 4 to move to the next space, or wait for the cursor to automatically advance tothenextposition.Toinsertaspacebetweenletters,press4.Tobackspaceanderaseamistake,presstheBackspace softkey. Note: The phone automatically uses an uppercase letter for the first letter of each word and a lowercase letter for all subse- quent letters in the word. If necessary, use the "ABC 4" softkey to specify uppercase letters or lowercase letters when entering the name. You can enter up to 16 letters in the "Enter Name:" field. 3. Press the 2 key to move to the next field. In the "Enter Number:" field, enter a number. for the speed dial key using the keypad keys. You can enter up to 16 numbers in the "Enter Number:" field. Note: When in the "Enter Number:" field, the phone automatically switches to the numbers softkey. Press the 2 key to move to the next field. Services Icom Directory Callers Line: 1 Save Backspace Enter Name: Enter Number: ABC Cancel Services Icom Directory Callers John Smith Line: 1 Save Backspace 123 Cancel Enter Name: Enter Number:
  • 62. Line Keys and Softkeys 56 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Creating a Speed Dial Using the Speed Dial Edit Option You can use the IP Phone UI at the path, Options->Preferences->Speed Dial Edit, to create a speed dial key. 4. In the "Line:" field, select a line to apply to the speed dial key. This is the line that the phone opens to dial the number after you press the speed dial key. By default, the phone uses Line 1 for the speed dial key. If you want to use a different line, press the "Change" key, or press the 4key to select another line. 5. Press the "Save" softkey to save the speed dial information to the speed dial key you selected. Note: To delete or remove a speed dial configuration from the phone, you can press the Remove key. IP Phone UI 1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. Select Preferences and press Select. 3. Select Speed Dial Edit. The following prompt displays: "Press SD key" All current speed dial key LEDs flash RED (for programmable keys). All other function key LEDs turn off, during this process. After you press a speed dial key for editing, the phone restores all key LEDs to their previous state. Note: If you select a key that is currently set as a speed dial key, the speed dial information displays for you to edit. 4. Press an unconfigured softkey, keypad key, or expansion module key. The following screen displays: Note: You can press the "Cancel" softkey at anytime during the speed dial programming to cancel and not save the speed dial information. Services Icom Directory Callers John Smith Enter Name: Enter Number: 555-6789 Line: 1 Save Change Cancel Services Icom Directory Callers Line: 1 Save Backspace Enter Name: Enter Number: ABC Cancel
  • 63. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 57 5. In the "Enter Name:" field, enter a name to apply to the speed dial key. Use the keypad keys to enter the name. Continue to press the keypad keys to access the next letter for that key (i.e. press 2 three times to access C). Press 4 to move to the next space, or wait for the cursor to automatically advance to the next position. To insert a space between letters, press 4. To backspace and erase a mistake, press the Back- space softkey. Note: The phone automatically uses an uppercase letter for the first letter of each word and a lowercase letter for all sub- sequent letters in the word. If necessary, use the "ABC 4" softkey to specify uppercase letters or lowercase letters when entering the name. You can enter up to 16 letters in the "Enter Name:" field. 6. Press the 2 key to move to the next field. 7. In the "Enter Number:" field, enter a number. for the speed dial key using the keypad keys. You can enter up to 16 numbers in the "Enter Number:" field. Note: When in the "Enter Number:" field, the phone automatically switches to the numbers softkey. 8. Press the 2 key to move to the next field. 9. In the "Line:" field, select a line to apply to the speed dial key. This is the line that the phone opens to dial the number after you press the speed dial key. By default, the phone uses Line 1 for the speed dial key. If you want to use a different line, press the "Change" key, or press the 4 key to select another line. 10. Press the "Save" softkey to save the speed dial information to the speed dial key you selected. Note: To delete or remove a speed dial configuration from the phone, you can press the Remove key. Services Icom Directory Callers John Smith Line: 1 Save Backspace 123 Cancel Enter Name: Enter Number: Services Icom Directory Callers John Smith Enter Name: Enter Number: 555-6789 Line: 1 Save Change Cancel
  • 64. Line Keys and Softkeys 58 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Creating a Speed Dial Key Using the Softkeys or Expansion Module Keys Use the following procedure to set a key to function as a speed dial. The procedure shows the softkey screens as an example. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. Softkeys 2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys. 3. In the "Type" field, select Speed Dial to apply to the key. 4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key. 5. In the "Value" field,enterthe phone number, extension, orspeeddial prefixto apply tothiskey. Ifyou enter aspeed dial prefix, you must enter the "+" character at the end of the prefix number (for example, "123456+"). 6. In the "Line" field, select a line to apply to this key. Valid values are 1 through 9. 7. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable)or uncheck (disable) the states you wantto apply to this softkey. Expansion Module Keys 8. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i) or Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i) 9. In the "Type" field, select Speed Dial to apply to the key. 10. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key. 11. In the "Value" field, enter the phone number, extension, or speed dial prefix to apply to this key. If you enter a speed dial prefix, you must enter the "+" character at the end of the prefix number (for example, "123456+"). 12. In the "Line" field, select a line to apply to this key. Valid values are 1 through 9. 13. Click Save Settings.
  • 65. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 59 Creating Speed Dial Key Using “Keypad Speed Dial” in the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Keypad Speed Dial. 2. Select from "Key 1" through "Key 9". 3. In the input box, enter the phone number, extension, or speed dial prefix to apply to this Digit key. If you enter a speed dial prefix, you must enter the "+" character at the end of the prefix number (for example, "123456+"). 4. In the "Line" field, select a line for which to apply the speed dial to. Valid values are 1 through 9. 5. Click Save Settings.
  • 66. Line Keys and Softkeys 60 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Editing Speed Dial Keys On the 6757i, you can edit a speed dial key using any of the following methods: • Using the Aastra Web UI at the path: – Operation->Softkeys and XML – Operation->Expansion Module Keys • Using the IP Phone UI at the path: – Options->Preferences->Speed Dial Edit Use the following procedure to edit a speed dial key from the IP Phone UI. Note: A speed dial key must be already configured on the phone to edit the key. 1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. Select Preferences. 3. Select Speed Dial Edit. All current speed dial key LEDs flash RED (for softkeys and expansion module keys). All other function key LEDs turn off,duringthisprocess.Afteryoupressaspeeddialkeyforediting,thephonerestoresallkeyLEDstotheirpreviousstate. 4. Press a speed dial key you want to edit. The speed dial edit screen displays. Notes: 1. If a number on the keypad is setup as a speed dial key, pressing the applicable number in the speed dial editing process also displays the speed dial edit screen. The edit screen allows you to change the Speed Dial Number and Line setting. 2. If you press a key that is NOT setup as a speed dial key, the phone displays an “Invalid Key” message. However, if you press-and-hold an empty digit key, softkey, or expansion module key set to "NONE", it initiates the “Add a speed dial Key” process allowing you to setup a new speed dial key. For more information, see “Press-and-Hold to Create a Speed Dial (applicable to softkeys, keypad keys, expansion module keys)” on page 54. 5. Edit the speed dial information as applicable and press SAVE. Notes: 1. You can cancel out of the speed dial editing process at any time without saving, by pressing the key, or the Can- cel key. 2. You can delete a speed dial key by pressing the Remove key.
  • 67. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 61 Editing a Speed Dial on a Softkey or Expansion Module Key Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. 2. Select the key configured for speed dial. 3. In the "Value" field, edit the phone number, extension, or speed dial prefix to apply to this hard key. If you enter a speed dial prefix, you must enter the "+" character at the end of the prefix number (for example, "123456+"). 4. If required in the "Line" field, select a line for which to apply the speed dial to. Valid values are 1 through 9. 5. Click Save Settings. Note: You can delete a speed dial key by removing the information from the "Value" field.
  • 68. Line Keys and Softkeys 62 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Editing a Speed Dial Key Using “Keypad Speed Dial” in the Aastra Web UI "Do Not Disturb" (DND) Key The IP phones have a feature you can enable called "Do Not Disturb (DND). The DND function allows you to turn "Do Not Disturb" ON and OFF. If DND is ON, callers calling into the phone hear a busy signal or a message, depending on how your System Administra- tor set up the configuration server. The second line on the screen of the IP phone shows when DND is set. If the phone shares a line with other phones, only the phone that has DND configured is affected. You can set DND on the keys using the Aastra Web UI only. DND is not configurable from the IP phone UI. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Keypad Speed Dial.. 2. Select from "Key 1" through "Key 9". 3. In the input box, edit the phone number, extension, or speed dial prefix for this Digit key. If you enter a speed dial prefix, you must enter the "+" character at the end of the prefix number (for example, "123456+"). 4. In the "Line" field, select a line for which to apply the speed dial to. Valid values are 1 through 9. 5. Click Save Settings. Note: You can configure DND using the Aastra Web UI only.
  • 69. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 63 Configuring a DND Key Use the following procedure to set a key to function as "Do Not Disturb". The procedure shows the softkey screens as an example. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. Softkeys 2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys. 3. In the "Type" field, select Do Not Disturb to apply to the key. 4. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey. Expansion Module Keys 5. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i) or Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i) 6. In the "Type" field, select Do Not Disturb to apply to the key. 7. Click Save Settings.
  • 70. Line Keys and Softkeys 64 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Busy Lamp Field (BLF) Key The BLF feature on the IP phones allows a specific extension to be monitored for state changes. BLF monitors the status (busy or idle) of extensions on the IP phone. Example A Supervisor configures BLFs on his phone for monitoring the status of a worker’s phone use (busy or idle). When the worker picks up his phone to make a call, a busy indicator on the Supervisor’s phone shows that the worker’s phone is in use and busy. On the 6757i, the busy and idle indicators show on the IP phone screen display next to the key programmed for BLF functionality. When the monitored user is idle, an icon with the handset on-hook shows next to the BLF key. When the monitored user is on an active call, a small telephone icon is shown with the handset off-hook. Configuring a BLF Key Use the following procedure to set a key to function as "BLF". The procedure shows the softkey screens as an example. Note: BLF feature availability is dependant on your call manager. Contact your System Administrator for more information Note: You can also use a BLF configured key to dial out. Contact your System Administrator for more information Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. Softkeys 2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys. 3. In the "Type" field, select BLF to apply to the key.
  • 71. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 65 BLF/List Key For use with the BroadSoft Broadworks Rel 13 or higher platform only). The BLF/List feature on the IP phones is specifically designed to support the BroadSoft Broadworks Rel 13 Busy Lamp Field feature. This feature allows the IP phone to subscribe to a list of monitored users defined through the BroadWorks web portal. In addition to monitoring the idle and busy state, the BLF/List feature also supports the ringing state. When the monitored user is idle, there is a small telephone icon shown with the handset on-hook. When the monitored user is on an active call, a small telephone icon is shown with the handset off-hook. Example A receptionist has a 6757i running Broadsoft firmware that subscribes to a list of extensions from the BroadWorks Applica- tion Server. On the 6757i, the key LEDs illuminate either flashing, solid, or turn off depending on the state of those exten- sions. 4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key. 5. In the "Value" field, enter the phone number or extension you want to monitor. 6. In the "Line" field, select a line for which to apply this key. Valid values are: • Global • 1 through 9 7. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey. Expansion Module Keys 8. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i) or Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i) 9. In the "Value" field, enter the phone number or extension you want to monitor. 10. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key. 11. In the "Line" field, select a line for which to apply this key. Valid values are: • global • 1 through 9 12. Click Save Settings. Note: Your System Administrator must have BLF/List enabled on the BroadWorks Server. Contact your System Administrator for more information. Note: You can use a BLF/List configured key to dial out. Note: The Broadworks BLF feature is not the same as the Broadworks Shared Call Appearance (SCA) feature and does not per- mit call control over the monitored extension.
  • 72. Line Keys and Softkeys 66 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Configuring a BLF/List Key The BLF List function can be configured on the 6757i using the Aastra Web UI only. If you set a key to use BLF/List, you must also enter a BLF List URI at Operation->Softkeys and XML->Services. The BLF List URI is the name of the BLF list defined on the BroadSoft BroadWorks Busy Lamp field page for your particular user. For example, sip:[email protected]. The value of the BLF/List URI parameter must match the list name configured. Other- wise, no values display on the 6757i screen and the feature is disabled. Use the following procedure to set a key to function as "BLF/List". The procedure shows the softkey screens as an exam- ple. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. Softkeys 2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys. 3. In the "Type" field, select "BLF/List" (BroadSoft BroadWorks).
  • 73. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 67 Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) Key (for Sylantro Servers) The 6757i and any attached Expansion Modules support Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) for Sylantro servers. The ACD feature allows the Sylantro server to distribute calls from a queue to registered IP phone users (agents). o use the ACD feature on an IP phone, you must first configure an ACD softkey, programmable key, or expansion module key. When you want to subscribe to a queue (in order to receive incoming calls), you press the ACD key and the IP phone UI prompts you to log in. An "Available" softkey displays allowing you to make your phone available to accept these calls. When you are on an active call, or you miss a call, the server automatically changes the phone’s status to unavailable. The server updates its database with this new information and no longer distributes calls to the phone. The phone remains in this "unavailable" state until: • you make yourself “available” again by pressing the "Available" softkey. • an ACD timer expires (set by your System Administrator). You can also choose to manually change the phone status to unavailable by pressing the "Unavailable" softkey on the phone. This LED changes when you log into the phone queue and are available to take calls. The LED changes again when you are busy with an active call. The table below shows the status of the LED as they may appear on your IP phone . 4. In the "Line" field, select a line number that is actively registered to the appropriate SIP proxy you are using. Valid values are: • Global • 1 through 9 Note: The "Label" and "Value" field are not required. The BroadWorks BLF List name is configured in the "BLF List URI" field instead. 5. In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey. 6. In the "BLF List URI" field, enter the name of the BLF list defined on the BroadSoft BroadWorks Busy Lamp field page for your particular user. For example, sip:[email protected]. Note: Contact your System Administrator for the BLF List URI. Expansion Module Keys 7. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i) or Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i) 8. In the "Line" field, select a line for which to apply this key. Valid values are: • global • 1 through 9 Note: The "Value" field is not required. The BroadWorks BLF List name is configured in the "BLF List URI" field instead. 9. In the "BLF List URI" field, enter the name of the BLF list defined on the BroadSoft BroadWorks Busy Lamp field page for your particular user. For example, sip:[email protected]. Note: Contact your System Administrator for the BLF List URI. 10. Click Save Settings. Phone Model Status: Logged In and Available Status: Unavailable Logged Out 6737i Solid Red LED icon Blinking Red LED Blinking icon No LED icon Note: It is recommended you configure no more than a single ACD softkey or expansion module key per IP phone.
  • 74. Line Keys and Softkeys 68 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Configuring an Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) Key Use the following procedure to configure ACD on the 6757i IP Phone. The procedure shows the softkey screens as an example. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. Softkeys 2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys. 3. In the "Type" field, select "Auto call distribution". 4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this ACD key. 5. In the "Line" field, select a line to apply Automatic call distribution. Valid values are 1 through 9. 6. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the “idle” state for this softkey. Expansion Module Keys 7. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i) or Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i) 8. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this ACD key. 9. In the "Line" field, select a line to apply Automatic call distribution. Valid values are 1 through 9. 10. Click Save Settings.
  • 75. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 69 Using the ACD Key Use the following procedure to log into a phone queue from your IP phone. IP Phone UI 1. Check with your Administrator to verify the queue linked to your ACD Key. 2. Press the ACD-configured Key. 3. Press the Log In Key. 4. You are logged into the queue and the following screen displays. 5. To allow your phone to be available in the queue, press the Available softkey. The following screen displays. If your IP phone status is set to “Available” then the server begins to distribute phone calls from this queue to your IP phone. You must manually change the state to “Available” in order to start receiving calls. Services Icom Directory Callers Please login Log In Cancel Services Icom Directory Callers Unavailable Log Off Avail Cancel Services Icom Directory Callers Available Log Off Unavail Cancel
  • 76. Line Keys and Softkeys 70 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 6. To temporarily stop receiving calls, press the press the Unavailable softkey. If you are on a call (or miss a call that has been distributed to your phone), your phone status automatically changes to "Unavailable". Your phone remains in the "Unavailable" state until one of the following occurs: • You use the IP Phone UI to manually switch the IP phone state back to "Available" or • The availability “timer” for your IP phone expires. This only occurs if your Administrator has configured an auto- availability timer on your IP phone. Contact your System Administrator for more information. 7. To logout of the queue, press the Log Out softkey. The server no longer distributes phone calls to your IP phone.
  • 77. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 71 Directed Call Pickup/Group Call Pickup Keys Aastra IP phones support the Directed Call Pickup (DCP) and Group Call Pickup (GCP) features. The DCP/GCP feature allows you to intercept - or pickup - a call on a monitored extension. You can configure this feature using the Aastra Web UI to create a DCP or GCP softkey on the IP phone. When you configure a DCP softkey, you specify the extension that you want to monitor. Then, when the monitored extension receives a call, you press the DCP softkey to pick up the call. If the monitored extension receives multiple incoming calls simultaneously, the IP Phone UI displays a list of incoming calls. You select a call from this list, and are connected to the call. When you configure a GCP softkey, you specify the ring group (for example, extensions 2200 - 2210) that you want to monitor for incoming calls. When an incoming call is received on any of these extensions, the Operator presses the GCP softkey and is connected to the call. If multiple incoming calls are received simultaneously, the Operator press the GCP softkey, selects an extension from a list, and presses the Pickup softkey to answer the call. Configuring Directed Call Pickup (DCP) Key Use the following procedure to configure Directed Call Pickup on the 6757i IP Phone. The procedure shows the softkey screens as an example. Notes: • Your System Administrator must configure the extension range for the Group Call Pickup feature. Contact your Sys- tem Administrator for more information. • DCP/GCP feature availability is dependant on your call manager. Contact your System Administrator for more infor- mation. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. Softkeys 2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys. 3. In the “Type” field, select Directed Call Pickup.
  • 78. Line Keys and Softkeys 72 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Configuring Group Call Pickup (GCP) Key Use the following procedure to configure Group Call Pickup on the 6757i IP Phone. The procedure shows the softkey screens as an example. 4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this Directed Call Pickup key. 5. In the “Value” field, specify the extension you want to intercept when you press this softkey. For example: 2200. 6. Inthe"Line"field,selectthelineforwhichtoapplytheDirected Call Pickup configuration. Valid values are 1through9. 7. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey. Expansion Module Keys 8. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i) or Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i) 9. In the “Value” field, specify the extension you want to intercept when you press this softkey. For example: 2200. 10. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this Directed Call Pickup key. 11. In the "Line" field, select the line for which to apply the Directed Call Pickup configuration. Valid values are: • global • 1 through 9 12. Click Save Settings. Aastra Web UI Note: A ring group must be configured on the server in order for a GCP key to function.
  • 79. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 73 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. Softkeys 2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys. 3. In the “Type” field, select Directed Call Pickup. 4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this Group Call Pickup key. 5. In the “Value” field, enter groupcallpickup. 6. In the "Line" field, select the line for which to apply the Group Call Pickup configuration. Valid value are 1 through 9. 7. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey. Expansion Module Keys 8. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i) or Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i) 9. In the “Value” field, specify the extension you want to intercept when you press this softkey. For example: group- callpickup. 10. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this Group Call Pickup key. 11. In the "Line" field, select the line for which to apply the Directed Call Pickup configuration. Valid values are: • global • 1 through 9. 12. Click Save Settings.
  • 80. Line Keys and Softkeys 74 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Using Directed Call Pickup/Group Call Pickup Use the following procedure for the DCP/GCP feature on your phone. Using Directed Call Pickup (DCP) Using Group Call Pickup (GCP) IP Phone UI Note: Before using the DCP/GCP feature on your phone, you must first configure the DCP or GCP Key. You must identify the extension(s) or phone number(s) you want to monitor when configuring the key. See the previous procedures to con- figure a DCP or GCP Key 1. When the monitored extension receives a call, press the DCP Key to pick up the call. If the monitored extension receives multiple incoming calls simultaneously, the phone displays a list of incoming calls. 2. Use the 5 and 2 keys to scroll through the list to select an extension. 3. Press the Pickup Key for the extension you select. The call is answered. 1. If any of the monitored group of extensions receives a call, press the GCP Key. The call is answered. If the monitored group of extensions receives multiple incoming calls simultaneously, the phone displays a list of incoming calls. 2. Use the 5 and 2 keys to scroll through the list to select an extension. 3. Press the Pickup Key for the extension you select. The call is answered.
  • 81. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 75 XML Key The 6757i IP phone has a feature you can enable called "XML" (Extensible Markup Language). XML is a markup language much like HTML. Your System Administrator can create customized XML menu services and load them to your IP phone. These services include things like weather and traffic reports, contact information, company info, stock quotes, or custom call scripts. You can configure XML using the Aastra Web UI only. On the 6757i IP phone, you can access the XML applications from the IP Phone UI in two ways: • By pressing Key 1 on the Top softkeys ("Services" key) or any other configured Services key. • By pressing any configured XML key (setup by your System Administrator) By default, the Services key is the first key on the top, left keys. Using the Aastra Web UI, you can configure a key to access XML applications. Under Operations->Softkeys and XML or Operations->Expansion Module, you can assign a key the type "XML". You must also specify an XML URI and a Services label using the following XML fields: • XML Application URI • XML Application Title The XML Application URI is the URI loaded by your phone. The phone performs an HTTP GET. Contact your System Admin- istrator for the applicable XML URI to enter in the "XML Application URI" field. The XML Application Title is the label that displays beside the XML softkey on your phone. If you use the Services key to access the XML features, the "XML Application Title" is the label that displays on the Services Menu in the IP Phone UI. After the XML application is applied, you can use the IP Phone UI to press the Services key and access the XML services. Note: The XML services must be set up by your System Administrator before you can use the key. Contact your System Administrator for more information. Note: Contact your System Administrator for the applicable URI to enter in this field. Services Key
  • 82. Line Keys and Softkeys 76 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Configuring XML Services Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. Softkeys 2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys. 3. In the "Type" field, select "Services". 4. In the “Label” field, enter a label for the Services key. 5. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey. 6. In the "XML Application URI" field, enter an application URI(s). Note: Contact your System Administrator for the appropriate value(s) to enter in the "XML Application URI" field. 7. Inthe"XMLApplicationTitle"field,enterthetitleoftheservice.ThistitleappearsintheServicesMenuafterpressing the Services key. If multiple XML applications are specified in the XML Application URI field, a list of applications displays after pressing the Services key. Expansion Module Keys 8. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i) or Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i)
  • 83. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 77 Configuring an XML Key Use the following procedure to configure an XML key on the 6757i IP Phone. The procedure shows the softkey screen as an example. 9. In the "Type" field, select "Services". 10. (M675i) In the “Label” field, enter a label for the Services key. 11. In the "XML Application URI" field, enter an application URI(s). Note: Contact your System Administrator for the appropriate value(s) to enter in the "XML Application URI" field. 12. In the "XML Application Title" field, enter the title of the service. This title appears in the Services Menu after pressing the Services key. If multiple XML applications are specified in the XML Application URI field, a list of applications displays after pressing the Services key. 13. Click Save Settings. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. Softkeys 2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys.
  • 84. Line Keys and Softkeys 78 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 3. In the "Type" field, select "XML". 4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key. 5. In the "Value" field, enter a URI(s) to apply to this key. Note: Contact your System Administrator for the appropriate value(s) to enter in the "Value" field. 6. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey. 7. In the "XML Application URI" field, enter the applicable URI(s). Note: Contact your System Administrator for the appropriate value(s) to enter in the "XML Application URI" field. 8. Inthe"XMLApplicationTitle"field,enterthetitleoftheservice.Thistitleappearsonthephone’sLCDafterpressing theXMLkey.IfmultipleXMLapplicationsarespecifiedintheXMLApplicationURIfield,alistofapplicationsdisplays after pressing the XML key. Expansion Module Keys 9. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i) or Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i) 10. In the "Type" field, select "XML". 11. In the "Value" field, enter a URI(s) to apply to this key. Note: Contact your System Administrator for the appropriate value(s) to enter in the "Value" field. 12. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key. 13. In the "XML Application URI" field, enter the applicable URI(s). Note: Contact your System Administrator for the appropriate value(s) to enter in the "XML Application URI" field. 14.Inthe"XMLApplicationTitle"field,enterthetitleoftheservice.Thistitleappearsonthephone’sLCDafterpressing theXMLkey.IfmultipleXMLapplicationsarespecifiedintheXMLApplicationURIfield,alistofapplicationsdisplays after pressing the XML key. 15. Click Save Settings.
  • 85. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 79 Accessing the XML Service After an XML application(s) has been saved to your IP phone, and either the Services Menu or a key have been configured to access the XML applications, the customized service is ready for you to use. From the Services Menu Use the following procedure to access XML applications from the Services Menu. Use the following illustration as a refer- ence. From an XML Key IP Phone UI 1. Press the Services key. 2. Use the 5 and 2 to scroll through the items. 3. For menu and directory services, select a service to display the information for that customized service. Message services display to the screen after pressing the softkey or expansion module key. For user input services, follow the prompts as appropriate. 4. To exit from the "Services" menu, press the Services key again. 1. Press the XML key on the 6757i phone. A "Custom Features" screen displays or the title you specified. 2. Use the 5 and 2 to scroll through the customized features. 3. For menu and directory services, select a service to display the information for that customized service. Message services display to the screen after pressing the softkey. For user input services, follow the prompts as appropriate. 4. To exit from the "Customized Features" screen, press the XML key again. Services Key
  • 86. Line Keys and Softkeys 80 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Flash Key You can set a key to generate a flash event when it is pressed on the 6757i. You do this by setting the key to "flash". The IP phone generates flash events only when a call is connected and there is an active RTP stream (for example, when the call is not on hold). Configuring a Flash Key Use the following procedure to configure a Flash key on the 6757i IP Phone. The procedure shows the softkey screen as an example. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. Softkeys 2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys. 3. In the "Type" field, select "Flash". 4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to display on the phone for the key. Expansion Module Keys 5. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i) or Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i) 6. In the "Type" field, select "Flash". 7. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label to display on the phone for the key. 8. Click Save Settings.
  • 87. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 81 Sprecode Key You can set a key to automatically activate specific services offered by the server by setting a key to "sprecode". For exam- ple, if the sprecode value of *82 is configured, then by pressing the key, *82 automatically activates a service provided by the server. The value you enter for this field is dependent on the services provided by the server. Contact your System Administrator for information about available services. Configuring a Sprecode Key Use the following procedure to configure a Sprecode key on the 6757i IP Phone. The procedure shows the softkey screen as an example. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. Softkeys 2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys. 3. In the "Type" field, select Sprecode. 4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to display on the IP phone for this key. 5. In the "Value" field, enter the appropriate value for accessing specific services from the server. Note: For values to enter in this field, contact your System Administrator. 6. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the "Connected" state for this softkey. Expansion Module Keys 7. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i) or Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i) 8. In the "Type" field, select Sprecode.
  • 88. Line Keys and Softkeys 82 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Park/Pickup Keys The 6757i phone has a park and pickup call feature that allows you to park a call and pickup a call when required. The IP phones support the Park/Pickup feature on the Asterisk, BroadWorks, Sylantro, and ININ servers. The park/pickup feature performs as follows: • When a call comes in and you pickup the handset, you can press the applicable "Park" key to park the call. • After the call is parked, you can press the "Pickup" key, followed by the applicable value to pickup the call. Administrators can configure the park and pickup keys for any line using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI. Users can make changes to customize the label of the park/pick up keys using the Web UI. Configuring Park/Pickup Keys Use the following procedure to configure park/pickup on the 6757i phone: 9. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label to display on the IP phone for this key. 10. In the "Value" field, enter the appropriate value for accessing specific services from the server. Note: For values to enter in this field, contact your System Administrator. 11. Click Save Settings. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. Softkeys 2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys. 3. In the "Type" field, select Park 4. In the "Label" field, enter a label for the park softkey. Note: The” Value” and “Line” fields are configured by the Administrator.
  • 89. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 83 5. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys. 6. In the "Type" field, select Pickup 7. In the "Label" field, enter a label for the pickup softkey. 8. Click Save Settings. 9. Click on Reset, then click Restart to restart the IP phone and apply the changes. Expansion Module Keys 10. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i) or Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i) 11. In the "Type" field, select Park 12. In the "Label" field, enter a label for the park softkey. Note: The” Value” and “Line” fields are configured by the Administrator. 13. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys. 14. In the "Type" field, select Pickup 15. In the "Label" field, enter a label for the park softkey. Note: The” Value” and “Line” fields are configured by the Administrator. 16. Click Save Settings. 17. Click on Reset, then click Restart to restart the IP phone and apply the changes.
  • 90. Line Keys and Softkeys 84 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Using the Park Call/Pickup Parked Call Feature Use the following procedure on the IP phone to park a call and pick up a parked call. Park a Call If the call is parked successfully, the response is either a greeting voice confirming that the call was parked, or a hang up occurs. The parked call party hears music on hold. Pickup a Parked Call 1. While on a live call, press the "Park" key. 2. Perform the following for your specific server: For Asterisk Server Server announces the extension number where the call has been parked. Once the call is parked, press the key to complete parking. For BroadWorks Server After you hear the greeting from the CallPark server, enter the extension where you want to park the call. For Sylantro Server Enter the extension number where you want to park the call, followed by "#" key. For ININ Server Enter the extension number where you want to park the call, followed by "#" key. 3. If the call fails, you can pick up the call (using the next procedure) and press the "Park" key again to retry step 2. 1. Pick up the handset on the phone. 2. Enter the extension number where the call was parked. 3. Press the "Pickup" key. If the call pick up is successful, you are connected with the parked call.
  • 91. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 85 Last Call Return (LCR) Key (Sylantro Servers only) Using the Aastra Web UI, you can configure the "Last call return" (LCR) function on a key. This feature is for Sylantro servers only. How it works If you configure "LCR" on a key, and a call comes into your phone, after you are finished with the call and hang up, you can press the key configured for “LCR” and the phone dials the last call you received. When you configure an “LCR” key, the label “LCR” displays next to that key on the IP phone. When the Sylantro server detects an “LCR” request, it translates this request and routes the call to the last caller. Configuring a Last Call Return Key Use the following procedure to configure a Last Call Return key on the 6757i IP Phone. The procedure shows the softkey screen as an example. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. Softkeys 2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys. 3. In the "Type" field, select Last Call Return. 4. In the "Line" field, select the line you want to apply to this key. Valid values are 1 through 9. 5. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey. Expansion Module Keys 6. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i) or Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i)
  • 92. Line Keys and Softkeys 86 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Call Forward Key Using the Aastra Web UI, you can configure the Call Forward (CFWD) function on a softkey or expansion module key. Use call forwarding when you want a specific account on your phone to be forwarded to another number when your phone is in the busy state or the no answer state, or both. Pressing the Call Forward key on the phone accesses the Call Forward Menus. The menus that display are dependant on the Call Forward mode (Account (default), Phone, or Cus- tom) configured for the phone. For more information about call forwarding and call forwarding modes, see “Call Forward Account-Based Configuration” on page 146. Configuring a Call Forward Key 7. In the "Type" field, select Last Call Return. 8. In the "Line" field, select the line you want to apply to this key. Valid values are 1 through 9. 9. Click Save Settings. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. Softkeys 2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys. 3. In the "Type" field, select Call Forward. 4. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey.
  • 93. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 87 BLF/Xfer The BLF key allows one or more extensions to be monitored, and once there is any state change with those extensions, the key shows the status of the monitored lines. The Xfer key allows a call to be transferred to other recipients blindly or con- sultatively. The BLF/Xfer key combines the BLF and Xfer key's functionality together allowing the user to transfer calls or use BLF with one key. BLF/Xfer Key Requirements and Functionality • BLF/Xfer and BLF A BLF/Xfer key can be configured for subscribing to an extension and monitor the status of the extension, similar to the BLF key functionality. Changes of the state of the monitored extension are indicated by a LED / Icon. • BLF/Xfer and Blind Transfer Calls When the focused line is in the “Connected” state, pressing the BLF/Xfer key transfers the call to the extension uncondi- tionally, disregarding the status of the monitored extension. • If transferring a call to an extension fails, a message “Transfer Failed” displays on the phone, and you can reconnect the call (get the call back) by pressing the line key again. • BLF/Xfer and Call Forward When the focused line is in the “Ringing” state, pressing the BLF/Xfer key forwards the call to the extension uncondi- tionally, disregarding the status of the monitored extension. • BLF/Xfer and Speed Dial When the focused line and the monitored extension are idle, pressing the BLF/Xfer key causes the phone to go offhook and dial the number of the extension. Expansion Module Keys 5. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i) or Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i) 6. In the "Type" field, select Call Forward. 7. Click Save Settings. Note: It is recommended that you enable the “Switch UI Focus to Ringing Line” parameter when using the BLF/Xfer feature. For more information about this parameter, see “Switch UI Focus to Ringing Line” on page 166.
  • 94. Line Keys and Softkeys 88 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Configuring a BLF/Xfer Key Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. Softkeys 2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys. 3. In the "Type" field, select BLF/Xfer. 4. In the "Label" field, enter a label for the BLF/Xfer key. 5. In the “Value” field, enter the monitored extension or the extension to transfer calls to (for example, “35”). 6. In the “Line” field, select the line for which you want to use the key functionality. Valid values are: • Global • 1 through 9 7. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey. Expansion Module Keys 8. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i) or Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i) 9. In the "Type" field, select BLF/Xfer. 10. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label for the BLF/Xfer key. 11. In the “Value” field, enter the monitored extension or the extension to transfer calls to (for example, “35”).
  • 95. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 89 Speeddial/Xfer The speed dial key allows a number to be dialed quickly by pressing one key configured for speed dialing. The Xfer key allows a call to be transferred to other recipients blindly or consultatively. The Speeddial/Xfer key combines the Speed Dial and Xfer key's functionality together allowing the user to transfer calls or use Speed Dial with one key. Speeddial/Xfer Key Requirements and Functionality The Speeddial/Xfer key has the following capabilities: • Speeddial/Xfer and Speed Dial When the phone is in the “Idle” state, pressing the Speeddial/Xfer key causes the phone to go offhook and dial the pre- defined extension. • Speeddial/Xfer and Blind Transfer When the phone is connected to a call, pressing the Speeddial/Xfer key blind transfers the call to the predefined target. If transferring a call fails, a message “Transfer Failed” displays, and you can reconnect the call (get the call back) by press- ing the line key again. • Speeddial/Xfer and Call Forward When the phone is in the “Ringing” state, pressing the Speeddial/Xfer key forwards the call to the predefined extension. 12. In the “Line” field, select the line for which you want to use the key functionality. Valid values are: • global • 1 through 9 13. Click Save Settings. Note: It is recommended that you enable the “Switch UI Focus to Ringing Line” parameter when using the Speeddial/Xfer fea- ture. For more information about this parameter, see “Switch UI Focus to Ringing Line” on page 166.
  • 96. Line Keys and Softkeys 90 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Configuring a Speeddial/Xfer Key Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. Softkeys 2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys. 3. In the "Type" field, select Speeddial/Xfer. 4. In the "Label" field, enter a label for the Speeddial/Xfer key. 5. In the “Value” field, enter the speed dial extension or the extension to transfer calls to (for example, “5551212”). 6. In the “Line” field, select the line for which you want to use the key functionality. Valid values are: • Global • 1 through 9 7. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey. Expansion Module Keys 8. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i) or Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i) 9. In the "Type" field, select Speeddial/Xfer. 10. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label for the Speeddial/Xfer key. 11. In the “Value” field, enter the speed dial extension or the extension to transfer calls to (for example, “5551212”).
  • 97. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 91 Speeddial/Conf The 6757i allows you to configure a softkey or expansion module key to be used as a speed dial conference key (Speed- dial/Conf key) while remaining in the current call. This key allows a user on a call to conference another party at a pre- defined number while remaining in the call. For example, while on an active call, a user can use the Speeddial/Conf key to dial a recording service and have the result- ing conference recorded. If you configure a softkey or expansion module key as a Speeddial/Conf key and you press this key while on an active call, the focused line changes to the dialing line. A Cancel softkey displays on the phone allowing you to abort the conference speed dial if required. The message "Ringing..." displays below the number when the far end is ringing. The message "Conf. Unavailable" briefly displays when a conference is already in progress. The active call is not put on hold when the speed dial number is dialed. 12. In the “Line” field, select the line for which you want to use the key functionality. Valid values are: • Global • 1 through 9 13. Click Save Settings. Note: If currently in a conference, the Speeddial/Conf key is disabled on the active call. Note: This feature is not compatible with centralized conferencing.
  • 98. Line Keys and Softkeys 92 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Configuring a Speeddial/Conf Key Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. Softkeys 2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys. 3. In the "Type" field, select Speeddial/Conf. 4. In the "Label" field, enter a label for the Speeddial/Conf key. 5. Inthe“Value”field,enterthespeeddialextensionortheextensiontoaddtotheconference(forexample,“5551212”). 6. In the “Line” field, select the line for which you want to use the key functionality. Valid values are: • global • 1 through 9 7. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey. Expansion Module Keys 8. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i) or Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i) 9. In the "Type" field, select Speeddial/Conf. 10. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label for the Speeddial/Conf key. 11. In the “Value” field, enter the speed dial extension or the extension to add to the conference (for example, “5551212”).
  • 99. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 93 Speeddial/MWI The 6757i supports multiple voicemail registration by using the Speeddial/MWI key. This feature can be useful in scenarios where you need to monitor the voicemail accounts of your team members or you need access to your manager’s voicemail messages. By configuring a key as “Speeddial/MWI” and defining call and voicemail URIs, you can monitor and listen to pending messages on multiple voicemail accounts. When new messages are pending on a monitored voicemail account the corre- sponding Speeddial/MWI key’s LED will illuminate and the UI (for softkeys) will display an envelope icon and the number of pending messages beside the defined label When you press the configured softkey, the phone will send an INVITE to the configured call URI whereby you will be able to listen to the new messages. The Speeddial/MWI key can be configured through the Aastra Web UI. 12. In the “Line” field, select the line for which you want to use the key functionality. Valid values are: • global • 1 through 9 13. Click Save Settings.
  • 100. Line Keys and Softkeys 94 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Configuring a Speeddial/MWI Key Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Programmable Keys. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. Softkeys 2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or 3. Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys. 4. In the "Type" field, select Speeddial/MWI from the list of options. 5. In the “Label” field, enter a key label to assign to the Speeddial/MWI key (e.g. Peter). When messages are pending, the IP phone UI will display an envelope icon, the number of pending messages, and then the defined label (e.g. 3 Peter). 6. In the “Value” field, enter in the call URI and voicemail URI separated by a semi-colon, as per the following syntax: [call URI];[voicemail URI]. For example, +33123456,,,3456#0000#@domain;sip:voicemail_peter@domain Notes: • As the example above illustrates, pauses and DTMF are supported for the call URI. • Ensure that no spaces are added between the call URI and the voicemail URI when defining the key value. • If only one URI is provided, the value will be used for the voicemail URI and the call URI will be left as undefined. 7. In the “Line” field, select the line for which you want to use the key functionality. 8. In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey. Expansion Module Keys 9. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i). or Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i). 10.In the "Type" field, select Speeddial/MWI.
  • 101. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 95 Services Key By default, the 6757i has a Services key configured on key 1 of the Top keys. However, you can use any key to configure a "Services" key. The Services key accesses enhanced features and services provided by third parties. Using the "Services" key, you can: • Select customized (XML) features • Utilize a Caller List • Utilize a Directory • Utilize Voicemail The XML customized services are created and provided by your System Administrator through the diverse web based lan- guage of XML. Availability of these services depends on your phone system or service provider. 11.(M675i) In the “Label” field, enter a key label to assign to the Speeddial/MWI key (e.g. Peter). When messages are pending, the IP phone UI will display an envelope icon, the number of pending messages, and then the defined label (e.g. 3 Peter). 12.In the “Value” field, enter in the call URI and voicemail URI separated by a semi-colon, as per the following syntax: [call URI];[voicemail URI]. For example, +33123456,,,3456#0000#@domain;sip:voicemail_peter@domain Notes: • As the example above illustrates, pauses and DTMF are supported for the call URI. • Ensure that no spaces are added between the call URI and the voicemail URI when defining the key value. • If only one URI is provided, the value will be used for the voicemail URI and the call URI will be left as undefined. 13.In the “Line” field, select the line for which you want to use the key functionality. 14.Click Save Settings. Note: Other than the Services Menu, you can also configure the Caller List and Directory List on separate keys. Services Key
  • 102. Line Keys and Softkeys 96 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Reference For more information about XML, Caller List, Directory, and Voicemail, see the following: • “XML Key” on page 75 • “Callers List” on page 137 • “Directory List” on page 127 • “Voicemail” on page 160 Configuring a Services Key Use the following procedure to configure a Services key on the 6757i IP Phone. The procedure shows the top softkeys screen as an example. Aastra Web UI Note: By default, the Services key is Key 1 on the Top Softkeys. 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. Softkeys 2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys. 3. In the "Type" field, select Services. 4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key. 5. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey.
  • 103. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 97 Directory Key By default, the 6757i has a Directory key configured on key 2 of the top set of keys. However, using the Aastra Web UI, you can assign the Directory key to any key on the top or bottom keys on the phone. Pressing the Directory key displays the “Directory List”. The "Directory List" can be used to store a customized list of names with phone numbers and labels. You can also dial directly from an entry in the Directory List. In addition to creating a Directory softkey, you can also download a Directory List to your PC if required using the Aastra Web UI. Reference For more information about the Directory List, see “Directory List” on page 127. Expansion Module Keys 6. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i) or Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i) 7. In the "Type" field, select Services. 8. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key. 9. Click Save Settings. Directory Key
  • 104. Line Keys and Softkeys 98 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Configuring a Directory Key Use the following procedure to configure a Directory key on the 6757i IP Phone. The procedure shows the top softkeys screen as an example. Aastra Web UI Note: By default, the Directory key is Key 2 on the Top Softkeys. 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. Softkeys 2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys. 3. In the "Type" field, select Directory. 4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key. 5. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey. Expansion Module Keys 6. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i) or Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i) 7. In the "Type" field, select Directory. 8. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key. 9. Click Save Settings.
  • 105. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 99 Callers List Key By default, the 6757i has a Callers List key configured on key 3 of the top set of keys. However, using the Aastra Web UI, you can assign the Callers List key to any key on the top or bottom keys on the phone. Pressing the Callers List key displays the “Callers List”. The “Callers List” is a stored log of your incoming calls. You can use the Callers List key to access a list of callers that called your phone. Reference For more information about the Callers List, see “Callers List” on page 137. Note: Your System Administrator can create a custom Callers List XML application allowing you to access the Callers List via an XML Key instead of the Callers List Key. This allows you to configure the Callers List Key with other functions if required. Contact your System Administrator for more information. Callers List Key
  • 106. Line Keys and Softkeys 100 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Configuring a Callers List Key Use the following procedure to configure a Callers List key on the 6757i IP Phone. The procedure shows the top softkeys screen as an example. !!!DO NOT USE!!! (Paragraph seperator)Expansion Module Keys Aastra Web UI Note: By default, the Callers List key is Key 3 on the Top Softkeys. 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. Softkeys 2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys. 3. In the "Type" field, select Callers List. 4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key. 5. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey. 6. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i) or Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i) 7. In the "Type" field, select Callers List. 8. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key. 9. Click Save Settings.
  • 107. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 101 Intercom Key By default, the 6757i has an Intercom key configured on key 4 of the top set of keys. However, using the Aastra Web UI, you can assign the Intercom key to any key on the top or bottom keys on the phone. You can use the Intercom key to automatically connect with a remote extension for outgoing calls, and to answer an incoming intercom call. Reference For more information about the Intercom key, see “Using Intercom” on page 113. Intercom Key
  • 108. Line Keys and Softkeys 102 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Configuring an Intercom Key Use the following procedure to configure a Callers List key on the 6757i IP Phone. The procedure shows the top softkeys screen as an example. Aastra Web UI Note: By default, the Intercom key is Key 4 on the Top Softkeys. 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. Softkeys 2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys. 3. In the "Type" field, select Intercom. 4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key. 5. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey. Expansion Module Keys 6. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i) or Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i) 7. In the "Type" field, select Intercom. 8. (M675i) In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key. 9. Click Save Settings.
  • 109. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 103 Phone Lock Key You can configure a key on the IP Phone to use as a lock/unlock key. You assign the function of the key as “Phone Lock”. Configuring a Phone Lock Key Use the following procedure to configure a Phone Lock key on the 6757i IP Phone. The procedure shows the softkey screen as an example. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. Softkeys 2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys. 3. In the "Type" field, select Phone Lock from the list of options. Expansion Module Keys 4. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i) or Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i) 5. In the "Type" field, select Phone Lock from the list of options. 6. Click Save Settings. Note: You can lock/unlock the phone using the new key you just configured, using the Aastra Web UI at the path Operation- >PhoneLock, or using the "Phone Lock" option on the IP Phone UI at the path Options->Phone Lock. For more informa- tion about using the lock/unlock feature, see “Locking/Unlocking a Phone” on page 44.
  • 110. Line Keys and Softkeys 104 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Using the Lock/Unlock Key on the IP Phone After configuring a key as a lock/unlock key, refer to the following procedure to use the key on the IP phone. Lock the Phone Unlock the Phone Paging Key (Sends the RTP Stream) You can configure a Paging key on the phone that allows you to send a Real Time Transport Protocol (RTP) stream to pre- configured multicast address(es) without involving SIP signalling. You enter a multicast IP address(es) and a port number for the Paging key, that when pressed, initiates an outgoing multicast RTP session. This is called Group Paging on the IP phones. You can also specify group paging RTP addresses that the phone listens for when receiving RTP streams. You can specify up to 5 listening multicast addresses at the path, Basic Settings->Preferences->Group Paging RTP Settings. For more information about Group Paging and how it works, and to specify multicast addresses, see “Group RTP Paging (receives RTP streams)” on page 176. 1. Press the LOCK key. The phone locks. The LED for the key AND the Message Waiting Lamp illuminate steady ON. An “Unlock” label appears next to the key you just pressed. 2. Press the UNLOCK key. A password prompt displays. 3. Enter your user password and press ENTER. The phone unlocks. TheLEDforthekeyANDtheMessageWaitingLampgoOFF.The“Lock”labelappearsnexttothekeyyoujustpressed.
  • 111. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 105 Configuring a Paging Key Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. Softkeys 2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys. 3. In the "Type" field, select Paging. 4. In the “Label” field, enter a label to apply to this key. 5. In the “Value” field, enter a multicast IP address and a port number for the Paging key. When you press this key, the phone initiates an outgoing multicast RTP session to the specified address using the specified port. (For exam- ple, 239.0.1.15:10000). Notes: • When you select Paging for the “Type” field, the “Line” field is disabled. • The “Value” field allows for one multicast address entry only. • The valid port range is from 1 to 65535. 6. To receive RTP steams for Group Paging, you must also configure the "Paging ListenAddresses" parameter at the path, Basic Settings->Preferences->Group Paging RTP Settings. For more information about setting this parameter, see “Group RTP Paging (receives RTP streams)” on page 176. Expansion Module Keys 7. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i) or Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i) 8. In the "Type" field, select Paging. 9. (M675i) In the “Label” field, enter a label to apply to this key.
  • 112. Line Keys and Softkeys 106 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Using the Paging Key The following procedure describes the use of the Paging key on the IP Phone. The procedure assumes you have already configured the Paging key using the Aastra Web UI. 10. In the “Value” field, enter a multicast IP address and a port number for the Paging key. When you press this key, the phone initiates an outgoing multicast RTP session to the specified address using the specified port. (For exam- ple, 239.0.1.15:10000). Notes: • When you select Paging for the “Type” field, the “Line” field is disabled. • The “Value” field allows for one multicast address entry only. • The valid port range is from 1 to 65535. 11. To receive RTP steams for Group Paging, you must also configure the "Paging Listen Addresses" parameter at the path, Basic Settings->Preferences->Group Paging RTP Settings. For more information about setting this param- eter, see “Group RTP Paging (receives RTP streams)” on page 176. 12. Click Save Settings. IP Phone UI Notes: 1. Recipient of a Paging call can set a global “Do Not Disturb” (DND) to ignore any incoming pages. 2. For incoming Paging, the phone uses the Intercom configuration settings. The incoming Page is dependant on the “Allow Barge-In” parameter setting and the “Idling/On Call” state.
  • 113. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 107 None Key You can set a softkey, or expansion module key to force a blank entry on the IP phone display for a specific key. You do this by setting the key to "None". The keys are added in order (from key1 to key20) after any hard-coded keys have been added. If a particular key is not defined, it is ignored. For more information about key behavior, see “Key Display Behavior” on page 50. 1. On the IP Phone, press the softkey or expansion module key you configured for Paging (labelled as “Group 1” in the following illustration). The phone opens a multicast RTP session and an outgoing OR incoming phone screen displays as follows. 2. Press the Drop key to end the multicast RTP session and return to the idle screen. Note: If you enable global DND on the phone, the incoming multicast RTP session is dropped. Services Icom Directory Callers 01/01/14 11:00am L1 John Smith Group 1 LAB ACD Services Icom Directory Callers L1 John Smith 00:01 Paging Drop
  • 114. Line Keys and Softkeys 108 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Configuring a None Key Use the following procedure to configure a None key on the 6757i IP Phone. The procedure shows the softkey screen as an example. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. Softkeys 2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys. 3. In the "Type" field, select None. Expansion Module Keys 4. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i) or Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i) 5. In the "Type" field, select None. 6. Click Save Settings.
  • 115. Line Keys and Softkeys 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 109 Empty Key You can set a softkey to force a blank entry on the IP phone display for a specific key. You do this by setting the softkey to "empty". The keys are added in order (from key 1 to key 20) after any hard-coded keys have been added. If a particular key is not defined, it is ignored. Configuring an Empty Key Use the following procedure to configure an Empty softkey on the 6757i phone. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. Softkeys 2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys. 3. In the "Type" field, select Empty. 4. (Bottom Softkeys) In the state fields, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the states you want to apply to this softkey. Expansion Module Keys 5. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i) or Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i) 6. In the "Type" field, select Empty. 7. Click Save Settings.
  • 116. Line Keys and Softkeys 110 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Deleting a Key Use the following procedure to delete a key on the 6757i IP Phone. The procedure shows the softkey screen as an exam- ple. The key function is deleted from the IP phone memory. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. Softkeys and Expansion Module Keys 2. Choose the key you want to delete from the phone. 3. In the "Type" field, select None. 4. Click Save Settings.
  • 117. 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 111 Making Calls This section describes ways to make calls on your 6757i phone, using your handset, speakerphone or headset. Dialing a Number First, take the phone off-hook by: • lifting the handset • pressing or • pressing a line/call appearance key At the dial tone, enter the number you wish to call If you are unable to make calls within certain area codes, check with your System Administrator for any toll restrictions placed on your extension that may restrict your access to long distance area codes or dialing prefixes. When your party picks up, a timer appears on your display that records the length of your call. If the Live DialPad option is on, as soon as you press the first digit on the dial pad the phone automatically selects the next available line, go off-hook and dial as digits are pressed. Pre-dialing a Number You can also make a call by pre-dialing a number. Pre-dialing lets you view a number before you dial. Use the Backspace softkey to correct any errors. Note: After dialing the number, the phone has a short delay before sending the call. To send the call immediately, you can press the "Dial" softkey (if the handset is offhook) or the "#" key immediately after dialing the number. The phone sends the call without delay. Services Icom Directory Callers 1234 Dial Pause Backspace Quit 01/01/14 11:00am
  • 118. Making Calls 112 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Using Handsfree Speakerphone The handsfree feature allows you to speak to someone without using the handset or headset. Your phone must be in either the Speaker or Speaker/Headset audio mode. For more information about setting the audio mode on your phone, see “Audio Mode” on page 29. • To dial using handsfree, first press and enter a number at the dial tone. • To answer a call on your phone using handsfree, press or the line/call appearance key. • If you are in Speaker audio mode, lift the handset and press to switch between handsfree and handset. • If you are in Speaker/headset audio mode, press to switch between handsfree and headset. • When the handset is on hook, press to disconnect the call. When handsfree is on, the speaker light turns on. Using a Headset The 6757i accepts headsets through the modular RJ22 jack on the back of the phone. Contact your telephone equip- ment retailer or distributor to purchase a compatible headset. Advanced Volume Controls for the Headset Mic On the 6757i, there are 3 options for the headset microphone volume. For more information about the headset micro- phone, see “Headset Mic Volume” on page 29. To change this volume: IP Phone UI Note: Customers should read and observe all safety recommendations contained in headset operating guides when using any headset. IP Phone UI 1. Press to enter the Options list. 2. Select Preferences and press Select. 3. Use 2 to scroll down to Set Audio and press Select. 4. Press 2 to scroll down to Headset/Mic Volume and press Select. 5. Use 2 to scroll down the list to select your desired volume. 6. Press Done to save changes and exit. 7. If you do not wish to save changes, press Cancel to return to the previous screen. Note: By default, the volume for the headset microphone is set to medium.
  • 119. Making Calls 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 113 To Make and Receive Calls Using a Headset Using Intercom On the 6757i, you can use the Icom key to automatically connect with a remote extension. By default, the Intercom key is configured as Key 4 on the top set of softkeys. IP Phone UI 1. Ensure that you have selected a headset audio mode by accessing the Options list (under option Preferences->Set Audio->Audio Mode on the IP Phone). 2. Plug the headset into the jack. 3. Press the key to obtain a dial tone or to answer an incoming call. Depending on the audio mode selected from the options menu, a dial tone or an incoming call is received on either the headset or the handsfree speaker- phone. 4. Press the key to end the call. Intercom Key
  • 120. Making Calls 114 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Using the Icom Key You can set specific incoming Intercom call features on the 6757i IP phone using the Aastra Web UI. The following table describes these features. For more information about the incoming Intercom features and for procedures on setting these features, see “Incoming Intercom Call Features” on page 174. Redial The redial list is available during active calls. It stores up to the last 100 numbers you called, allowing you to scroll through and select the number you wish to redial. IP Phone UI 1. Press the Icom key. 2. Enter the extension number of the person you wish to intercom or the BLF key for that extension. 3. After a beep tone, your phone automatically connects with the remote extension and you can speak through its speaker. 4. To cancel intercom, press or the Cancel key. 5. When you are finished speaking, hang up the phone by placing the handset back on-hook or by pressing or the line/call appearance key for the active call. When you hang up, the remote phone also hangs up. Incoming Intercom Features in Aastra Web UI Description Microphone Mute Allows you to enable or disable the microphone on the IP phone for Intercom calls made by the orig- inating caller. Auto Answer Allows you to enable or disable the IP phone to automatically answer an Intercom call. If auto-answer is enabled on the IP phone, the phone plays a tone (if "Play Warning Tone" is enabled) toalertthe user before answering the intercom call. If auto-answer is disabled, the phone treats the incoming inter- com call as a normal call. Play Warning Tone Allows you to enable or disable a warning tone to play when the phone receives an incoming inter- com call on an active line. Allow Barge In Allows you to enable or disable how the phone handles incoming intercom calls while the phone is on an active call. IP Phone UI • Press to dial the most recent number you dialed from the phone. • If you are off-hook and press the last number you called is called back. • If you are on-hook and press , a Redial List displays. Note: Your System Administrator can set your Redial key to speed dial a specific number. Contact your System Administrator for more information.
  • 121. Making Calls 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 115 Accessing the Redial List Deleting from the Redial List Delete All Items Mute You can use the Mute key to mute the handset, headset, or speakerphone. When you use the mute key on your phone, you cannot be heard on an active call or on a conference. For muted calls, the handsfree LED flashes and the Mute key LED is ON. You can use the Mute key to mute the handset, headset, or speakerphone. The speaker light flashes slowly and you can hear the caller, but they cannot hear you. To switch mute on or off, press . IP Phone UI 1. If you are off-hook and press , the telephone automatically dials the last number you called. 2. If you are not on the phone, press to display the most recently dialed number and use 2 and 5 to scroll through the list to view the other numbers. 3. Press 2 to see the second most recently dialed number, or 5 to see the oldest call on your list. 4. To dial the displayed number press , or lift the Handset or press any line keys. 5. Press or the key to cancel. Note: The redial list is available during active calls. It also stores up to the last 100 numbers you called, allowing you to scroll through and select the number you wish to redial. IP Phone UI 1. Press . 2. Press the Delete Key, then press the Delete Key again to erase the item. IP Phone UI 1. Press . 2. Press the Delete Key, then press the Delete All Key to erase all items. IP Phone UI Note: If you place a muted call on hold, the phone automatically takes the call off mute when you reconnect to the call.
  • 122. 116 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Receiving Calls When a call is ringing at your extension, the inbound callers extension and name display to the screen. The line/call appearance light flashes quickly for the incoming call. Answering an Incoming Call To answer the call If the phone is already connected to a call, pressing the line/call appearance key for the new incoming call automatically places the connected call on hold and answers the new call. To reconnect to a party, press the line/call appearance key for that call. If you cannot answer the call, the caller goes to voicemail if voicemail has been configured for your extension. Sending an Incoming Call to Voicemail You can send an incoming call directly to voicemail without answering the call. To do this, press without picking up the handset. If you're already on the phone your incoming call should go directly to voicemail. Your phone screen dis- plays a voicemail icon ( ) along with the number of waiting messages, if you have unheard messages (example: x4). IP Phone UI • For handsfree operation, press or the line/call appearance key for the incoming call. • Press for handsfree or headset operation. Note: The audio mode setting you have selected in the options list under Headset Settings determines if the call goes to handsfree or headset operation. For more information, see the section “Customizing Your Phone” on page 24. • Lift the handset for handset operation. Note: The key can be used to cancel the call pickup procedure.. Services Icom Directory Callers 201 Keri March L1 John Smith Answer Ignore
  • 123. 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 117 Handling Calls When you are connected to a call, you can use the softkeys or hard keys on the phone to place a call on hold, transfer a call, or conference. Placing a Call on Hold You can place an active call on hold by pressing the Hold key. When you place a call on hold, only your phone can retrieve the call. To place a call on hold The line/call appearance light begins to flash slowly and after a short time the phone beeps softly to remind you that you still have a call on hold. The screen displays "Call Held" with the line number the call is held at the phone. When on Hold To let your caller know that they are still on hold, music plays softly (if this has been set up for your system). The call/line appearance light for the line you are on remains solid to indicate that you are still connected. IP Phone UI 1. Connect to the call (if not already connected). 2. Press the Hold key. Note: If you are connected to another call, the phone does not beep to remind you that you still have a call on hold. Services Icom Directory Callers 00:17 201 Keri March L1 John Smith Pickup Conf Xfer Services Icom Directory Callers 00:17 201 Keri March L1 John Smith Drop Conf Xfer
  • 124. Handling Calls 118 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Automatic Hold When juggling between calls, you do not have to press the hold key to go from one call to the next. The phone automat- ically puts your current call on hold as soon as you press a new line/call appearance key. If you have more than one call on hold, you can reconnect to a held call by pressing the line/call appearance key where that call is being held. Press to disconnect the call. Retrieving a Held Call If you have more than 1 call on hold, you can scroll through the held call information by pressing 3 and 4 navigation keys. To reconnect to a call press the line/call appearance key where that call is being held. If you press the call/line appearance key again, you disconnect from the call. Transferring Calls Blind Transfer A blind transfer is when you transfer a call directly to another extension without consulting with the person receiving the call. To do this, simply complete the transfer immediately after you have entered the number. The call goes directly to the extension or outside line you transferred to. If the party you are transferring the call to does not answer, the transferred call rings back to your extension. Consultative Transfer You also have the option to consult with the person you are transferring the call to, before you complete the transfer. To do this, simply remain on the line until the receiving party answers the call. After consulting with the receiving party, you can either complete the transfer or cancel the transfer to go back to the original call. Pre-Dial & Live Dial Mode By default, when users are initiating a conference call or transfer, they will not hear a dial tone before dialing begins (pre- dial mode). The phone does not automatically dial out the number until the user presses the “Transfer” (Xfer) key. This allows the users to make changes to the dialing number before initiating the call. Administrators can configure a live dial mode. In live dial mode, when the user is completing a conference call or transfer, they will hear a dial tone before dialing begins. In addition, the phone will either match the number to the dial plan or wait for the set digit timeout. In the default pre-dial mode, users are able to edit the destination number prior to dialing, whereas in live dial mode they are not able to, however the “Dial” and “Cancel” softkeys are provided while the user inputs the number When you lift the handset on the phone, the Transfer key displays on the bottom set of softkeys by default. Use this key to transfer calls. IP Phone UI L1 John Smith Services Icom Directory Callers Dial Conf Xfer More
  • 125. Handling Calls 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 119 Transferring Calls in Pre-Dial Mode Use the following procedure to transfer a call to another extension in pre-dial mode. Use the following illustration as a ref- erence. Transferring Calls in Live Dial Mode Use the following procedure to transfer a call to another extension in live dial mode. 1. Connect to Party 1 (if not already connected). Party 1 is the party you want to transfer. 2. Press the Xfer key. You will not hear a dial tone before dialing begins. 3. Entertheextensionnumber(ortheoutsidenumber)toParty2.ThisisthePartyforwhichyouwanttotransferParty1. To cancel the transfer you can either select Cancel on the display screen, press , or hangup the handset. Note: Users are able to edit the destination number (“Backspace” softkey is provided and navigation key is functional to move the cursor to the desired location). 4. Complete either a blind or consultative transfer: a) To complete a blind transfer, press the Xfer key again before the receiving end answers. b) To complete a consultative transfer, press Dial and remain on the line to speak with the Party 2, before either pressing the Xfer key or , or hanging up the handset to transfer Party 1 to Party 2. 1. Connect to Party 1 (if not already connected). Party 1 is the party you want to transfer. 2. Press the Xfer key. You should hear a dial tone before the dialing begins. 3. Entertheextensionnumber(ortheoutsidenumber)toParty2.ThisisthePartyforwhichyouwanttotransferParty1. To cancel the transfer prior to the completion of dialing, you can either select Cancel on the display screen, press , or hang-up the handset. Note: Users are not able to edit the destination number as the phone will either match the inputted number to a dial plan or wait for the set digit timeout. 4. Complete either a blind or consultative transfer: a) To complete a blind transfer, press the Transfer key again, or , or hang-up the handset before the set digit timeout. b) To complete a consultative transfer, press Dial or wait for the number match or timeout and remain on the line to speak with the Party 2, before either pressing the Xfer key or , or hanging up the handset to transfer Party 1 to Party 2. Transfer Key when handset is lifted
  • 126. Handling Calls 120 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Transferring Two Existing Calls The 6757i allows you to perform a transfer of a call when there are currently two active calls on the phone. For example, on your phone, there are two active calls - Call A and Call B. Call B is on hold. You can perform the following to transfer Call A to Call B: Completing a Transfer to a Contact in Phone Directory Users can complete a blind transfer to a contact in their local directory. If a user is in a call and initiates a transfer, they can navigate to the Directory screen where a new transfer key can be pressed to complete a blind transfer. There is no change to start a consultative call. When a directory entry is shown, there is a Xfer softkey below the current Dial softkey to trigger a blind transfer. This Xfer softkey is only available if a transfer has been initiated. If a directory entry has multiple numbers, softkey 2 is used for the Arrange function. If a transfer has been initiated, the Arrange function will be replaced with the Xfer function. To Transfer a Call to a Contact in the Phone Directory: 1. Press Xfer key. A new line opens. 2. Press or scroll to the Line where Call B is on hold. 3. Press Xfer key. Call A is transferred to Call B. 1. Connect to Party 1 (if not already connected). Party 1 is the party you want to transfer. 2. Press the Xfer key. You should hear a dial tone as a second line opens up. 3. Press the Directory key and select a contact. 4. To complete a blind transfer, press the Transfer key again before the receiving end answers. To complete a consultative transfer, press Dial to call the contact. Remain on the line to speak with Party 2 before pressing the Transfer key again to transfer Party 1 to Party 2. To cancel the transfer, select Cancel on the display screen or press . Services Icom Directory Callers 4.Jane 3.Steve Dial Delete Xfer Details Add New Quit Directory 1.John 2.Kim Services Icom Directory Callers Line 1 Dial Delete Xfer Change Add Number List 003 Steve 905-760-9999 Entry has multiple numbers
  • 127. Handling Calls 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 121 Indication of Transferred Calls When you transfer an active call, the near-end phone displays a Call Transferred screen when a call is transferred and the far-end call is dropped. The following is the Call Transferred screen on the 6757i phone: The following procedure describes how to handle the Call Transferred screen on your phone: Conferencing Calls The 6757i IP phone offers two methods of conferencing: • Local conferencing in pre-dial and live dial mode (default method). • Centralized conferencing (for Sylantro and Broadsoft Servers) (Administrator must enable this method). When you lift the handset on the phone, the Conference key displays on the bottom set of softkeys by default. Use this key to create conference calls. Local Conferencing The 6757i phone supports up to 3 parties (including yourself) in a conference call. This is called Local Conferencing and is the default method of conferencing on the 6757i. IP Phone UI 1. Press the Goodbye key. The Call Transferred screen no longer displays. or Select any Line key. The Call Transferred screen no longer displays and is replaced by a dial screen. Note: Your System Administrator can set your Conference key to speed dial a specific number. Contact your System Admin- istrator for more information. Services Icom Directory Callers Call Transferred L1 John Smith L1 John Smith Services Icom Directory Callers Dial Conf Xfer More
  • 128. Handling Calls 122 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Pre-Dial & Live Dial Mode By default, when users are initiating a conference call or transfer, they will not hear a dial tone before dialing begins (pre- dial mode). The phone does not automatically dial out the number until the user presses the “Conference” key. This allows the users to make changes to the dialing number before initiating the call. Administrators can configure a live dial mode. In live dial mode, when the user is completing a conference call or transfer, they will hear a dial tone before dialing begins. In addition, the phone will either match the number to the dial plan or wait for the set digit timeout. In the default pre-dial mode, users are able to edit the destination number prior to dialing, whereas in live dial mode they are not able to, however the “Dial” and “Cancel” softkeys are provided while the user inputs the number. Using Local Conferencing in Pre-Dial Mode Use the following procedure to create a conference call using local conferencing in pre-dial mode. Use the following illustration as a reference. IP Phone UI 1. When you begin a conference, you are the first party in the conference (Party 1). Pickup the handset or press the speakerphone key. A line opens up. 2. Call Party 2 by dialing their number (or answer an incoming call of a Party). 3. Wait for Party 2 to answer. When Party 2 answers, you can consult with them before adding them to the conference. 4. Press the Conf key. You will not hear a dial tone before the dialing begins. Conference Key when handset is lifted Services Icom Directory Callers L1 John Smith 2. 4299 1. 4161234567 Dial Cancel Backspace
  • 129. Handling Calls 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 123 Using Local Conferencing in Live Dial Mode Use the following procedure to create a conference call using local conferencing in live dial mode. Joining Two Active Calls in a Single Conference 5. Enter the phone number of Party 3. Note: Users are able to edit the destination number (“Backspace” softkey is provided and navigation key is functional to move the cursor to the desired location). 6. Wait for Party 3 to answer. When Party 3 answers, you can consult with them before adding them to the conference. 7. Press the Conf key again to add Party 3 to the conference. Party 1 (which is yourself), Party 2, and Party 3 are all connected to a single conference. 8. To drop a party from the conference, use the navigation key to select the party and press the Drop key. 1. When you begin a conference, you are the first party in the conference (Party 1). Pickup the handset or press the speakerphone key. A line opens up. 2. Call Party 2 by dialing their number (or answer an incoming call of a Party). 3. Wait for Party 2 to answer. When Party 2 answers, you can consult with them before adding them to the conference. 4. Press the Conf key. You should hear a dial tone before dialing begins. 5. Enter the phone number of Party 3. Note: Users are not able to edit the destination number as the phone will either match the inputted number to a dial plan or wait for the set digit timeout. 6. Wait for Party 3 to answer. When Party 3 answers, you can consult with them before adding them to the conference. 7. Press the Conf key again to add Party 3 to the conference. Party 1 (which is yourself), Party 2, and Party 3 are all connected to a single conference. 8. To drop a party from the conference, use the navigation key to select the party and press the Drop key. Note: You can use 2 and 5 to scroll through and see the numbers and names (if available) of the parties in the conference call. When a name is displayed, pressing 4 drops the displayed party from the call. IP Phone UI 1. Begin with active calls on two different lines (for example, Line 1 and Line 2 have active calls). 2. Press the Line key for which you want to conference the two calls together (for example, Line 1). Services Icom Directory Callers L1 John Smith 2. 4299 1. 4161234567 Dial Cancel
  • 130. Handling Calls 124 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Centralized Conferencing (for Sylantro and Broadsoft Servers) The 6757i allows you to create multiple conferences with unlimited participants (depending on your server limitations) when your Administrator enables Centralized Conferencing. If your Administrator does not enable Centralized Conferencing, then the 6757i uses Local Conferencing by default. Your Administrator can configure Centralized Conferencing globally on all lines or on specific lines. Although, for the glo- bal setting to work, you must configure the lines with the applicable phone number. Using Centralized Conferencing Use the following procedure to create a conference call using centralized conferencing. Use the following illustration as a reference. 3. Press the Conf key. 4. Press the Line key that has the second active call (for example, Line 2). 5. Press the Conf key. The two active calls link into a conference call on Line 1. Note: You can use 2 and 5 to scroll through and see the numbers and names (if available) of the parties in the conference call. When a name is displayed, pressing 4 drops the displayed party from the call. IP Phone UI Note: When Centralized Conferencing is enabled on your phone, local conferencing (or three-way conferencing) works as indicated in the previous section, “Using Local Conferencing in Pre-Dial Mode” on page 122. Joining two active calls in a conference also works as indicated in the previous section, “Joining Two Active Calls in a Single Conference” on page 123. Conference Key when handset is lifted
  • 131. Handling Calls 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 125 Setting Up a Conference and Adding Multiple Parties (for Sylantro and Broadsoft Servers) If any party in the conference hangs up (including the party that began the conference), all other parties in the conference are still connected. Setting Up Multiple Conferences (for Sylantro Server only) Note: You can have an unlimited number of parties in a conference (dependent on the limitations of the server. 1. When you begin a conference, you are the first party in the conference (Party 1). Pickup the handset or press the Speakerphone Key. A line opens up. 2. Call Party 2 by dialing their number (or answer an incoming call of a Party). 3. Wait for Party 2 to answer. When Party 2 answers, you can consult with them before adding them to Conference 1. 4. Press the Conf Key. A new line opens. 5. Enter the phone number of Party 3. 6. WaitforParty3toanswer.WhenParty3answers,youcanconsultwiththembeforeaddingthemtotheConference1. 7. Press the Conf Key again to add Party 3 to Conference 1. Party 1 (which is yourself), Party 2, and Party 3 are all connected to Conference 1. 8. Press an available Line Key (or answer an incoming call on an available line). If calling out, call Party 4. 9. Wait for Party 4 to answer. When Party 4 answers, you can consult with them before adding them to the conference. 10. Press the Conf Key to add Party 4 to Conference 1. 11. Press the Line Key that has Conference 1. 12. Press the Conf Key to join all parties (Parties 1 through 4) on Conference 1. 13. To add more parties, repeat steps 8 through 12. Note: The 6757i is limited to 9 conferences (a single conference each on lines 1 through 9). 1. Start Conference 1 using the procedures in the previous section, “Setting Up a Conference and Adding Multiple Parties (for Sylantro and Broadsoft Servers)” on page 125. 2. When you are finished adding all required parties to Conference 1, press an available Line Key to start Conference 2. You are Party 1 on Conference 2. Call Party 2. 3. When Party 2 answers, press the Conf Key. Services Icom Directory Callers L2 John Smith Dial Conf Xfer More
  • 132. Handling Calls 126 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 If any party in a conference hangs up (including the party that began the conference), all other parties in the conference are still connected. Joining Additional Parties to Active Conferences In centralized conferencing, you can join multiple incoming or outgoing calls to active conferences. Before following this procedure, at least one active conference must exist on your phone. Ending a Conference and Transferring Remaining Parties The 6757i allows a Host to drop from a 3-way conference and let the other two parties remain connected by pressing a Transfer key. If you are the Host of a conference and want to leave that conference: • While in a 3-way conference press the Transfer key on the phone. Your phone leaves the 3-way conference but the remaining parties are still connected to the conference. Ending Calls To end a call, you first need to connect or reconnect to the call if not already connected (for example, if your caller is on hold). Press or the line/call appearance key of the active call to end the call. If connected through the handset, you can also place the handset back on hook to end the call. 4. Press an available Line Key. 5. Call Party 3 for Conference 2. 6. When Party 3 answers, press the Conf Key to join Parties 1 (which is yourself), Party 2, and Party 3 on Conference 2. You now have two active conferences on two different lines. Note: When you are connected to multiple conference calls, and you put a conference on hold, the conference may be on hold for a limited period of time before it is disconnected. Contact your System Administrator for more information. 1. As Party 1, pickup the handset or press the speakerphone key. A line opens up. 2. Call Party 2 by dialing their number (or answer an incoming call of a Party). 3. Wait for Party 2 to answer. When Party 2 answers, you can consult with them before adding them to the conference. 4. Press the Conf Key. 5. Press the Line Key that has the active conference. (For example, Line 1 and Line 2 both have active conferences. Pressing Line 1 joins Party 1 and Party 2 to the conference on Line 1. Pressing Line 2 joins Party 1 and Party 2 to the conference on Line 2.) 6. Press the Conf Key again to join the Parties to the active conference. Note: The Caller ID of the dropped Host still displays on the remaining parties’ phones. IP Phone UI
  • 133. 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 127 Managing Calls The 6757i has several features that make it easier to manage calls, and to keep track of your caller history, as well as your business and personal contacts. These features include: • Directory List • Callers List • Call Forwarding • Missed Calls Indicator • Voicemail Directory List The Directory List is your personal phone book, conveniently stored within your phone. You can enter up to 200 entries into the 6757i Directory by adding them manually, or by saving the number and name from other lists stored on your phone. You can also dial directly from a directory entry. On the 6757i, you access the Directory by pressing Key 2 which is the Directory key. Accessing Your Directory Use the following procedure to access your Directory List. Use the following illustration as a reference. IP Phone UI Directory Key
  • 134. Managing Calls 128 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Sorting Entries and Quick Search Feature You can sort multiple numbers according to preference and perform a quick-search feature that allows you to enter the first letter that corresponds to a name in the Directory to find specific line items. The phone displays the first name with this letter. Managing the Directory List From the Directory List in the IP Phone UI, you can perform the following: • “Adding New Entries to the Directory List” (page 128) • “Editing Entries in the Directory List” (page 130) • “Deleting Entries from the Directory List” (page 133) • “Saving Entries to the Directory List” (page 134) Adding New Entries to the Directory List You can store a maximum of 7 numbers associated with a unique name. You can apply pre-defined labels to the entry which include, Office, Home, Cell, and Pager, or create your own labels. The following table indicates the maximum char- acters for each line and field in the Directory List. 1. PresstheDirectoryKey.Thedirectorydisplaysthenumberofentriesinyourlist.IftheDirectorylistisempty,"Directory Empty/UseSavetoadd" displays. The following is an example of the Directory List Header screen with 97 entries in the List. 2. You can access entries by pressing 2 and 5 to scroll through the list. 3. To search for an entry by name, press the dial pad number corresponding to the first letter of the name (for example, press 7 for the letter P). Continue to press the dial pad number to access other letters on the same key (for example, press 7 three times for R). If there are multiple entries under the same letter, you can use 2 and 5 to scroll through the list, or continue to press the next letters of the name to find a better match. 4. To dial the displayed number press or just lift the handset or press any line keys. 5. To add new entries, press Add New. 6. To delete the entire Directory List, press DeleteList. 7. Press the Quit to leave the Directory or press the Directory key again to quit. Note: The quick-search feature in the Directory List works only when the Directory is first accessed. Directory List Limitations Maximum length of a line 255 characters Maximum length of a name 16 characters Services Icom Directory Callers Use to view DeleteList Add New Quit Directory 97 items Press 1st letter
  • 135. Managing Calls 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 129 The following examples illustrate the IP Phone UI screens you can use to add entries in the Directory List Adding Names, Numbers, Labels On Screen 1: Maximum length of a label 14 characters Maximum length of a URI 45 characters Maximum number directory entries in the NVRAM 200 entries IP Phone UI • You can add names using the abc softkey. • You can add numbers (up to 7 numbers per name) using the numbers on the phone’s keypad. • Use the Backspace softkey when required. • Use the Save softkey when you are finished adding the name and number(s). • You can exit from Screen 1 at any time without saving by pressing the Cancel softkey. Note: Use the 2 and 5 keys to toggle between Screen 1 and Screen 2. Directory List Limitations Services Icom Directory Callers Line: 1 more Save Backspace abc Cancel Enter Name: Number Services Icom Directory Callers more Save Backspace Label abc Cancel Label Screen 1 Screen 2
  • 136. Managing Calls 130 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 On Screen 2: Editing Entries in the Directory List On Screen 1, when the cursor is in the "Line" field, softkey 5 displays a Change softkey. The following example illustrates a Directory entry for "Steve Smith", with a phone number and an "Office" label. Since the cursor is in the "Line" field, the Change softkey displays. The following example shows the same Directory entry without a label. • You can add a label or URI using the abc softkey; Or you can populate the "Label" field with a pre- defined label (Office, Home, Cell, Pager) by pressing the Label softkey. • Use the Backspace softkey when required. • Use the Save softkey when you are finished adding the Label. • You can exit from Screen 2 at any time without saving by pressing the Cancel softkey. IP Phone UI • You can use the Dial softkey to automatically dial the number in the Directory entry. • You can use the Add Number softkey to add additional numbers to the current Directory entry (up to 7 numbers per name). • You can use the Delete softkey to delete a number or to delete multiple numbers in an entry (see “Deleting Entries from the Directory List” on page 133. • You can use the Change softkey to change a number or a name. • You can use the Quit softkey to quit the editing of the current Directory entry. Services Icom Directory Callers Line: 1 Dial Delete Change Add Number List 001 Steve Smith 9057609999 Office Services Icom Directory Callers Line: 1 Dial Delete Change Add Number List 001 Steve Smith 9057609999
  • 137. Managing Calls 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 131 Scrolling Multiple Screens Per Entry If there are multiple numbers for an entry, the 3 and 4 keys display for you to scroll multiple screens. The following examples show Screen 1 as Steve Smith’s Office number, Screen 2 as Steve Smith’s Home number, and Screen 3 as Steve Smith’s Cell number. The first scroll 4 indicates there are multiple number entries for the name. The 3 and 4 indicates you can scroll forward or backward between screens. The 3 indicates this is the last number entry for the name. IP Phone UI Services Icom Directory Callers Line: 1 Dial Delete Arrange Change Add Number List 001 Steve Smith 9057609999 Office Services Icom Directory Callers Line: 1 Dial Delete Arrange Change Add Number List 001 Steve Smith 9057608888 Home Services Icom Directory Callers Line: 1 Dial Delete Arrange Change Add Number List 001 Steve Smith 9057607777 Cell
  • 138. Managing Calls 132 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Arranging Multiple Screens You can use the Arrange softkey to move the number/label/line forward or backward between screens for the specified name. If there is a label assigned to the entry, the following screen displays after pressing the Arrange softkey. • Pressing the Save softkey in the above screen places the Cell label, the Cell number, and line associated with the Cell number, into the one position. So the first screen to display for the entry would be the Cell number screen. If no label is assigned to the entry, the numbers would be arranged in the order you specify. The following example illustrates the new arrangement of Steve Smith’s number. Note: The Office label moves to the second position and the Home label moves to the last position. Services Icom Directory Callers 1.Cell 2.Office Move Up Move Down Save Cancel 3.Home Services Icom Directory Callers Line: 1 Dial Delete Arrange Change Add Number List 001 Steve Smith 9057607777 Cell Services Icom Directory Callers Line: 1 Dial Delete Arrange Change Add Number List 001 Steve Smith 9057609999 Office Services Icom Directory Callers Line: 1 Dial Delete Arrange Change Add Number List 001 Steve Smith 9057608888 Home
  • 139. Managing Calls 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 133 Deleting Entries from the Directory List You can delete entries from the Directory List in the following ways: You use the Delete softkey to delete a single or multiple numbers, names, or labels for an individual entry. To delete a single entry from the Directory List: To delete specific numbers, names or labels for an entry: • Delete a single name or number and all associated numbers and labels. • Delete specific numbers and labels from a single entry • Delete all entries in the Directory List IP Phone UI 1. Scroll to a name or number in the Directory List. 2. Press Delete. The following screen displays. 3. Press Yes to delete the directory entry (name, number, label, and line) from the Directory List. 4. Press Cancel to cancel the delete function. 1. Scroll to a name or number in the Directory List that has multiple numbers and/or labels assigned to the entry. 2. Press Delete. The following screen displays. 3. Press Number to delete only a specific number associated with a name. 4. Press Entries to delete the entire directory entry (name, all numbers, labels, and lines associated with the name) from the Directory List. 5. Press Cancel to cancel the delete function. Services Icom Directory Callers Delete Delete All Cancel Delete Item Services Icom Directory Callers Delete All Number Cancel Delete number 907609999 or delete all Steve Smith entries?
  • 140. Managing Calls 134 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 To delete all entries from the Directory List: Saving Entries to the Directory List You can save entries (names and numbers) from other sources to your Directory using the following methods: • Save from the Caller List • Save from the Redial List Saving from the Callers List You can save a name, number, and/or label from the Callers List to the Directory List using the following procedure. Use the following illustration as a reference. 1. Press the Directory key. 2. At the “Directory List” top screen, press DeleteList. IP Phone UI 1. Press the Callers List key. 2. Scroll to the entry you want to copy to the Directory List. 3. Press Copy. The entry is saved in the Directory List. Services Icom Directory Callers Use to view DeleteList Add New Quit Directory 97 items Press 1st letter Directory Key Callers List Key
  • 141. Managing Calls 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 135 Saving from the Redial List You can save a name, number, and/or label from the Redial List to the Directory List using the following procedure. Use the following illustration as a reference. Downloading the Directory List to Your PC You can download the Directory List to your PC via the Aastra Web UI. The phone stores the directorylist.csv file to your PC in comma-separated value (CSV) format. You can use any spreadsheet application to open the file for viewing. The following is an example of a Directory List in a spreadsheet application. IP Phone UI 1. Press the (Redial List) key. 2. Scroll to the entry you want to copy to the Directory List. 3. Press Copy. The entry is saved in the Directory List. Directory Key Redial List Key
  • 142. Managing Calls 136 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 The file displays the name, phone number, and line number for each Directory entry. Download the Directory List Use the following procedure to download the Directory List to your PC using the Aastra Web UI. Note: Your System Administrator can populate your IP phone Directory List with server directory files. Contact your System Administrator for more details. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Directory. 2. In the Directory List field, click on Save As. A File Download message displays. 3. Click OK. 4. Enter the location on your computer where you want to download the Directory List and click SAVE. The directorylist.csv file downloads to your computer. 5. Use a spreadsheet application to open and view the Directory List.
  • 143. Managing Calls 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 137 Callers List The Callers list is a stored log of your incoming calls. The 6757i telephone stores information on up to 200 incoming calls in the Callers list. Your telephone logs the number and name (if available) of the caller, when they last called, and the number of times they tried to reach you. When the Callers list is full, the oldest call records are deleted to accommodate the information of new callers. If the telephone number of an incoming or outgoing call matches a number that you have programmed with a name in a softkey or the Directory, the Callers list display the name and number. The display shows you how many callers have been added to the list since you last checked it. Callers List Screen Display You can view, scroll, and delete line items in the Callers List from the IP phone UI. You can also directly dial from a displayed line item in the Callers List. Display Item Description 450-349-0438 Indicates you have returned the call from the Callers list. N MAR 04 3:30pm 2x "N" indicates a new call. XX New Callers When you’re not on the telephone and not in the Callers list, the display shows you how many callers have been added to the list since you last checked it. Indicates an unanswered call in the Callers list. Indicates an answered call in the Callers list. Indicates a Call Waiting call in the Callers list. Indicates an incoming Call Waiting call. John Burns 9054550055 Jun 8 2:41pm 2X "2x" indicates this caller has called twice. The display shows the date and time of the last call from that caller.
  • 144. Managing Calls 138 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Access the Callers List Use the following procedure to access the Callers List. Use the following illustration as a reference. Edit Entries in the Callers List In the Callers List, if a dial pad key is pressed when a number and/or a name is displayed, the cursor automatically adds the digit at the left side of the number to enable the entry of the prefix. IP Phone UI 1. Press the Callers List key. 2. Use the 2 and 5 keys to scroll through the line items in the Callers List. Note: To the left of a line item, a b icon displays with the handset ON or OFF the receiver. The ON receiver indicates the call came in as a missed call. The OFF receiver indicates the call came in and was answered. 3. To delete all entries in the Callers list, press the Delete softkey at the "Callers List" header. To delete a line item from the Callers List, select the line item you want to delete and press the Delete softkey. 4. To cancel a delete function, press the 2 or the 5 Scroll keys. 5. To save a line item to a softkey for speed dialing, press the Save softkey and enter the line number at the "Save to?" prompt that is already configured for speed dialing at a softkey. 6. Todial adisplayed entryfromtheCallers List,pickup the handset, pressthe handsfree key,or press alinekey. 7. To exit the Callers List, press the Callers List key. Important! The Callers List does not save changes. Editing in the Callers List is generally used if you plan to call the number and need to add a prefix or if you want to edit the name and/or number of a Callers List record before saving it to the Direc- tory. Callers List Key Handsfree Button
  • 145. Managing Calls 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 139 Use the following procedure to edit the Callers List. Use the following illustration as a reference. IP Phone UI 1. Press the Callers List Key. 2. Press 2 and 5 to find the entry you want to edit. Press 2 to view the most recent call, or 5 to see the oldest call on your list. 3. Press the EditNum softkey to begin editing. 4. Edit the number field using the respective keys on the dialpad. Notes: • Pressing 4 will move the cursor one character to the right while pressing 3 will move the cursor one character to the left. • Use the Backspace softkey to delete characters. • To dial the displayed number press , or just lift the handset, or press any line keys. 5. Press 5 to switch the focus to the name field. 6. Edit the name field using the respective keys on the dialpad. Notes: • Pressing 4 will move the cursor one character to the right while pressing 3 will move the cursor one character to the left. • Use the Backspace softkey to delete characters. • To save the edited record to the Directory, press the Copy softkey. Callers List Key Handsfree Button
  • 146. Managing Calls 140 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Delete Entries from the Callers List You can delete individual items from the Callers List, or you can delete all items in the Callers List. Use the following procedure to delete an individual item from the Callers List. Use the following illustration as a refer- ence. Use the following procedure to delete all items from the Callers List. Download the Callers List to Your PC You can download the Callers List to your PC for viewing using the Aastra Web UI. When you download the Callers List, the phone stores the callerlist.csv file to your computer in comma-separated value (CSV) format. IP Phone UI 1. Press the Callers List Key. 2. Use 2 and 5 keys to find the item you want to delete. 3. Press the Delete softkey. 4. Press the Delete softkey again at the prompt to erase the item. IP Phone UI 1. Press the Callers List Key. 2. Press the Delete softkey. 3. Press the Delete softkey again at the prompt to erase all items. Callers List Key
  • 147. Managing Calls 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 141 You can use any spreadsheet application to open the file for viewing. The following is an example of a Callers List in a spreadsheet application. This file displays the name, phone number, and the line that the call came in on. Download the Callers List Use the following procedure to download the Callers List to your PC using the Aastra Web UI. Account Configuration (DND and Call Forwarding) The 6757i has a feature that allows you to configure “Do Not Disturb” (DND) and “call forwarding” (CFWD) for multiple accounts on the phone. You can set specific modes for the way you want the phone to handle DND and CFWD. The three modes you can set on the phone for these features are: • Account • Phone • Custom Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Directory. 2. In the Callers List field, click on Save As. A File Download message displays. 3. Click OK. 4. Enter the location on your computer where you want to download the Callers List and click SAVE. The callerslist.csv file downloads to your computer. 5. Use a spreadsheet application to open and view the Callers List.
  • 148. Managing Calls 142 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 The following paragraphs describe account-based DND and CFWD: • DND Account-Based Configuration • Call Forward Account-Based Configuration DND Account-Based Configuration "Do Not Disturb" (DND) is a feature on the phone that prevents the phone from ringing and receiving incoming calls. When DND is enabled with "call forwarding" (CFWD), any incoming calls can be call forwarded to voicemail or another number. See “Call Forward Account-Based Configuration” on page 146 for more information about call forwarding to other numbers. On the 6757i, you can set DND on the phone-side for a specific account or for all accounts on the phone. You can set three modes for DND using the Aastra Web UI at the path, Basic Settings->Preferences->General->DND Key Mode: Account, Phone (default), and Custom. DND performs according to the mode you set. You can then configure a DND key (for the phone or for an expansion module) using the Aastra Web UI at the path, Oper- ation->Softkeys Keys and XML. You can enable and disable DND by toggling the key, or by setting DND for a specific account at the path, Basic Settings->Account Configuration. Once you enable DND, "DND" displays on the LCD for the applicable account. The following describes the key behavior for each DND mode. • Account - DND key toggles the account in focus on the IP Phone UI, to ON or OFF if DND enabled for that account. • Phone - (default) DND key toggles all accounts on the phone to ON or OFF. • Custom - DND key displays custom screens on the IP Phone UI. User can select whether to enable/disable DND per account, enable DND on all accounts, or disable DND on all accounts. The following table describes the key and Message Waiting Indicator (MWI) LEDs when you enable DND on the IP Phone. Note: If there is only one account configured on the phone, then the mode setting is ignored and the phone behaves as if the mode was set to “Phone”. Key LED Behavior for All Modes MWI LED Behavior for All Modes DND key LED RED if current account in focus has DND ON. DND key LED OFF when current account in focus has DND disabled. MWI LED ON if current account in focus has DND ON. MWI LED OFF if current account in focus has DND OFF. Note: If you make changes to the configuration for DND via the IP Phone UI, you must refresh the Aastra Web UI screen to see the changes. Services Icom Directory Callers DND 01/01/14 11:00am L1 Screenname1 DND On
  • 149. Managing Calls 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 143 Configuring DND The following describes configuring DND on your phone. To configure a DND key, see the section, “"Do Not Disturb" (DND) Key” on page 62. Configuring DND Using the Aastra Web UI Use the following procedure to configure DND using the Aastra Web UI. Note: If there is no DND key configured or if it is removed, DND is disabled on the IP Phone.. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->General. 2. Inthe“DNDKeyMode”field,selecta“DoNotDisturb”(DND)modetouseonthephone.Validvaluesare:Account, Phone (default), Custom. Default is Phone. • account Sets DND for a specific account. DND key toggles the account in focus on the phone to ON or OFF. • phone (default) Sets DND ON for all accounts on the phone. DND key toggles all accounts on the phone to ON or OFF. • custom Sets the phone to display custom screens after pressing the DND key, that list the account(s) on the phone. The user can select a specific account for DND, turn DND ON for all accounts, or turn DND OFF for all accounts. Notes: 1. If there is only one account configured on the phone, then the mode setting is ignored and the phone behaves as if the mode was set to “Phone”. 2. Using the Aastra Web UI, if you change the DND Key Mode to “phone”, all accounts synchronize to the current setting of Account 1. 3. Click Save Settings. The changes takes affect immediately without a reboot.
  • 150. Managing Calls 144 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 4. Click on Basic Settings->Account Configuration. 5. For each account, enable DND by placing a check mark in the box. Disable DND by unchecking the box. Notes: 1. If you selected “Account” or “Custom” mode in step 2, you can enable/disable each account or all accounts as applicable. If you selected “Phone” mode, the first account allows you to change the DND status for all accounts. 2. Number and name of accounts that display to this screen are dependant on the number and name of accounts configured on the phone. In the screen in step 4, Screenname1 is configured on Line 1, Screenname2 is config- ured on Line 2, and Screenname3 is configured on Line 3. Only your Administrator can create accounts for your phone. Contact your Administrator for more information. 6. Click Save Settings. The changes takes affect immediately without a reboot.
  • 151. Managing Calls 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 145 Using DND Modes via the IP Phone UI After you add a DND key to your phone, you can toggle the DND state using this key on the phone. Use the following pro- cedure to enable/disable DND on the IP Phone. The following procedures assume you have already configured a DND key AND assumes there are three accounts config- ured on the phone. DND in Account Mode In the above example, Screenname1, Screenname2, and Screenname3, are three accounts configured on the phone. Only Screenname1 and 3 have DND ON. Screenname 2 has DND OFF. IP Phone UI Notes: 1. If there is no DND key configured or if it is removed, DND is disabled on the IP Phone. 2. If there is only one account configured on the phone, then the mode setting is ignored and the phone behaves as if the mode was set to “Phone”. 3 .Using the Aastra Web UI, if you change the DND key mode to “phone”, all accounts synchronize to the current setting of Account 1. 1. With the account in focus on the IP Phone UI, press the DND key to toggle DND ON or OFF for the account. Use the RIGHT and LEFT arrow keys to scroll through each account. 2. Use the RIGHT and LEFT arrow keys to scroll through each account. Services Icom Directory Callers Services Icom Directory Callers Services Icom Directory Callers DND 01/01/14 11:00am L1 Screenname1 DND On DND 01/01/14 11:00am L2 Screenname 2 DND 01/01/14 11:00am L3 Screenname 3 DND On
  • 152. Managing Calls 146 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 DND in Phone Mode (Default) In the above example, toggling Screenname1 to DND ON, enabled DND for Screenname2 and 3 also. DND in Custom Mode In the above example, Screenname1 and 3 have DND ON as indicated by a check mark (). Screenname2 has DND off as indicated by an X. The ALL ON and ALL OFF softkeys allow you to enable or disable DND on all accounts, respectively. Call Forward Account-Based Configuration Call Forward (CFWD) on the IP phone allows incoming calls to be forwarded to another destination. On the 6757i, you can set Call Forward (CFWD) on the phone-side for a specific account or for all accounts on the phone. You can set a CFWD mode using the Aastra Web UI at the path, Basic Settings->Preferences->General->Call Forward Key Mode: Account (default), Phone, and Custom. CFWD performs according to the mode you set. You can configure CFWD using the Aastra Web UI at the path, Basic Settings->Account Configuration, OR you can con- figure CFWD using the IP Phone UI at the path, Options->Call Forward. Using the Aastra Web UI at the path, Operation->Softkeys and XML, you can also configure a CFWD key for the phone (or for an expansion module) to use as a shortcut for accessing the CFWD menu on the phone. 1. PresstheDNDkeyto toggleDNDONorOFFforallaccountson thephone.TogglingtoONenablesDNDonallaccounts on the phone. Toggling to OFF disables DND on all accounts on the phone. Use the RIGHT and LEFT arrow keys to scroll through each account. Use the RIGHT and LEFT arrow keys to scroll through each account. Note: Enabling DND in “Phone” mode toggles all accounts on the phone to DND ON. 1. Press the DND key on the phone. The screen displays a list of the accounts on the phone and allows you to ena- ble/disable a specific account or all accounts. Use the UP and DOWN arrow keys to scroll through the accounts. 2. You use the CHANGE key to enable or disable DND for a specific account selected. 3. Press DONE to save the change. Services Icom Directory Callers Services Icom Directory Callers Services Icom Directory Callers DND 01/01/14 11:00am L1 Screenname1 DND On DND 01/01/14 11:00am L2 Screenname 2 DND 01/01/14 11:00am L3 Screenname 3 DND On DND On Services Icom Directory Callers 2.Screenname2 X 3.Screenname3 Change Cancel All Off All On Done DND 1.Screenname1 Indicates Indicates DND On DND Off
  • 153. Managing Calls 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 147 The following describes the behavior for each CFWD mode. • Account - (default) The account mode allows you to configure CFWD on a per account basis. Pressing a configured CFWD key applies to the account in focus. • Phone - The Phone mode allows you to set the same CFWD configuration for all accounts (All, Busy, and/or No Answer). When you configure the initial account, the phone applies the configuration to all other accounts. (In the Aas- tra Web UI, only the account you configured is enabled. All other accounts are grayed out but set to the same configura- tion.) Using the Aastra Web UI, if you make changes to that initial account, the changes apply to all accounts on the phone. • Custom - The Custom mode allows you to configure CFWD for a specific account or all accounts. You can configure a specific mode (All, Busy, and/or No Answer) for each account independently or all accounts. On the 6757i, you can set all accounts to All On, All Off, or copy the configuration for the account in focus to all other accounts using a CopytoAll softkey. You can enable different CFWD rules/modes independently (for example, you can set different phone numbers for Busy, All, and NoAnswer modes and then turn them on/off individually). The following table describes the key and Message Waiting Indicator (MWI) LEDs when you enable CFWD on the IP Phone. Note: If there is only one account configured on the phone, then the mode setting is ignored and the phone behaves as if the mode was set to “Phone”. Key LED Behavior for All Modes MWI LED Behavior for All Modes CFWD key LED RED if any CFWD mode is enabled for the account in focus. CFWD key LED OFF if all CFWD modes are disabled for the account in focus. MWI LED ON if any CFWD mode is enabled for the account in focus. MWI LED OFF if all CFWD modes are disabled for the account in focus. Note: If you make changes to the configuration for CFWD via the IP Phone UI, you must refresh the Aastra Web UI screen to see the changes.
  • 154. Managing Calls 148 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Configuring CFWD Using the Aastra Web UI Use the following procedure to configure CFWD using the Aastra Web UI. Aastra Web UI Note: (Optional) You can configure a Call Forward key on your phone to access the Call Forward menus if desired. If you do not configure a Call Forward key, you can still access the Call Forward menu from the IP Phone UI at the path, Options- >Call Forward. 1. (optional) Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML; or Click on Operation->Expansion Module. Softkeys 2. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 10” on the Top keys. or Select from "Key 1" through "Key 20" on the Bottom keys. 3. In the "Type" field, select Call Forward from the list of options. 4. (optional) If required, enable or disable the applicable states for the Call Forward key (Idle, Connected, Incoming, Outgoing, and/or Busy). Expansion Module Keys 5. Select from “Key 1” through “Key 36” (M670i) or Select from “Key 1” through “Key 60” (M675i) 6. In the "Type" field, select Call Forward from the list of options. 7. Click Save Settings. Note: If there is no CFWD key configured on the phone or it is removed, you can still set the CFWD modes via the IP Phone UI at the path Options->Call Forward.
  • 155. Managing Calls 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 149 8. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->General. 9. In the “Call Forward Key Mode” field, select a call forward mode to use on the phone. Valid values are: Account, Phone, Custom. Default is Account. • Account - (default) The account mode allows you to configure CFWD on a per account basis. Pressing a con- figured CFWD key applies to the account in focus. • Phone - The Phone mode allows you to set the same CFWD configuration for all accounts (All, Busy, and/or NoAnswer).Whenyouconfiguretheinitialaccount,thephoneappliestheconfigurationtoallotheraccounts. (In the Aastra Web UI, only the account you configured is enabled. All other accounts are grayed out but set to the same configuration.) Using the Aastra Web UI, if you make changes to that initial account, the changes apply to all accounts on the phone. • Custom - The Custom mode allows you to configure CFWD for a specific account or all accounts. You can configure a specific state (All, Busy, and/or No Answer) for each account independently or all accounts. On the 6757i, you can set all accounts to All On, All Off, or copy the configuration for the account in focus to all other accounts using a CopytoAll softkey. Note: If there is only one account configured on the phone, then the mode setting is ignored and the phone behaves as if the mode was set to “Phone”. 10. Click Save Settings. The changes takes affect immediately without a reboot.
  • 156. Managing Calls 150 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 11. Click on Basic Settings->Account Configuration. The illustration above shows 2 accounts configured on the phone. Accounts must be set up by your System Administrator. Note: If the BroadSoft BroadWorks Executive and Assistant Services feature is enabled and your phone is configured with the Assistant’s role, an additional Forward Filtering option may be available on the Account Configuration page.ForinformationontheBroadWorksExecutiveandAssistantServicesfeature,refertoBroadSoftBroadWorks Executive and Assistant Services on page 179. 12. For each account, enable the CFWD state by placing a check mark in one or more of the following “State” fields: • All • Busy • No Answer The “All” option forwards all incomingcallsfor this account to thespecified phone numberregardlessofthe state ofthephone.ThephonecanbeintheBusyorNoAnswerstates,orcanbeintheidlestate.Thephonestillforwards all calls to the specified number. The “Busy” option call forwards incoming calls only if the account is in the busy state. The calls are forwarded to the specified phone number. The “No Answer” option call forwards incoming calls only if the account rings but is not answered in the defined number of rings. The call gets forwarded to the specified number. Note: You can use the “Busy” and “No Answer” states together using different forwarding phone numbers. If these states are enabled for an account (the “All” state is disabled), and the phone is in the busy state when a call comes in, the phone can forward the call to the specified phone number (for example, voicemail). If there is no answer on the phone after the specified number of rings, the phone can forward the call to a different specified number, such as a cell phone number.
  • 157. Managing Calls 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 151 Using CFWD via the IP Phone UI Once CFWD is enabled on your phone, you can access and change the configuration using the IP Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI. You can access the CFWD menus by pressing a pre-configured Call Forward key, or by selecting Options->Call For- ward from the IP Phone UI. The following procedure assumes you have already configured a CFWD key AND assumes there are three accounts config- ured on the phone. 13. For each account, in the “Number” field, enter the phone number for which you want the incoming calls to forward to if the phone is in the specified state. If using the “Account” mode or “Custom” mode, you can enter different phone numbers for each account. Notes: 1. If you selected “Account” mode in step 5, you can enable/disable each account or all accounts as applicable. You can enter different phone number for each enabled state. If you selected “Custom” mode, you can enable/disable each account or all accounts as applicable. You can enter different phone numbers for each enabled state. If you selected “Phone” mode, all accounts are set to the same CFWD configuration (All, Busy, and/or No Answer) as Account 1 on the phone. (In the Aastra Web UI, only Account1 is enabled. All other accounts are grayed out but use the same configuration as Account 1.) Using the Aastra Web UI, if you make changes to Account 1, the changes apply to all accounts on the phone. Using the IP Phone UI, if you make changes to any other account other then Account 1, the changes also apply to all accounts on the phone. When enabling a CFWD state, you must specify a phone number for the phone to CFWD to. The number you specify applies to all accounts of the same mode. 2. Number and name of accounts that display to this screen are dependant on the number and name of accounts configured on the phone. In the screen in step 7, Screenname1 is configured on Line 1, Screenname2 is config- ured on Line 2, and Screenname3 is configured on Line 3. The name for the account is specified by your System Administrator. Contact your System Administrator for more information. 14. For the "No Answer" state, in the “No. Rings” field, enter the number of times that the account rings before forwarding the call to the specified number. Valid values are 1 through 20. Default is 1. When using the “Account” mode or “Custom” mode, you can enter a different number of rings for each account. If you use the Aastra Web UI to change the Call Forward Key Mode to “Phone”, all accounts synchronized to Account 1. 15. Click Save Settings. The changes takes affect immediately without a reboot. Notes: • If there is no CFWD key configured on the phone or it is removed, you can still enable CFWD via the IP Phone UI at the path Options->Call Forward. • If there is only one account configured on the phone, then the mode setting is ignored and the phone behaves as if the mode was set to “Phone” • Using the Aastra Web UI, if you change the CFWD key mode to “Phone”, all accounts synchronize to the current set- ting of Account 1. • If the BroadSoft BroadWorks Executive and Assistant Services feature is enabled and your phone is configured with the Assistant’s role, an additional Forward Filtering option may be available on the CFWD Mode menu. For informa- tion on the BroadWorks Executive and Assistant Services feature, refer to BroadSoft BroadWorks Executive and Assis- tant Services on page 179.
  • 158. Managing Calls 152 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 CFWD in Account Mode 1. Use the RIGHT and LEFT arrow keys to scroll through each account. In the above example, Screenname1, Screenname2, and Screenname3, are three accounts configured on the phone. Screenname1 has “CFWD All” enabled, Screenname2 has “CFWD Busy” enabled, and Screenname3 has CFWD disa- bled as indicated by no message displayed. 2. Press the Call Forward key. The Call Forward Mode screen displays for the account you selected. Use the UP and DOWN arrow keys to scroll through each state type. In the above example, CFWD All is enabled as indicated by a check mark (), CFWD Busy is enabled but no call forward phone number is configured as indicated by a !, and CFWD NoAns is disabled as indicated by an X. 3. Select a state for the account(s) in focus using the UP and DOWN arrow keys. You can enable/disable any or all of the following states for an account: • All - Enables CFWD All for an account and forwards all incoming calls for that account, to the specified number. • Busy - Enables CFWD Busy for an account and forwards incoming calls to a specified number if DND has been enabled for that account OR if the account is currently engaged in another call. • No Answer - Enables CFWD NoAns for an account and forwards incoming calls to a specified number if the call has not been answered for the specified number of rings. Note: If CFWD All AND CFWD Busy AND CFWD NoAns are all enabled (and/or if the account has DND enabled), the CFWD All settings take precedence over CFWD Busy and CFWD NoAns. You can also use the following keys if required: • All Off - Disables all CFWD states for the current account in focus. • All On - Enables all CFWD states for the current account in focus. • CopytoAll Key - Copies the call forward phone number and state of the Call Forward mode (All, Busy, No Answer) in focus to every Call Forward mode of that account. For example, if you have the cursor pointing at the “All” state and it is enabled and has a call forward phone number configured, pressing the CopytoAll Key enables the Busy state and the NoAns state and assigns the same phone number to both states. • Cancel Key - Cancels any configuration you may have made without saving. To cancel a configuration, you must press this CANCEL key before pressing the DONE key. Services Icom Directory Callers Services Icom Directory Callers Services Icom Directory Callers 01/01/14 11:00am L1 Screenname1 CFWD All 01/01/14 11:00am L2 Screenname2 CFWD Busy 01/01/14 11:00am L3 Screenname3 Call Forward Call Forward Call Forward Services Icom Directory Callers 2.Busy ! 3.No Answer X Change CopyToAll All Off Cancel All On Done Call Forward Mode 1.All Indicates Indicates CFWD Enabled CFWD Disabled Indicates no CFWD phone number configured
  • 159. Managing Calls 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 153 4. For the CFWD No Answer state, press the CHANGE key for the mode you selected in step 2. This displays the Call Forward State screen. In the following example, the CFWD All state is ON. Note: You can press the AllAccts key to copy the settings in the current Call Forward Settings screen for a specific call for- ward mode, to every account on the phone. Every account will have the same settings for that call forward mode. 5. Press the CHANGE key in the CFWD State screen. With the cursor in the “State” field, toggle the state ON and OFF by pressing the CHANGE key. 6. Use the DOWN arrow key to scroll to the “Number” field. Enter a phone number to apply to the current state in focus. When the phone is in the state you specified, and a call comes into the phone, it forwards the call to the number you specify. Use the BACKSPACE key if required to delete characters. 7. Use the DOWN arrow key to scroll to the “No. Rings” field. Press the CHANGE key to select the number of rings to apply to the phone for call forwarding incoming calls. Valid values are 1 to 20. Default is 1. When the phone receives an incoming call, and call forward is configured on the phone, the phone rings the number of times you specify in the No. Rings screen, and then forwards the call. 8. Press DONE in the CFWD State Screen to save all changes. 9. Press DONE in the CFWD Mode Screen to save all changes. Services Icom Directory Callers Services Icom Directory Callers Services Icom Directory Callers Services Icom Directory Callers Change State: OFF Number: No. Rings: 1 Change Cancel AllAccts Done Call Forward Mode No Answer State: ON Number: No. Rings: 1 Change Cancel AllAccts Done Call Forward Mode No Answer State: ON Number:5551212_ No. Rings: 1 Backspace Cancel AllAccts Done Call Forward Mode No Answer State: ON Number:5551212 No. Rings: 3 Change Cancel AllAccts Done Call Forward Mode No Answer Change the State Change the Number Change the No. Rings
  • 160. Managing Calls 154 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 CFWD in Phone Mode Use the RIGHT and LEFT arrow keys to scroll through each account. In the above example, Screenname1, Screenname2, and Screenname3, are three accounts configured on the phone. Screenname1, 2 and 3 have “CFWD All” enabled. Note: In ”Phone” mode, when you change the call forward configuration for an account, the change applies to all accounts. 1. Press the Call Forward key. The Call Forward menu displays. Use the UP and DOWN arrow keys to scroll through each state type. In the above example, CFWD All is enabled as indicated by a check mark (), CFWD Busy is enabled but no call forward phone number is configured as indicated by a !, and CFWD No Answer is disabled, as indicated by an X. 2. Select a state using the UP and DOWN arrow keys. You can enable/disable a specific account on the phone with any or all of the following states. However, the config- uration you set will apply to all accounts on the phone. • All - Enables CFWD All on the phone and forwards all incoming calls to the specified number. • Busy - Enables CFWD Busy on the phone and forwards incoming calls to a specified number if DND has been enabled OR if the phone is currently engaged in another call. • No Answer - Enables CFWD NoAns on the phone and forwards incoming calls to a specified number if the call has not been answered for the specified number of rings. Note: If CFWD All AND CFWD Busy AND CFWD NoAns are all enabled (and/or if the account has DND enabled), the CFWD All settings take precedence over CFWD Busy and CFWD NoAns. You can also use the following keys if required: • All Off Key- Disables all CFWD modes. • All On Key - Disables all CFWD modes. • CopytoAllKey-CopiesthecallforwardphonenumberandstateoftheCallForwardmode(All,Busy,NoAnswer) infocustoeveryCallForwardmode.Forexample,ifyouhavethecursorpointingatthe“All”stateanditisenabled and has a call forward phone number configured, pressing the CopytoAll Key enables the Busy state and the NoAns state and assigns the same phone number to both states. • Cancel Key - Cancels any configuration you may have made without saving. To cancel a configuration, you must press this CANCEL key before pressing the DONE key. Services Icom Directory Callers Services Icom Directory Callers Services Icom Directory Callers 01/01/14 11:00am L1 Screenname1 CFWD All 01/01/14 11:00am L2 Screenname2 01/01/14 11:00am L3 Screenname3 Call Forward Call Forward Call Forward CFWD All CFWD All Services Icom Directory Callers 2.Busy ! 3.No Answer X Change CopyToAll All Off Cancel All On Done Call Forward Mode 1.All Indicates Indicates CFWD Enabled CFWD Disabled Indicates no CFWD phone number configured
  • 161. Managing Calls 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 155 3. In the CFWD No Answer state, press the CHANGE key for the mode you selected in step 2. This displays the Call Forward State screen. In the following example, the CFWD All state is ON. 4. Press the CHANGE key in the CFWD State screen. With the cursor in the “State” field, toggle the state ON and OFF by pressing the CHANGE key. 5. Use the DOWN arrow key to scroll to the “Number” field. Enter a phone number to apply to the current state in focus. When the phone is in the state you specified, and a call comes into the phone, it forwards the call to the number you specify. Use the BACKSPACE key if required to delete characters. 6. Use the DOWN arrow key to scroll to the “No. Rings” field. Press the CHANGE key to select the number of rings to apply to the phone for call forwarding incoming calls. Valid values are 1 to 20. Default is 1. Whenthephonereceivesanincomingcall,andcallforwardisconfiguredonthephone,thephoneringsthenumber of times you specify in the No. Rings screen, and then forwards the call. 7. Press DONE in the CFWD State Screen to save all changes. 8. Press DONE in the CFWD Mode Screen to save all changes. Note: In “Phone” mode, the configuration applies to all the accounts on the phone. Services Icom Directory Callers Services Icom Directory Callers Services Icom Directory Callers Services Icom Directory Callers Change State: OFF Number: No. Rings: 1 Change Cancel AllAccts Done Call Forward Mode No Answer State: ON Number: No. Rings: 1 Change Cancel AllAccts Done Call Forward Mode No Answer State: ON Number:5551212_ No. Rings: 1 Backspace Cancel AllAccts Done Call Forward Mode No Answer State: ON Number:5551212 No. Rings: 3 Change Cancel AllAccts Done Call Forward Mode No Answer Change the State Change the Number Change the No. Rings
  • 162. Managing Calls 156 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 CFWD in Custom Mode 1. Use the RIGHT and LEFT arrow keys to scroll through each account. Intheaboveexample,Screenname1,Screenname2,andScreenname3,arethreeaccountsconfiguredonthephone. Screenname1 has “CFWD All” enabled, Screenname2 has “CFWD Busy” enabled, and Screenname3 has CFWD dis- abled as indicated by no message displayed. 2. With the account in focus on the IP Phone UI, press the Call Forward key. The Call Forward Account screen displays which lists all the accounts on the phone. Use the UP and DOWN arrow keys to scroll through each account. Intheaboveexample,Screenname1hasoneormoreCFWDstatesenabledasindicatedbyacheckmark(),Screen- name 2 has one or more CFWD states enabled but a specific state has no call forward phone number configured as indicated by a !, and Screenname3 has one or more CFWD states disabled as indicated by an X. 3. Select an account using the UP and DOWN arrow keys. You can also use the following keys if required: • All Off Key- Disables CFWD for all accounts on the phone. • All On Key - Enables CFWD for all accounts on the phone. • CopytoAll Key - Copies all settings for the account you select, to all other accounts on the Call Forward Account screen. For example, if you have the cursor pointing at Screenname1, and you press the CopytoAll key, all of the CFWD settings for Screenname1 are copied to Screenname2 and Screenname3. • Cancel Key - Cancels any configuration you may have made without saving. To cancel a configuration, you must press this CANCEL key before pressing the DONE key. Services Icom Directory Callers Services Icom Directory Callers Services Icom Directory Callers 01/01/14 11:00am L1 Screenname1 CFWD All 01/01/14 11:00am L2 Screenname2 CFWD Busy 01/01/14 11:00am L3 Screenname3 Call Forward Call Forward Call Forward Services Icom Directory Callers 2.Screenname2 ! 3.Screenname3 X Change CopytoAll All Off Cancel All On Done Call Forward 1.Screenname1 Indicates Indicates CFWD Enabled CFWD Disabled Indicates no CFWD phone number configured
  • 163. Managing Calls 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 157 4. After selecting an account, press CHANGE. The Call Forward Mode screen displays for the account you selected. Use the UP and DOWN arrow keys to scroll through each state type. 5. In the above example, CFWD All is enabled as indicated by a check mark (), CFWD Busy is enabled but no call forward phone number is configured as indicated by a !, and CFWD No Answer is disabled, as indicated by an X. 6. Select a state for the selected account(s) using the UP and DOWN arrow keys. You can enable/disable any or all of the following states for a specific account or for all accounts (with individual configurations): • All - Enables CFWD All for an account and forwards all incoming calls for that account, to the specified number. The phone number can be different between accounts. • Busy - Enables CFWD Busy for an account and forwards incoming calls to a specified number if DND has been enabled for that account OR if that account is currently engaged in another call. The phone number can be different between accounts. • No Answer - Enables CFWD NoAns for an account and forwards incoming calls to a specified number if the call has not been answered for a specified number of rings. The phone number can be different between accounts. Note: If CFWD All AND CFWD Busy AND CFWD NoAns are all enabled (and/or if the account has DND enabled), the CFWD All settings take precedence over CFWD Busy and CFWD NoAns. You can also use the following keys if required: • All Off Key- Disables all CFWD states for the selected account. • All On Key - Enables all CFWD states for the selected account. • CopytoAll Key - Copies the call forward phone number and state of the selected Call Forward mode (All, Busy, No Answer) to every Call Forward mode of that account. For example, if you have the cursor pointing at the “All” state and it is enabled and has a call forward phone number configured, pressing the CopytoAll Key enables the Busy state and the NoAns state and assigns the same phone number to both states. • Cancel Key - Cancels any configuration you may have made without saving. To cancel a configuration, you must press this CANCEL key before pressing the DONE key. Services Icom Directory Callers 2.Busy ! 3.No Answer X Change CopyToAll All Off Cancel All On Done Call Forward Mode 1.All Indicates Indicates CFWD Enabled CFWD Disabled Indicates no CFWD phone number configured
  • 164. Managing Calls 158 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 7. PresstheCHANGEkeyforthemodeyouselectedinstep4.ThisdisplaystheCallForwardStatescreen.Inthefollowing example, the CFWD All state is ON. Note: You can press the AllAccts key to copy the settings in the current Call Forward Settings screen for a specific call for- ward mode, to every account on the phone. Every account will have the same settings for that call forward mode. 8. Press the CHANGE key in the CFWD State screen. With the cursor in the “State” field, toggle the state ON and OFF by pressing the CHANGE key. 9. Use the DOWN arrow key to scroll to the “Number” field. Enter a phone number to apply to the current state in focus.Whenthephoneisinthestateyouspecified,andacallcomesintothephone,itforwardsthecalltothenumber you specify. Use the BACKSPACE key if required to delete characters. 10. Use the DOWN arrow key to scroll to the “No. Rings” field. Press the CHANGE key to select the number of rings to apply to the phone for call forwarding incoming calls. Valid values are 1 to 20. Default is 1. Whenthephonereceives anincomingcall, andcallforwardis configured onthephone, the phone ringsthenumber of times you specify in the No. Rings screen, and then forwards the call. 11. Press DONE in the CFWD State screen to save all changes. 12. Press DONE in the CFWD Mode screen to save all changes. 13. Press DONE in the CFWD Account screen to save all changes. Services Icom Directory Callers Services Icom Directory Callers Services Icom Directory Callers Services Icom Directory Callers Change State: OFF Number: No. Rings: 1 Change Cancel AllAccts Done Call Forward Mode No Answer State: ON Number: No. Rings: 1 Change Cancel AllAccts Done Call Forward Mode No Answer State: ON Number:5551212_ No. Rings: 1 Backspace Cancel AllAccts Done Call Forward Mode No Answer State: ON Number:5551212 No. Rings: 3 Change Cancel AllAccts Done Call Forward Mode No Answer Change the State Change the Number Change the No. Rings
  • 165. Managing Calls 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 159 Missed Calls Indicator The IP phone has a "missed calls" indicator that increments the number of missed calls to the phone. This feature is acces- sible from the IP phone UI only. The number of calls that have not been answered increment on the phone’s idle screen as "<number> New Calls". As the number of unanswered calls increment, the phone numbers associated with the calls are stored in the Callers List. The user can access the Callers List and clear the call from the list. Once the user accesses the Callers List, the "<number> New Calls" on the idle screen is cleared. Accessing and Clearing Missed Calls Use the following procedure to access and clear missed calls from the Callers List. Once you display the Callers List, the "<number> New Calls" indicator clears. Use the following illustration as a reference. IP Phone UI 1. Press Callers List key on the phone. or 1. Press the Services key and select Callers List from the menu. 2. Use the 2 and 5 keys to scroll through the line items in the Callers List to find the line items that have the b icon with the receiver ON. These are the missed calls to the phone. 3. To clear a line item from the Callers List, select the line item you want to delete and press the Clear softkey. The line item is deleted from the Callers List. Services Key Callers List Key
  • 166. Managing Calls 160 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Voicemail The Voicemail feature on the 6757i IP phone allows you to use a line, configured with a phone number for dialing out, to connect to a voicemail server. For each assigned Voicemail number, there can be a minimum of 0 or a maximum of 1 Voicemail access phone number. The Voicemail list displays a list of phone numbers assigned to the 6757i that have registered voicemail accounts associ- ated with them. The phone displays up to 99 voicemail messages for an account even if the number of voicemails exceeds the limit. Registered account numbers/URIs that exceed the length of the screen, either with or without the voicemail icon and the message count, are truncated with an ellipse character at the end of the number/URI string. The end of the Voicemail list displays the number of new voicemail messages (if any exist). Contact your System Administrator for lines configured for Voicemail. Using Voicemail From a selected item in the Voicemail list, you can also lift the handset (go offhook) to make an outgoing call using the voicemail access phone number. Note: The Voicemail list does not display the voicemail access number. IP Phone UI 1. Press the Services key on the phone. 2. Select "Voicemail". 3. Use the 2 and 5 keys to scroll through the line items in the Voicemail list. 4. When you have selected a line item, press the handsfree key, 4 Scroll Right key, or press a line softkey to make an outgoing call using the voicemail access phone number associated with the line for which the voicemail account is registered.
  • 167. 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 161 Additional Features This section describes additional features you can use on the 6757i phone. Display DTMF Digits A feature on the 6757i phone allows users to enable or disable DTMF (dual-tone multi-frequency) digits to display to the IP phone when using the keypad to dial, or when dialing from a softkey or expansion module key. DTMF is the signal sent from the phone to the network that you generate when you press the phone’s touch keys. This is also known as “touchtone” dialing. Each key you press on your phone generates two tones of specific frequencies. One tone is generated from a high-frequency group of tones and the other from a low frequency group. If you enable the Display DTMF Digits parameter, the digits you are dialing from the keypad or from a softkey, display to the IP phone’s LCD display. This parameter is disabled by default (no digits display when dialing). You can enable the "Display DTMF Digits" parameter using the Aastra Web UI. Configuring Display of DTMF Digits Use the following procedure to configure the display of DTMF digits on the IP phone. Aastra Web UI Note: "Display DTMF Digits" is disabled by default. 1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->General. 2. Enable the "Display DTMF Digits" field by checking the check box. Disable this field by unchecking the box). Default is disabled. 3. Click Save Settings.
  • 168. Additional Features 162 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Play Call Waiting Tone You can enable or disable the playing of a call waiting tone when a caller is on an active call and a new call comes into the phone. You can configure this feature using the Aastra Web UI. Configuring Call Waiting Tone Use the following procedures to configure a call waiting tone on the IP phone. Aastra Web UI Note: "Play Call Waiting Tone" is enabled by default. 1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->General. 2. The “Play Call Waiting Tone” field is enabled by default. To disable this field, uncheck the box. 3. Click Save Settings.
  • 169. Additional Features 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 163 Stuttered Dial Tone You can enable or disable the playing of a stuttered dial tone when there is a message waiting on the IP phone. You can configure this feature using the Aastra Web UI. Configuring Stuttered Dial Tone Use the following procedures to configure stuttered dial tone on the IP phone. Aastra Web UI Note: "Stuttered Dial Tone" is enabled by default. 1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->General. 2. The “Stuttered Dial Tone” field is enabled by default. To disable this field, uncheck the box. 3. Click Save Settings.
  • 170. Additional Features 164 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 XML Beep Support Using the Aastra Web UI, you can enable or disable a beep to be audible when the phone receives an XML application using the "XML Beep Support" field at the path Basic Settings->Preferences->General. If you disable this feature, then no beep is heard when the XML application arrives to the phone. If your System Administrator has set a value for this feature in a custom XML application or in the configuration files, the value you set in the Aastra Web UI overrides the Administrator’s setting. Setting and saving the value in the Aastra Web UI applies to the phone immediately. Configuring XML Beep Support Use the following procedures to configure an XML beep on the IP phone. Aastra Web UI Note: "XML Beep Support" is enabled by default. 1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->General. 2. The "XML Beep Support" field is enabled by default. To disable this field, uncheck the box. 3. Click Save Settings.
  • 171. Additional Features 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 165 Status Scroll Delay Using the Aastra Web UI, you can specify a scroll delay option that allows you to set the time delay, in seconds, between the scrolling of each status message on the phone. You can specify this setting in the "Status Scroll Delay (seconds)" field at the path Basic Settings->Preferences->General. The default time is 5 seconds for each message to display before scrolling to the next message. You can increase or decrease this time as required. Setting and saving the value in the Aastra Web UI applies to the phone immediately. Configuring Status Scroll Delay Use the following procedures to specify a status scroll delay on the IP phone. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->General. 2. Enter a value in the "Status Scroll Delay (seconds)" field. Valid values are: 1 to 25 seconds. Default is 5 seconds. 3. Click Save Settings.
  • 172. Additional Features 166 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Switch UI Focus to Ringing Line You can configure a feature on the 6757i that controls the behavior of the phone when it receives an incoming call when it is already in a connected call. When a call comes into the phone, and the phone is already on a connected call, the phone switches focus to the ringing line to enable the user to see who is calling them. You can turn off this functionality so that the phone stays focused on the connected call. You can do this using the Switch Focus to Ringing Line parameter in the Aastra Web UI. Configuring “Switch Focus to Ringing Line” Using the Aastra Web UI Use the following procedure to enable or disable the “Switch Focus to Ringing Line” using the Aastra Web UI. Aastra Web UI Note: "Switch Focus to Ringing Line" is enabled by default. 1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->General. 2. The “Switch Focus to Ringing Line” field is enabled by default. To disable this field, uncheck the box. 3. Click Save Settings.
  • 173. Additional Features 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 167 Call Hold Reminder During Active Calls The IP phones allow you to enable or disable the ability for the phone to initiate a continuous reminder tone on the active call when another call is on hold. For example, when this feature is enabled, and the call on Line 1 is on hold, and then the you answer a call on Line 2 and stay on that line, a reminder tone is played in the active audio path on Line 2 to remind you that there is still a call on hold on Line 1. When this feature is disabled, a ring splash is heard when the active call hangs up and there is still a call on hold. You can enable or disable this feature using the “Call Hold Reminder During Active Calls” in the Aastra Web UI. Configuring “Call Hold Reminder During Active Calls” Use the following procedure to configure “Call Hold Reminder During Active Calls” on the IP phone. Aastra Web UI Note: "Call Hold Reminder During Active Calls" is disabled by default. 1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->General. 2. The “Call Hold Reminder During Active Calls” field is disabled by default. To enabled this field, check the box. Whenthisfeatureisenabled,aremindertoneisheardontheactivecallwhenanothercallisonhold.Whendisabled, a ring splash is heard when the active call hangs up and there is still a call on hold. 3. Click Save Settings.
  • 174. Additional Features 168 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Call Hold Reminder (on single hold) In previous releases, the call hold reminder ring splash was triggered when you hung up a call and there was at least one other call on hold. The reminder ring splash timer started only when the active call hung up and there was still another call on hold. On the IP phones, you can enable or disable a feature that would start the reminder ring splash timer as soon as you put a call on hold (even when no other calls are active on the phone). When enabled, the phone initiates a reminder ring splash periodically for the single call on hold. When disabled, no reminder ring splash is audible. You can enable or disable this feature using the “Call Hold Reminder” parameter in the Aastra Web UI. Configuring “Call Hold Reminder” Use the following procedure to configure “Call Hold Reminder” on the IP phone. Aastra Web UI Note: "Call Hold Reminder" is disabled by default. 1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->General. 2. The “Call Hold Reminder” field is disabled by default. To enabled this field, check the box. When this feature is enabled, the reminder ring splash timer starts as soon as you put a call on hold (even when no other calls are active on the phone). The phone initiates a reminder ring splash periodically for the single call on hold. When disabled, no reminder ring splash is audible. 3. Click Save Settings.
  • 175. Additional Features 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 169 Call Waiting Tone Period You can specify a specific time period (in seconds) for the call waiting tone to play at regular intervals on an active call using the parameter “Call Waiting Tone Period”. A value of “0” is the default and plays the call waiting tone only once on the active call. When the incoming caller hangs up, the call waiting tone stops on the existing active call. You can enable or disable this feature in the Aastra Web UI. Configuring “Call Waiting Tone Period” Use the following procedure to configure “Call Waiting Tone Period”. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->General. 2. In the "Call Waiting Tone Period" field, enter a time period, in seconds, that the call waiting tone will be audible on an active call when another call comes in. Default is 0 seconds. 3. Whenenabled,thecallwaitingtoneplaysatregularintervalsfortheamountoftimesetforthisparameter.Forexample, if set to “30” the call waiting tone plays every 30 seconds. When set to “0”, the call waiting tone is audible only once on the active call. 4. Click Save Settings.
  • 176. Additional Features 170 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Preferred Line and Preferred Line Timeout The 6757i has a feature called “preferred line” and “preferred line timeout”. If you enable the preferred line parameter on your phone, after a call ends (incoming or outgoing), the display switches back to the preferred line. Next time you go off-hook to make another call, you pickup on the preferred line. You can enable the preferred line parameter using the Aastra Web UI at the location, Basic Settings->Preferences->General. You can also set a preferred timeout parameter that specifies the number of seconds it takes for the phone to switch back to the preferred line. The following table provides the behavior of the preferred line focus feature with other features on the phone. Note: You can configure “Preferred Line” and “Preferred Line Timeout” using the Aastra Web UI only. Phone Feature Preferred Line Behavior call return The phone switches back to the focused line immediately after the call ends. speed dial The line is already specified when the speed dial is created. The phone switches back immediately after the call ends. conference For incoming calls, the phone switches back immediately after the call ends. transfer For incoming or outgoing calls, the current behavior is that the same line used to transfer the call does not change. For incoming calls, the phone switches back immediately after the call transfers. blf The phone switches back immediately after the call ends. park The phone switches back immediately after the call ends. voicemail The phone switches back immediately after the call ends. redial The phone switches back immediately after the call ends. dialing For incomplete dialing on a non-preferred line, the focus does not change if some digits are entered. If no digits are entered or digits were cleared, the focus changes to preferred line after the time out has passed without activities. caller id If the "Switch UI Focus To Ringing Line" parameter is disabled, the User is able to see the Caller ID when the phone switches the focus to the ringing line. factory default Factory default and recovery mode clears the "preferred line" and "preferred line timeout" parameters, and the phone operates in a non-preferred line mode. Notes: 1. If you specify a value of “0” for the preferred line parameter, it disables the preferred line focus feature. 2. If you specify a value of “0” for the preferred line timeout parameter, the phone returns the line to the preferred line immediately.
  • 177. Additional Features 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 171 Configuring “Preferred Line” and “Preferred Line Timeout” Using the Aastra Web UI Use the following procedure to configure the Preferred Line and Preferred Line Timeout feature using the Aastra Web UI. Goodbye Key Cancels Incoming Calls The 6757i has a feature that allows you to configure the Goodbye key to drop a second incoming call or ignore incoming calls presented to the phone when you are on an active call. The parameter is called "Goodbye Key Cancels Incoming Call" and is configurable via the Aastra Web UI. If you enable this parameter, which is the default, pressing the Goodbye key rejects calls coming into the phone while you are on an active call. When you disable this parameter, pressing the Goodbye key hangs up the active call. If you disable this feature, and the phone receives another call when an active call is already present., the phone displays a softkey 1 as “Answer” and softkey 2 as “Ignore”. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->General. 2. In the “Preferred Line” field, select a preferred line to switch focus to after incoming or outgoing calls end on the phone. Default is 1. Valid values are: • None (disables the preferred line focus feature) • 1 to 9 For example, if you set the preferred line to “1”, when a call (incoming or outgoing) ends on the phone (on any line), the phone switches focus back to Line 1. 3. In the “Preferred Line Timeout” field, enter the amount of time, in seconds, that the phone switches back to the preferred line after a call (incoming or outgoing) ends on the phone, or after a duration of inactivity on an active line. Default is 0. Valid values are: • 0 to 999 4. Click Save Settings.
  • 178. Additional Features 172 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Configuring Goodbye Key to Cancel Incoming Calls Use the following procedure to configure the Goodbye key to cancel incoming calls on the IP phone. Using the Goodbye Key to Cancel Incoming Calls Feature Aastra Web UI Note: "Goodbye Key Cancels Incoming Call" is enabled by default. 1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->General. 2. The "Goodbye Key Cancels Incoming Call" field is enabled by default. To disable this field, uncheck the box. 3. Click Save Settings.. Aastra Web UI IF THEN "Goodbye Key Cancels Incoming Call" is enabled AND a second call comes in while you are on an active call, press the Goodbye key to reject the second incoming call. "Goodbye Key Cancels Incoming Call" is disabled AND a second call comes in while you are on an active call, press the Goodbye key to hang up on the active call so you can answer the second incoming call. "Goodbye Key Cancels Incoming Call" is disabled AND a second call comes in while you are on an active call, press the "Ignore" softkey to ignore the second incoming call and remain on the active call OR press the "Answer" softkey to answer the second incoming call.
  • 179. Additional Features 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 173 Message Waiting Indicator You can configure the Message Waiting Indicator (MWI) to illuminate for a specific line or for all lines. For example, if you configure the MWI LED on line 3 only, the LED illuminates if a voice mail is pending on line 3. If you configure the MWI LED for all lines, the LED illuminates if a voice mail is pending on any line on the phone (lines 1 through 9). You configure the MWI indicator using the Aastra Web UI. Configuring Message Waiting Indicator Use the following procedure to configure the message waiting indicator on a specific line or on all lines on the IP phone Aastra Web UI Note: "Message Waiting Indicator Line" parameter is set to ALL lines by default. 1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->General. 2. The"MessageWaitingIndicatorLine"fieldissettoALLlinesbydefault.Ifrequired,changethesettingtoaspecific line by selecting a line from the list. Valid values are All and lines 1 through 9. 3. Click Save Settings.
  • 180. Additional Features 174 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Incoming Intercom Call Features Incoming Intercom By default, the IP phone allows incoming intercom calls to be automatically answered without having to set up an Icom key on your phone. The phone automatically plays a warning tone when it receives an incoming intercom call. It also mutes the microphone. If the intercom call comes into the phone while an active call is already present, the phone puts the active call on hold and answers the intercom call. You can change the behavior of how the phone handles incoming intercom calls by enabling/disabling specific parame- ters using the Aastra Web UI. The following table describes these features. Auto-Answer/Play Warning Tone The auto-answer feature on the IP phone allows you to enable or disable automatic answering for an Intercom call. If “Auto-Answer” is enabled, the phone automatically answers an incoming intercom call. If “Play Warning Tone” is also enabled, the phone plays a tone to alert you before answering the intercom call. If “Auto-Answer” is disabled, the phone treats the incoming intercom call as a normal call. "Auto-Answer" and "Play Warning Tone" are enabled by default. Microphone Mute You can mute or unmute the microphone on the IP phone for intercom calls made by the originating caller. If you want to mute the intercom call, you enable this feature. If you want to unmute (or hear the intercom call), you disable this fea- ture. "Microphone Mute" is enabled by default. Allow Barge In You can configure whether or not the IP phone allows an incoming intercom call to interrupt an active call. The “Allow Barge In” parameter controls this feature. When you enable the this parameter, which is the default value, an incoming intercom call takes precedence over any active call, by placing the active call on hold and automatically answering the intercom call. When you disable this parameter, and there is an active call, the phone treats an incoming intercom call like a normal call and plays the call warning tone. "Allow Barge In" is enabled by default. Incoming Intercom Features in Aastra Web UI Description Auto Answer Allows you to enable or disable the IP phone to automatically answer an Intercom call. If auto-answer is enabled on the IP phone, the phone plays a tone (if "Play Warning Tone" is enabled) to alert the user before answering the intercom call. If auto-answer is disabled, the phone treats the incoming intercom call as a normal call. Your Administrator can set a time period delay before the phone automatically answers. Contact your System Administrator for more information. Microphone Mute Allows you to enable or disable the microphone on the IP phone for Intercom calls made by the originating caller. Play Warning Tone Allows you to enable or disable a warning tone to play when the phone receives an incom- ing intercom call on an active line. Allow Barge In Allows you to enable or disable how the phone handles incoming intercom calls while the phone is on an active call. Note: Your Administrator can set a time period delay before the phone automatically answers. Contact your System Admin- istrator for more information.
  • 181. Additional Features 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 175 Configuring Incoming Intercom Settings Use the following procedure to configure incoming intercom call settings on the IP phone. Using Redial Key for “Last Number Redial” The IP phone has an enhanced redial user interface that allows a user to quickly redial the last number that was dialed out from the phone. You can: • Press the REDIAL key twice to redial the last number dialed. • Press the REDIAL key once, scroll the list of numbers, then press the REDIAL key again to dial the number that displays on the screen. The “last number redial” feature for the Redial key is static and is not configurable. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->Incoming Intercom Settings. 2. The "Auto-Answer" field is enabled by default. The automatic answering feature is turned on for the IP phone for answering Intercom calls. To disable this field, uncheck the box. Note: If the Auto-Answer field is not checked (disabled), the phone treats the incoming intercom call as a normal call. 3. The "Microphone Mute" field is enabled by default. The microphone is muted on the IP phone for Intercom calls made by the originating caller. To disable this field, uncheck the box. 4. The "Play Warning Tone" field is enabled by default. If “Auto-Answer” is enabled, the phone plays a warning tone when it receives in incoming intercom call. To disable this field, uncheck the box. 5. The "Allow Barge In" field is enabled by default. If “Allow Barge In” is enabled, the phone puts an active call on hold and answers the incoming Intercom call. To disable this field, uncheck the box. 6. Click Save Settings.
  • 182. Additional Features 176 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Group RTP Paging (receives RTP streams) You can configure the phone to allow it to receive a Real Time Transport Protocol (RTP) stream from pre-configured mul- ticast address(es) without involving SIP signalling. This is called Group Paging on the IP phones. You can specify up to 5 multicast addresses that the phone listens for on the network. This feature is configurable using the Aastra Web UI only. The 6757i in the local network listens for RTP on the pre-configured multicast address. The Phone displays the “Paging” message to the phone’s LCD. It uses the G711 uLaw CODEC for multicast RTP. The recipient can drop the incoming page if required. The recipient can also set Do Not Disturb (DND) to ignore any incoming pages. For incoming RTP multicasts, the ringing display is dependant on the setting for the “Allow Barge-In” parameter. (See “Allow Barge In” on page 174.) If this parameter is disabled, and there is no other call on the phone, then the paging is automatically played via the default audio device. If there is an existing call on the phone, the call initially displays in the ringing state. The user has the option to accept/ignore the call. If the “Allow Barge-In” parameter is enabled, the RTP multicast call barges in, and any existing calls are put on hold. If an RTP multicast session already exists on the phone, and the phone receives another incoming RTP multicast session, the priority is given to the first multicast session and the second multicast session is ignored. The behavior for the incom- ing calls in this case is also based on the setting for the “Allow Barge-in” parameter. The incoming call is handled as if there were an existing call already on the phone. Configuring Group RTP Paging Use the following procedure to configure RTP streaming on the receiving end for Paging applications using the Aastra Web UI. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->Group Paging RTP Settings. 2. In the “Paging Listen Addresses” text box, enter the multicast IP address(es) and port number on which the phone listens for incoming multicast RTP packets. Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format (for example, 239.0.1.15:10000,239.0.1.20:15000). You can enter up to 5 listening multicast addresses (The valid port range is from 1 to 65535). If this field is blank, the Paging Listening capability is disabled on the phone. Notes: • Recipient of a Paging call can set a global “Do Not Disturb” (DND) to ignore any incoming pages. • For incoming Paging, the phone uses the Intercom configuration settings. The incoming Page is dependant on the “Allow Barge-In” parameter setting and the “Idling/On Call” state. 3. Click Save Settings.
  • 183. Additional Features 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 177 Shared Call Appearance (SCA) Call Bridging Shared Call Appearance (SCA) is when incoming calls are presented to multiple phones simultaneously. For example, it is the ability to assign the boss' extension to a key on the secretary's phone. Calls can be transferred between two phones with the same extension key by simply putting the call on hold at one phone and picking it up on the other. Status LEDs light and flash in unison, allowing all people sharing the extension to see the status at a glance. The phones include an enhanced SCA for the servers that support call bridging and allows two or more SCA users to be connected in a call with a third party. Refer to the following example. Using the example above, when a call comes into Phone 1, Phone 2 and Phone 3 can pickup the same call by pressing the SCA line key. Phone 2 and 3 display the call they are bridging into on the LCD of the phones. Existing SCA parties in a bridge or one-to-one call hear an audible beep when another party has joined the call. If a phone is configured for SCA bridging and it attempts to join a call, but the account on the server does not have this functionality enabled, an error message displays to the LCD on the phone. The SCA call bridging feature is disabled by default on all phones. Your Administrator can enable/disable this feature if required. Contact your System Administrator for more information. Keys States and LED Behavior There are two call states on the phones that support SCA bridging: • Bridge-active - A bridged call is in progress • Bridge-held - The 3rd-party (i.e., non-SCA party) in the bridge is on hold. The following tables provide the key states and LED behavior in an SCA bridge call for users involved in an SCA call and users not involved in the SCA call. Note: Your Administrator must enable/disable the beep on the server-side. Phone A calls the SCA number and all the phones in the SCA environment ring. SCA phone 1 answers. SCA phone 2 joins by pressing SCA line. When When 2 and 3 pickup, 1 can hangup. phone 1 hangs up, 2 is still connected. Phone 2 can press the line key to Note: A user can place a call on hold while in an SCA bridged call, by pressing the SCA line key. put SCA call on hold leaving 3 still connected to 1. SCA phone 3 joins by pressing SCA line. When phone 1 hangs up, 3 is still connected. Phone 3 can press the line key to put SCA call on hold leaving 2 still connected to 1.
  • 184. Additional Features 178 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Line Keys and Idle Screens Softkey Line Keys Line key Phone Behavior SCA Voicemail Indicators Visual indicators for voicemail messages on SCA lines can be enabled by your System Administrator. When an SCA-con- figured line has a pending voicemail message, your Administrator has the option of configuring the phone to display an envelope icon and the number of pending messages beside the softkey’s label corresponding to the line. Addition- ally, the softkey’s LED will be illuminated. Alternatively, the display can be configured to only show the envelope icon beside the softkey’s label (i.e. no indication of the number of pending messages). Contact your System Administrator for more information. State Call LED Call Caller ID Non-Call LED Non-Call Caller ID Idle N/A N/A Off N/A Seized Solid Green None Solid Red None Progressing (outgoing call) Green Called Party Solid Red None Alerting (incoming call) Blinking Unselected Red N/A Active Solid Green Far-end Solid Red Far-end Held Slow Flashing Green Far-end Slow Flashing Red Far-end Hold private Slow Flashing Green Far-end Solid Red Far-end Bridge-active Solid Green Far-end Solid Red Far-end Bridge-held Slow Flashing Green Far-end Solid Red Far-end State Call Icon Call LED Non-Call Icon Non-Call LED Idle Small circle None Small Circle None Seized N/A N/A Solid Circle Solid Red Progressing (outgoing call) Empty circle Solid Red Solid Circle Solid Red Alerting (incoming call) Empty blinking circle Flashing Red N/A N/A Active Empty circle Solid Red Solid Circle Solid Red Held Reverse empty blinking circle Slow Flashing Red Solid Reverse Circle Slow Flashing Red Hold private Reverse empty blinking circle Slow Flashing Red Solid Circle Solid Red Bridge-active Empty circle Solid Red Solid Circle Solid Red Bridge-held Reverse empty blinking circle Slow Flashing Red Solid Circle Solid Red State Call Line Key Pressed Non-Call Line Key Pressed Idle N/A Attempt to seize the line Seized Hang up Ignore Progressing Hang up Ignore Alerting Answer N/A Active Hold Bridge Held Retrieve Bridge Hold private Retrieve Ignore Bridge-active Hold Bridge Bridge-held Retrieve Bridge
  • 185. Additional Features 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 179 BroadSoft BroadWorks Executive and Assistant Services The IP phone supports the BroadSoft BroadWorks Executive and Assistant Services feature. The Executive and Assistant Services feature allows for an inter-network relationship to be created between Executives and Assistants allowing calls to the Executive’s phone to be screened, filtered, and routed to an Assistant, whereby the Assistant can answer, divert the fil- tered call, or push the call back to the Executive. Filter Key A “Filter” key type is available allowing both Executives and Assistants the ability to easily activate and deactivate the Exec- utive Call Filtering feature. Filter Key for the Executive’s Phone The Executive’s phone requires that only one Filter key be configured. The Filter key’s value can either be left undefined or, it can be defined using the following values: • Executive Call Filtering Activation FAC (e.g. #61) – Used when the Deactivation FAC is in the same format as the Activation FAC but sequentially one number above the Activation FAC. For example, if the key value is defined as #61 (the Activation FAC), the phone will automatically assume that the Deactivation FAC is #62 and will use that code to deactivate Executive Call Filtering. • Executive Call Filtering Activation FAC followed by a semi-colon and then Executive Call Filtering Deactivation FAC (e.g. #61;*61 or #61;#71) – Used when the Activation and Deactivation FACs are not in the same format or when they are not sequential. For example, if the Activation FAC is configured in the BroadSoft BroadWorks Web portal is #61 and the Deactivation FAC is configured as *61 or #71, the key value should be defined with the two specific FACs separated by a semi-colon (i.e. #61;*61 or #61;#71 respectively). Irrespective of a defined or undefined key value, when the Filter key is pressed, Executive Call Filtering will be activated and the key’s corresponding LED will be lit. When the Filter key is pressed again, Executive Call Filtering will deactivate and the key’s corresponding LED will turn off. Note: Contact your System Administrator for feature availability details and additional information on how to configure and use the BroadSoft BroadWorks Executive and Assistant Services feature. Note: Contact your System Administrator if you require assistance with regards to configuring the Filter key. Notes: • If the Deactivation FAC is not specified after the semi-colon (e.g. #61;), the phone will ignore the semi-colon and behave as if only the Activation FAC was defined (i.e. the phone will automatically assume that the Deactivation FAC is in the same format but sequentially one number above the Activation FAC. • The IP phones support Executive Call Filtering Activation/Deactivation FACs that contain the prefix “#” or “*”. Note: Upon a reboot, the initial state of the Filter key LED will correspond to the Executive Call Filtering state configured on the call manager.
  • 186. Additional Features 180 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Configuring the Filter Key on an Executive’s Phone Using the Aastra Web UI Use the following procedure to configure the Filter Key on an Executive’s phone using the Aastra Web UI: Filter Key for the Assistant’s Phone As an Assistant can be associated with multiple Executives simultaneously, the Assistant’s phone can be configured with multiple Filter keys; one key for each Executive. In this case, the value of each Filter key should correspond to the phone number or extension of the respective Executive as per configured in the user’s profile. When Filter keys are configured with key values, pressing the respective Filter key will activate Executive Call Filtering for the applicable Executive and the key’s corresponding LED will be lit. When the same Filter key is pressed again, Executive Call Filtering for the applicable Executive will deactivate and the key’s corresponding LED will turn off. Alternatively, a single Filter key can be configured without a defined key value. If this is the case, the Assistant will be able to manually activate and deactivate Executive Call Filtering for each associated Executive through the phone’s UI. In this scenario, as only one Filter key is utilized, the key’s corresponding LED will be lit when Executive Call Filtering is activated for even one associated Executive. If Executive Call Filtering is disabled for all associated Executives, the key’s corre- sponding LED will turn off. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. 2. Select a key that you want to use as a Filter activate/deactivate key. 3. In the "Type" field, select "Filter". 4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key (e.g. Filter). 5. (Optional) In the "Value" field, enter the Executive Call Filtering Activation FAC (e.g. #61) or both the Executive Call Filtering Acti- vation and Deactivation FACs followed by a semi-colon (e.g. #61;*61). 6. In the “Line” field, select the line for which you want to use the key functionality. 7. Click Save Settings to save your settings. Note: If Call Forward is enabled for filtered calls, LEDs for all Filter keys will be turned off.
  • 187. Additional Features 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 181 Configuring the Filter Key on an Assistant’s Phone Using the Aastra Web UI Use the following procedure to configure the Filter Key on an Assistant’s phone using the Aastra Web UI: Speeddial Key with Initiate Call Functionality (Assistants Only) Speeddial keys can be configured to efficiently utilize the Executive-Assistant Initiate Call function. With a Speeddial key configured for this feature, Assistants can initiate a call on behalf of an Executive, whereby the call will appear to the target as one originated by the Executive himself/herself. The Speeddial key’s value can be defined using the following syntax: • Executive-Assistant Initiate Call FAC (e.g. #64): – In such scenarios, the call manager will play an audible prompt asking you to enter the Executive’s Address and Des- tination Address manually using the keypad. • Executive-Assistant Initiate Call FAC followed by the Executive’s Address (e.g. #644052): – In such scenarios, only the Destination Address will need to be manually entered using the keypad. • Executive-Assistant Initiate Call FAC, followed by the Executive’s Address, an asterisk, and then the Destination Address (e.g. #644052*4059): – In such scenarios, addresses will not need to be manually entered and the phone will automatically initiate the call to the target phone on behalf of the Executive. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. 2. Select a key that you want to use as a Filter activate/deactivate key. 3. In the "Type" field, select "Filter". 4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key. Note: To utilize a single Filter key without a defined key value (so that you can manually activate and deactivate Executive Call Filtering through the phone’s UI) skip to Step 8. 5. In the "Value" field, enter the Executive’s phone or extension number (e.g. 4100) 6. In the “Line” field, select the line for which you want to use the key functionality. 7. Repeat Steps 2 to 6 for each respective Executive for whom you would like to assign a Filter key. 8. Click Save Settings to save your settings.
  • 188. Additional Features 182 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Configuring the Initiate Call Key on an Assistant’s Phone Using the Aastra Web UI Use the following procedure to configure the Initiate Call Key on an Assistant’s phone using the Aastra Web UI: Note: • Contact your System Administrator if you require assistance with regards to configuring the Speeddial key with the Iniitiate Call functionality. • The Speeddial key type can be utilized for additional functions related to the Executive and Assistant Services fea- ture that rely on FAC calls (i.e. opting in to an Executive’s filtered call pool, opting out of an Executive’s filtered call pool, etc...). Contact your System Administrator for further details. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Operation->Softkeys and XML. or Click on Operation->Expansion Module <N>. 2. Select a key that you want to use as an Initiate Call key. 3. In the "Type" field, select "Speeddial". 4. In the "Label" field, enter a label to apply to this key. 5. In the "Value" field, enter the Initiate Call FAC (e.g. #64) or In the "Value" field, enter the Initiate Call FAC, followed by the Executive’s Address (e.g. #644052) or In the "Value" field, enter the Initiate Call FAC, the Executive’s Address, followed by an asterisk, and then the Destination Address (e.g. #644052*4059) 6. In the “Line” field, select the line for which you want to use the key functionality. 7. Click Save Settings to save your settings.
  • 189. Additional Features 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 183 Executive Phone Features Users with phones assigned with the Executive role are able to: • Activate and deactivate the Executive Call Filtering service from the phone • Intercept or ignore filtered calls before they are transferred to the Assistant To Activate Executive Call Filtering on an Executive’s Phone Use the following procedure to activate Executive Call Filtering on an Executive’s Phone: To Deactivate Executive Call Filtering on an Executive’s Phone Use the following procedure to deactivate Executive Call Filtering on an Executive’s Phone: To Intercept a Filtered Call Before it is Transferred to an Assistant Use the following procedure to intercept a filtered call before it is transferred to an Assistant: IP Phone UI 1. Press the configured “Filter” softkey. Executive Call Filtering is now activated and the key’s corresponding LED will be lit. IP Phone UI 1. Press the configured “Filter” softkey. Executive Call Filtering is now deactivated and the key’s corresponding LED will be turned off. IP Phone UI 1. (Optional)Ifthe caller’s nameistruncated, press the 2navigation keyto view therest ofthe caller’s name. Press the 5navigation key to return to the initial view. If the caller’s number is also truncated, press and hold the 2 navigation key until the rest of the caller’s number is displayed on screen. Press and hold the 5navigation key to return to the initial view. 2. Lift the handset, press the Speaker/Headset key, or press the Answer softkey if the phone has no active calls or Press the Answer softkey if on an active call. Services Icom Directory Callers Services Icom Directory Callers +33130964200 Stefan Bay-Jean-Emil L1 Stefan Bay Answer Ignore More +33130964200 e Paraiso L1 Stefan Bay Answer Ignore More
  • 190. Additional Features 184 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 To Ignore a Filtered Call Use the following procedure to ignore a filtered call: Assistant Phone Features Users with phones assigned with the Assistant role are able to: • Activate and deactivate the Executive Call Filtering service from the phone • Answer or ignore a filtered call • Push a filtered call back to the Executive • Perform a blind transfer of a filtered call to the Executive • Perform a semi-attended transfer of a filtered call to the Executive • Perform a consultative transfer of a filtered call to the Executive • Activate and deactivate call forwarding of the Executive’s filtered calls • Initiate a call on behalf of an Executive IP Phone UI 1. (Optional) If the caller’s name is truncated, press the 2 navigation key to view the rest of the caller’s name. Press the 5navigation key to return to the initial view. If the caller’s number is also truncated, press and hold the 2 navigation key until the rest of the caller’s number is displayed on screen. Press and hold the 5navigation key to return to the initial view. 2. Press the Goodbye key or Ignore softkey if the phone has no active calls or Press the Ignore softkey if on an active call. Notes: • Push functionality does not carry over to the target phone when call forwarding of an Executive’s filtered calls is enabled. • Assistants are also able to handle filtered calls in the same manner as unfiltered calls. Services Icom Directory Callers Services Icom Directory Callers +33130964200 Stefan Bay-Jean-Emil L1 Stefan Bay Answer Ignore More +33130964200 e Paraiso L1 Stefan Bay Answer Ignore More
  • 191. Additional Features 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 185 To Activate Executive Call Filtering on an Assistant’s Phone when the Filter Key’s Value is Defined Use the following procedure to activate Executive Call Filtering on an Assistant’s phone when the Filter key’s value is defined: To Activate Executive Call Filtering on an Assistant’s Phone when the Filter Key’s Value is Not Defined Use the following procedure to activate Executive Call Filtering on an Assistant’s phone when the Filter key’s value is not defined: IP Phone UI 1. Press the configured “Filter” softkey corresponding to the respective Executive. Executive Call Filtering is now activated for that Executive and the key’s corresponding LED will be lit. Note: If Call Forward is enabled for filtered calls, LEDs for all Filter keys will be turned off. IP Phone UI 1. Press the “Filter” softkey. The list of associated Executives will appear on screen. 2. Selectthe Executive for whom you want to activate Executive Call Filtering by pressing the 5or2navigation keys and then press the Change softkey to enter the Filtering menu for the respective Executive. 3. Press the Change softkey to toggle the Filtering option from OFF to ON. 4. Press the Done softkey. A checkmark will be displayed beside the Executive indicating Executive Call Filtering is to be activated. 5. Press the Done softkey to return to the idle screen. Notes: • The LED corresponding to the “Filter” softkey will be lit if Executive Call Filtering is activated for any associated Executive. The LED will turn off if Executive Call Filtering is deactivated for all associated Executives. • If Call Forward is enabled for filtered calls, the LED for the Filter softkey will be turned off. 2.Stefan Bay X 3.Jane Webber X Change All Off Cancel All On Done Executives 1.Francois Dupont X 4.John Allen X Services Icom Directory Callers
  • 192. Additional Features 186 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 To Deactivate Executive Call Filtering on an Assistant’s Phone when the Filter Key’s Value is Defined Use the following procedure to deactivate Executive Call Filtering on an Assistant’s phone when the Filter key’s value is defined: To Deactivate Executive Call Filtering on an Assistant’s Phone when the Filter Key’s Value is Not Defined Use the following procedure to deactivate Executive Call Filtering on an Assistant’s phone when the Filter key’s value is not defined: IP Phone UI 1. Press the configured “Filter” softkey corresponding to the respective Executive. Executive Call Filtering is now deactivated for that Executive and the key’s corresponding LED will turn off. Note: If Call Forward is enabled for filtered calls, LEDs for all Filter keys will be turned off. IP Phone UI 1. Press the “Filter” softkey. The list of associated Executives will appear on screen. 2. Select the Executive for whom you want to deactivate Executive Call Filtering by pressing the 5or 2 navigation keys and then press the Change softkey to enter the Filtering menu for the respective Executive. 3. Press the Change softkey to toggle the Filtering option from ON to OFF. 4. Press the Done softkey. An X will be displayed beside the Executive indicating Executive Call Filtering is to be deactivated. 5. Press the Done softkey to return to the idle screen. Notes: • The LED corresponding to the “Filter” softkey will be lit if Executive Call Filtering is activated for any associated Executive. The LED will turn off if Executive Call Filtering is deactivated for all associated Executives. • If Call Forward is enabled for filtered calls, the LED for the Filter softkey will be turned off. 2.Stefan Bay 3.Jane Webber X Change All Off Cancel All On Done Executives 1.Francois Dupont X 4.John Allen X Services Icom Directory Callers
  • 193. Additional Features 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 187 To Answer a Filtered Call Use the following procedure to answer a filtered call: To Ignore a Filtered Call Use the following procedure to ignore a filtered call: IP Phone UI 1. (Optional) If the caller’s name is truncated, press the 2navigation key to view the rest ofthe caller’s name. Press the5navigation key to return to the initial view. If the caller’s number is also truncated, press and hold the 2 navigation key until the rest of the caller’s number is displayed on screen. Press and hold the 5navigation key to return to the initial view. 2. Lift the handset, press the Speaker/Headset button, or press the Answer softkey if the phone has no active call or Press the Answer softkey if on an active call. IP Phone UI 1. (Optional) If the caller’s name is truncated, press the 2navigation key to view the rest of the caller’s name. Press the 5navigation key to return to the initial view. If the caller’s number is also truncated, press and hold the 2 navigation key until the rest of the caller’s number is displayed on screen. Press and hold the 5navigation key to return to the initial view. 2. Press the Goodbye button or Ignore softkey if the phone has no active calls or Press the Ignore softkey if on an active call. Services Icom Directory Callers Services Icom Directory Callers +33130964200 Stefan Bay-Jean-Emil L1 Susan Smith Answer Ignore More +33130964200 e Paraiso L1 Susan Smith Answer Ignore More Services Icom Directory Callers Services Icom Directory Callers +33130964200 Stefan Bay-Jean-Emil L1 Susan Smith Answer Ignore More +33130964200 e Paraiso L1 Susan Smith Answer Ignore More
  • 194. Additional Features 188 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 To Push a Filtered Call Back to the Executive Use the following procedure to push a filtered call back to the Executive: To Perform a Blind Transfer of a Filtered Call to the Executive Use the following procedure to perform a blind transfer of a filtered call to the Executive: To Perform a Semi-Attended Transfer of a Filtered Call to the Executive Use the following procedure to perform a semi-attended transfer of a filtered call to the Executive: IP Phone UI 1. After answering a filtered call, press the Push softkey. The phone will enter in the FAC for the BroadSoft Executive-Assistant Call Push feature and automatically dial the FAC call. The FAC call will be answered and the filtered call will be released if the push is successful. Note: If the push is unsuccessful, press the Pickup softkey to retrieve the filtered call. IP Phone UI 1. After answering a filtered call, press the Xfer softkey. 2. Enter the Executive’s phone or extension number and press the Xfer softkey. The phone will recognize the Executive’s number and will change the transfer scenario into an Executive-Assistant Call Push scenario (i.e. the phone will enter in the FAC for the BroadSoft Executive-Assistant Call Push feature and automatically dial the FAC call). The FAC call will be answered and the filtered call will be released if the push is successful. Note: If the push is unsuccessful, press the Pickup softkey to retrieve the filtered call. IP Phone UI 1. After answering a filtered call, press the Xfer softkey. 2. Enter the Executive’s phone or extension number and press the Dial softkey. 3. When the call is in the ringing state, press the Xfer softkey. The phone will recognize the Executive’s number and will change the transfer scenario into an Executive-Assistant Call Push scenario (i.e. the phone will enter in the FAC for the BroadSoft Executive-Assistant Call Push feature and automatically dial the FAC call). The FAC call will be answered and the filtered call will be released if the push is successful. Note: If the push is unsuccessful, press the Pickup softkey to retrieve the filtered call.
  • 195. Additional Features 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 189 To Perform a Consultative Transfer of a Filtered Call to the Executive Use the following procedure to perform a consultative transfer of a filtered call to the Executive: To Activate Call Forwarding of Filtered Calls Use the following procedure to activate call forwarding of filtered calls: IP Phone UI 1. After answering a filtered call, press the Xfer softkey. 2. Enter the Executive’s phone or extension number and press the Dial softkey. 3. When the call is answered by the Executive press the Xfer softkey. The call will be transferred normally and the filtered call will be released. Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Basic Settings-Account Configuration. 2. Place a checkmark in the “Enabled” box beside the “Divert” option under “Forward Filtering”. 3. Enter the phone number you wish to forward incoming filtered calls to in the “Divert to Number” field. 4. Click Save Settings.
  • 196. Additional Features 190 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 IP Phone UI 1. Press the Options key and then the Select softkey to enter the Call Forward menu or Press the Call Forward softkey. 2. Press the 2 navigation key three times to select Forward Filtering. 3. Press the Change key to enter the Call Forward Mode Forward Filtering menu. 4. Press the Change key to toggle the State from OFF to ON. 5. Press the 2 navigation key to select the Number field. 6. Enter the applicable forwarding number. 7. Press the Done key. A checkmark will be displayed beside Forward Filtering indicating call forwarding of all filtered calls is to be activated. 8. Press the Done key to return to the idle screen. The idle screen will display a “CFWD Filtering” message and the MWI and (if configured) Call Forward softkey LEDs will be lit indicating Forward Filtering is activated. Note: Selecting the “All On” or “CopytoAll” options are also appicable to Forward Filtering. For more information on the “All On” or “CopytoAll” options, see Using CFWD via the IP Phone UI on page 151. 2.Busy X 3.No Answer X Call Forward Mode 4.Forward Filtering X 1.All X Services Icom Directory Callers Change CopyToAll All Off Cancel All On Done 01/01/14 11:00am L1 Susan Smith Filter CFWD DND More CFWD Filtering Services Icom Directory Callers
  • 197. Additional Features 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 191 To Deactivate Call Forwarding of Filtered Calls Use the following procedure to deactivate call forwarding of filtered calls: Aastra Web UI 1. Click on Basic Settings-Account Configuration. 2. Remove the checkmark in the “Enabled” box beside the “Divert” option under “Forward Filtering”. 3. Click Save Settings. IP Phone UI 1. Press the Options key and then the Select softkey to enter the Call Forward menu or Press the Call Forward softkey. 2. Press the 2 navigation key three times to select Forward Filtering. 3. Press the Change key to enter the Call Forward Mode Forward Filtering menu. 4. Press the Change key to toggle the State from ON to OFF. 5. Press the Done key. An X will be displayed beside Forward Filtering indicating call forwarding of all filtered calls is to be deactivated. 6. Press the Done key to return to the idle screen. The “CFWD Filtering” message will be removed from the idle screen and the MWI and (if configured) Call Forward softkey LEDs will turn off indicating Forward Filtering is deactivated. Services Icom Directory Callers 2.Busy X 3.No Answer X Change CopyToAll All Off Cancel All On Done Call Forward Mode 1.All X 4.Forward Filtering
  • 198. Additional Features 192 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 To Initiate a Call on Behalf of an Executive Use the following procedure to initiate a call on behalf of an Executive:. Star Codes All of the main call handling and extension management features using star codes can be set on your phone by your Administrator. Contact your System Administrator for more information. If these have not been set up, you can dial any star code commands on the 6757i phone the same way you would on a regular telephone. Other Features A multitude of other features are available depending on whether or not your System Administrator has configured them for use. Contact your System Administrator for feature availability and usage information. Note: Selecting the “All Off” option is also appicable to Forward Filtering. For more information on the “All Off” option, see Using CFWD via the IP Phone UI on page 151. IP Phone UI 1. Press the Speeddial softkey programmed with Initiate Call function. The phone will enter in the FAC for the BroadSoft Executive-Assistant Initiate Call feature and automatically dial the FAC call. 2. Follow any audible instructions (depending on the Speeddial key’s configuration you may be prompted to enter the Executive’s number/extension and/or Destination number/extension manually using the phone’s keypad). The phone will automatically dial the Destination number/extension. 3. When the call is answered, if you would like to push the call to the Executive, press the Push key. The phone will enter in the FAC for the BroadSoft Executive-Assistant Call Push feature and automatically dial the FAC call. The FAC call will be answered and the filtered call will be released if the push is successful.
  • 199. 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 193 Model M670i and M675i Expansion Modules The 6757i IP Phone offers optional M670i and M675i Expansion Modules that attach to the right side of the phone to pro- vide additional softkeys. Model M670i The M670i provides 18 softkeys in each column (totalling 36 keys) on the keypad. Each key provides an LED for indicating call status. The M670i provides a paper label for convenient key labelling. Model M675i The M675i provides 10 softkeys in each column (totalling 20 keys) on the keypad. The M675i also provides 3 keys at the bottom left of the unit. These keys represent Page 1, Page 2, and Page 3 of the LCD display. The M675i has 20 keys available on each page (totalling 60 softkeys). Each key provides an LED for indicating call status. The M675i provides an LCD for displaying key labels. Reference For more information about using the M675i with your phone, see “Using the Expansion Modules” on page 195. Note: A DHSG headset and an expansion module cannot be used concurrently as they both share the same headset port.
  • 200. Model M670i and M675i Expansion Modules 194 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 The Expansion Module keys support the following functions: You can configure the keys using the Aastra Web UI at the path, Operation-Expansion Module N when an Expansion Module is attached to the 6757i IP Phone. Reference For more information about configuring the expansion module keys with these functions, see the “Softkeys” on page 47. • None • Call Forward • Line • BLF/Xfer • Speed Dial • Speeddial/Xfer • Do Not Disturb (DND) • Speeddial/Conf • Busy Lamp Field (BLF) • Speeddial/MWI • BLF/List • Directory • Auto Call Distribution (ACD) • Callers List • Directed Call Pickup • Filter • Extensible Markup Language (XML) • Icom (Intercom) • Flash • Services • Sprecode • Phone Lock • Park • Paging • Pickup • Empty • Last Call Return (LCR)
  • 201. Model M670i and M675i Expansion Modules 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 195 Using the Expansion Modules M670i Expansion Module After configuring the softkeys on the M670i Expansion Module, you can record the name of the softkey on the paper labels provided with the Expansion Module. Press the softkey you want to use when applicable. M675i Expansion Module The M675i Expansion Module screen displays softkeys in column format. The function keys on the bottom left of the Mod- ule allow you to display 3 full screens of softkeys. Each screen consists of 2 columns with the following default headings on each page: Page 1 List 1 and List 2 Page 2 List 3 and List 4 Page 3 List 5 and List 6. Softkeys
  • 202. Model M670i and M675i Expansion Modules 196 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 To use the M675i, press the function key for the page you want to display to the LCD (page 1, page2, or page 3), and press the applicable softkey. References For more information about configuring softkeys, see Softkeys on page 47. For more information about installing M670i and M675i modules on your phone, see the Aastra 6757i SIP IP Phone Installation Guide. Press-and-Hold to Create a Speed Dial Key You can press and hold an expansion module key to create a speed dial key and configure it the same way you configure a speed dial key on the phone. For a procedure on creating a speed dial key, see “Press-and-Hold to Create a Speed Dial (applicable to softkeys, keypad keys, expansion module keys)” on page 54. Note: Your System Administrator can customize the headings on each M675i Expansion Module screen. Contact your System Administrator for more information. Softkeys Function Keys (Press for page 1) (Press for page 2) (Press for page 3) Page 1 Screen Page 2 Screen Page 3 Screen
  • 203. 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 197 Troubleshooting Solutions Why is my display blank? Ensure that power is being provided to your phone. If your network does not provide inline power over Ethernet, you can obtain an additional accessory, the Aastra PoE (Power over Ethernet) inline power supply, to provide power over Ethernet locally to your phone. See the section “Connecting to the Network and to Power” in the Aastra 6757i Installation Guide for details. Why is my speakerphone not working? If you press the key and the speaker light flashes and you do not hear dial tone through the speaker phone, the Set Audio option in the phone’s Options list has been set up for headset use. Press a second time and if the light goes out, the phone has been set up to be used only with a headset or handset. If the light stays on steady and you hear dial tone, the phone has been set up so that you can alternate between the speakerphone and the headset by pressing . See the section “Set Audio” on page 29 for instructions on how to change the Set Audio option. Why can’t I get a dial tone? Check for any loose connections and that the phone has been installed properly. For installation instructions, please refer to the “Installation and Setup” section in the Aastra 6757i Installation Guide provided with your phone. Why doesn’t my phone ring? Check the ring volume on your phone. It may be turned down or turned off. To adjust the ringer volume setting, press the volume key when the phone is on-hook and idle. For more information, refer to the “Adjusting Volume section” in the Aastra 6757i Installation Guide provided with your phone. Why is the light not coming on with a new Voice Mail Message? Your phone system or service provider must provide “Visual” Message Waiting service for this function to work. Check with your System Administrator for more information. Why is my handset not working? Check to ensure that the handset cord is fully connected to both the phone and handset. See the section “Connecting a Handset or Headset” in the Aastra 6757i Installation Guide for information. What are services, and how do I use them? Services on the IP phone include: • XML Applications • Callers List • Directory List • Voicemail See the section, “Speeddial/MWI” on page 93 more information about the options available under Services. How do I find the IP address of my phone? Instructions on where to find the IP address of your phone can be found in this guide in the section, “Finding Your Phone’s IP Address” on page 21. Why does my phone display the “No Service” message? The phone displays the “No Service” message if the SIP settings have not been set up correctly.
  • 204. Troubleshooting Solutions 198 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Contact your System Administrator for more information. How do I change my user password? You can change the user password from the IP phone UI or the Aastra Web UI. See “User Password” on page 40 for more information. Why does my phone display Bad Encrypted Config? The IP phone displays Bad Encrypted Config because encrypted configuration files are enabled but the decryption process has failed. Report this error to your System Administrator. How do I restart the IP phone? You can restart the phone from the IP phone UI or through the Aastra Web UI. See “Restarting Your Phone” on page 42 for more information. How do I lock my phone? You can lock your phone to prevent the phone from being used or configured. You can lock the phone using any of the following: • At the path Options-Phone Lock on the IP Phone UI. See “Phone Lock” on page 43 for more information. • At the path Operations-Phone Lock on the Aastra Web UI. See “Phone Lock” on page 43 for more information. At a configured key on the phone. For more information about configuring a Lock/Unlock key on your phone, see “Phone Lock Key” on page 103.
  • 205. 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Warranty-1 Limited Warranty (Not applicable in Australia – see below for Limited Warranty in Australia) Aastra warrants this product against defects and malfunctions in accordance with Aastra's authorized, written functional specification relating to such products during a one (1) year period from the date of original purchase (“Warranty Period”). If there is a defect or malfunction, Aastra shall, at its option, and as the exclusive remedy, either repair or replace the prod- uct at no charge, if returned within the Warranty Period. If replacement parts are used in making repairs, these parts may be refurbished, or may contain refurbished materials. If it is necessary to replace the product, it may be replaced with a refurbished product of the same design and color. If it should become necessary to repair or replace a defective or mal- functioning product under this warranty, the provisions of this warranty shall apply to the repaired or replaced product until the expiration of ninety (90) days from the date of pick up, or the date of shipment to you, of the repaired or replace- ment product, or until the end of the original Warranty Period, whichever is later. Proof of the original purchase date is to be provided with all products returned for warranty repairs. Exclusions Aastra does not warrant its products to be compatible with the equipment of any particular telephone company. This war- ranty does not extend to damage to products resulting from improper installation or operation, alteration, accident, neglect, abuse, misuse, fire or natural causes such as storms or floods, after the product is in your possession. Aastra will not accept liability for any damages and/or long distance charges, which result from unauthorized and/or unlawful use. Aastra shall not be liable for any incidental or consequential damages, including, but not limited to, loss, damage or expense directly or indirectly arising from the customer’s use of or inability to use this product, either separately or in com- bination with other equipment. This paragraph, however, shall not apply to consequential damages for injury to the per- son in the case of products used or bought for use primarily for personal, family or household purposes. This warranty sets forth the entire liability and obligations of Aastra with respect to breach of warranty, and the warranties set forth or limited herein are the sole warranties and are in lieu of all other warranties, expressed or implied, including warranties or fitness for particular purpose and merchantability. Warranty Repair Services Should the product fail during the Warranty Period; • In North America, please call 1-800-574-1611 for further information. • Outside North America, contact your sales representative for return instructions. You will be responsible for shipping charges, if any. When you return this product for warranty service, you must present proof of purchase. After Warranty Service Aastra offers ongoing repair and support for this product. This service provides repair or replacement of your Aastra prod- uct, at Aastra's option, for a fixed charge. You are responsible for all shipping charges. For further information and shipping instructions: • In North America, contact our service information number: 1-800-574-1611. • Outside North America, contact your sales representative. Note: Repairs to this product may be made only by the manufacturer and its authorized agents, or by others who are legally authorized. This restriction applies during and after the Warranty Period. Unauthorized repair will void the warranty.
  • 206. Warranty-2 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Limited Warranty (Australia Only) The benefits under the Aastra Limited Warranty below are in addition to other rights and remedies to which you may be entitled under a law in relation to the products. In addition to all rights and remedies to which you may be entitled under the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (Com- monwealth) and any other relevant legislation, Aastra warrants this product against defects and malfunctions in accord- ance with Aastra's authorized, written functional specification relating to such products during a one (1) year period from the date of original purchase (“Warranty Period”). If there is a defect or malfunction, Aastra shall, at its option, and as the exclusive remedy under this limited warranty, either repair or replace the product at no charge, if returned within the Warranty Period. Repair Notice To the extent that the product contains user-generated data, you should be aware that repair of the goods may result in loss of the data. Goods presented for repair may be replaced by refurbished goods of the same type rather than being repaired. Refurbished parts may be used to repair the goods. If it is necessary to replace the product under this limited warranty, it may be replaced with a refurbished product of the same design and color. If it should become necessary to repair or replace a defective or malfunctioning product under this warranty, the provi- sions of this warranty shall apply to the repaired or replaced product until the expiration of ninety (90) days from the date of pick up, or the date of shipment to you, of the repaired or replacement product, or until the end of the original Warranty Period, whichever is later. Proof of the original purchase date is to be provided with all products returned for warranty repairs. Exclusions Aastra does not warrant its products to be compatible with the equipment of any particular telephone company. This warranty does not extend to damage to products resulting from improper installation or operation, alteration, accident, neglect, abuse, misuse, fire or natural causes such as storms or floods, after the product is in your possession. Aastra will not accept liability for any damages and/or long distance charges, which result from unauthorized and/or unlawful use. To the extent permitted by law, Aastra shall not be liable for any incidental damages, including, but not limited to, loss, damage or expense directly or indirectly arising from your use of or inability to use this product, either separately or in combination with other equipment. This paragraph, however, is not intended to have the effect of excluding, restricting or modifying the application of all or any of the provisions of Part 5-4 of Schedule 2 to the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (the ACL), the exercise of a right conferred by such a provision or any liability of Aastra in relation to a failure to comply with a guarantee that applies under Division 1 of Part 3-2 of the ACL to a supply of goods or services. This express warranty sets forth the entire liability and obligations of Aastra with respect to breach of this express war- ranty and is in lieu of all other express or implied warranties other than those conferred by a law whose application can- not be excluded, restricted or modified. Our goods come with guarantees that cannot be excluded under the Australian Consumer Law. You are entitled to a replacement or refund for a major failure and for compensation for any other rea- sonably foreseeable loss or damage. You are also entitled to have the goods repaired or replaced if the goods fail to be of acceptable quality and the failure does not amount to a major failure.
  • 207. Limited Warranty (Australia Only) 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Warranty-3 Warranty Repair Services Procedure: Should the product fail during the Warranty Period and you wish to make a claim under this express warranty, please contact the Aastra authorized reseller who sold you this product (details as per the invoice) and present proof of purchase. You will be responsible for shipping charges, if any. Manufacturer: Aastra Telecom Australia Pty Ltd 745 Springvale Road Mulgrave VIC 3170 ABN 16 140 787 195 Phone: +61 3 8562 2700 Limitation of Liability for Products not of a kind ordinarily acquired for personal, domestic or household use or consumption (e.g. goods/services ordinarily supplied for business-use) 1.1 To the extent permitted by law and subject to clause 1.2 below, the liability of Aastra to you for any non-compliance withastatutoryguaranteeorlossordamagearisingoutoforinconnectionwiththesupplyofgoodsorservices(whether for tort (including negligence), statute, custom, law or on any other basis) is limited to: a) in the case of services: i) the resupply of the services; or ii) the payment of the cost of resupply; and b) in the case of goods: i) the replacement of the goods or the supply of equivalent goods; or ii) the repair of the goods; or iii) the payment of the cost of replacing the goods or of acquiring equivalent goods; or iv) the payment of the cost of having the goods repaired. 1.2 Clause 1.1 is not intended to have the effect of excluding, restricting or modifying: a) the application of all or any of the provisions of Part 5-4 of Schedule 2 to the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (the ACL); or b) the exercise of a right conferred by such a provision; or c) any liability of Aastra in relation to a failure to comply with a guarantee that applies under Division 1 of Part 3-2 of the ACL to a supply of goods or services. After Warranty Service Aastra offers ongoing repair and support for this product. If you are not otherwise entitled to a remedy for a failure to com- ply with a guarantee that cannot be excluded under the Australian Consumer Law, this service provides repair or replace- ment of your Aastra product, at Aastra's option, for a fixed charge. You are responsible for all shipping charges. For further information and shipping instructions contact: Aastra Telecom Australia Pty Ltd 745 Springvale Road Mulgrave VIC 3170 ABN 16 140 787 195 Phone: +61 3 8562 2700 Note: Repairs to this product may be made only by the manufacturer and its authorized agents, or by others who are legally authorized. Unauthorized repair will void this express warranty.
  • 208. A-1 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Appendix A - Time Zone Codes The following table identifies the time zone name and time zone code to use on the IP phone. Time Zone Name/Time Zone Code Table Time Zone Name Time Zone Code AD-Andorra AE - Dubai AG-Antigua AI-Anguilla AL-Tirane AN-Curacao AR-Buenos Aires AS-Pago Pago AT-Vienna AU-Lord Howe AU-Tasmania AU-Melbourne AU-Sydney AU-Broken Hill AU-Brisbane AU-Lindeman AU-Adelaide AU-Darwin AU-Perth AW-Aruba AZ-Baku CET GST AST AST CET AST ART BST CET LHS EST EST EST CST EST EST CST CST WST AST AZT BA-Sarajevo BB-Barbados BE-Brussels BG-Sofia BM-Bermuda BO-La Paz BR-Noronha BR-Belem BR-Fortaleza BR-Recife BR-Araguaina BR-Maceio BR-Sao Paulo BR-Cuiaba BR-Porto Velho BR-Boa Vista BR-Manaus BR-Eirunepe BR-Rio Branco BS-Nassau BY-Minsk BZ-Belize EET AST CET EET AST BOT FNT BRT BRT BRT BRS BRT BRS AMS AMT AMT AMT ACT ACT EST EET CST
  • 209. Appendix A - Time Zone Codes 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 A-2 CA-Newfoundland CA-Atlantic CA-Eastern CA-Saskatchewan CA-Central CA-Mountain CA-Pacific CA-Yukon CH-Zurich CK-Rarotonga CL-Santiago CL-Easter CN-Beijing CO-Bogota CR-Costa Rica CU-Havana CY-Nicosia CZ-Prague NST AST EST EST CST MST PST PST CET CKS CLS EAS CST COS CST CST EES CET DE-Berlin DK-Copenhagen DM-Dominica DO-Santo Domingo CET CET AST AST EE-Tallinn ES-Madrid ES-Canary EET CET WET FI-Helsinki FJ-Fiji FK-Stanley FO-Faeroe FR-Paris EET NZT FKS WET CET GB-London GB-Belfast GD-Grenada GE - Tbilisi GF-Cayenne GI-Gibraltar GP-Guadeloupe GR-Athens GS-South Georgia GT-Guatemala GU-Guam GY-Guyana GMT GMT AST GET GFT CET AST EET GST CST CST GYT HK-Hong Kong HN-Tegucigalpa HR-Zagreb HT-Port-au-Prince HU-Budapest HKS CST CET EST CET IE-Dublin IS-Reykjavik IT-Rome GMT GMT CET JM-Jamaica JP-Tokyo EST JST KY-Cayman EST Time Zone Name Time Zone Code
  • 210. Appendix A - Time Zone Codes A-3 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 LC-St Lucia LI-Vaduz LT-Vilnius LU-Luxembourg LV-Riga AST CET EET CET EET MC-Monaco MD-Chisinau MK-Skopje MQ-Martinique MS-Montserrat MT-Malta MU - Mauritius MX-Mexico City MX-Cancun MX-Merida MX-Monterrey MX-Mazatlan MX-Chihuahua MX-Hermosillo MX-Tijuana CET EET CET AST AST CET MUT CST CST CST CST MST MST MST PST NI-Managua NL-Amsterdam NO-Oslo NR-Nauru NU-Niue NZ-Auckland NZ-Chatham CST CET CET NRT NUT NZS CHA OM - Muscat GST PA-Panama PE-Lima PL-Warsaw PR-Puerto Rico PT-Lisbon PT-Madeira PT-Azores PY-Asuncion EST PES CET AST WET WET AZO PYS RO-Bucharest RU-Kaliningrad RU-Moscow RU-Samara RU-Yekaterinburg RU-Omsk RU-Novosibirsk RU-Krasnoyarsk RU-Irkutsk RU-Yakutsk RU-Vladivostok RU-Sakhalin RU-Magadan RU-Kamchatka RU-Anadyr EET EET MSK SAM YEK OMS NOV KRA IRK YAK VLA SAK MAG PET ANA SE-Stockholm SG-Singapore SI-Ljubljana SK-Bratislava SM-San Marino SR-Paramaribo SV-El Salvador CET SGT CET CET CET SRT CST Time Zone Name Time Zone Code
  • 211. Appendix A - Time Zone Codes 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 A-4 TR-Istanbul TT-Port of Spain TW-Taipei EET AST CST UA-Kiev US-Eastern US-Central US-Mountain US-Pacific US-Alaska US-Aleutian US-Hawaii UY-Montevideo EET EST CST MST PST AKS HAS HST UYS VA-Vatican CET YU-Belgrade CET Time Zone Name Time Zone Code
  • 212. Index-1 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Index Numerics 6757i additional features of ...................................................................................161 features of .............................................................................................................1 keys and key descriptions ................................................................................9 line settings ....................................................................................................... 46 making calls .....................................................................................................111 requirements of ...................................................................................................2 A Aastra Web UI Operaton parameters ..................................................................................... 18 phone status ...................................................................................................... 18 about this guide ..........................................................................................................1 account configuration .........................................................................................141 ACD key .......................................................................................................................67 allow barge-in, for intercom ..............................................................................174 answering incoming calls ...................................................................................116 auto-answer, for intercom ..................................................................................174 B backlight, setting .....................................................................................................27 bad encrypted config ..........................................................................................198 BLF key ........................................................................................................................64 BLF List key .................................................................................................................65 BLF List, setting softkey for ..................................................................................66 BLF, setting softkey for ..........................................................................................64 BLF/Xfer .......................................................................................................................87 BLF/Xfer key ...............................................................................................................87 BLF/Xfer, softkeys for ......................................................................................88, 90 C Call Forward key ......................................................................................................86 call forwarding, softkeys for ................................................................................86 call hold reminder .................................................................................................168 call hold reminder during active calls ............................................................167 call waiting tone ....................................................................................................162 call waiting tone period ......................................................................................169 callers list ..................................................................................................................137 deleting entries in .........................................................................................140 downloading to phone .....................................................................136, 141 editing ...............................................................................................................138 using ...................................................................................................................138 using on phone ..............................................................................................138 Callers List key ..........................................................................................................99 callers list, softkey for ...........................................................................................100 calls receiving ...........................................................................................................116 calls, ending .............................................................................................................126 calls, transferring ...................................................................................................118 conferencing centralized ........................................................................................................124 ending ...............................................................................................................126 joining two active calls ................................................................................123 local ....................................................................................................................121 pre-dial and live dial mode ........................................................................122 transfer remaining parties ..........................................................................126 conferencing calls .................................................................................................121 contrast level, setting .............................................................................................27 D DCP key ........................................................................................................................71 deleting a key ......................................................................................................... 110 dial plan, emergency ..............................................................................................45 dial tones, stuttered ............................................................................................. 163 dialing pre-dialling a number .................................................................................. 111 dialing a number ................................................................................................... 111 dialpad, live ................................................................................................................28 Directory key ..............................................................................................................97 directory key, softkey for .......................................................................................98 directory list ............................................................................................................ 127 adding and editing entries ........................................................................ 128 arranging entries ........................................................................................... 132 deleting numbers and labels for an entry ............................................ 133 downloading to PC ....................................................................................... 135 limitations for ................................................................................................. 128 scrolling multiple screens .......................................................................... 131 sorting ............................................................................................................... 128 DND key .......................................................................................................................62 DND, enabling/disabling .......................................................................... 142, 146 do not disturb, setting softkey for .....................................................................63 documentation ...........................................................................................................1 DTMF digits, displaying ...................................................................................... 161 E emergency dial plan, defining ............................................................................45 Empty key ................................................................................................................ 109 empty key, softkey for ............................................................................... 108, 109 expansion module, 675i ..................................................................................... 193 expansion module, M670i and M675i ........................................................... 193 F Flash key ......................................................................................................................80 G GCP key ........................................................................................................................71 getting started ............................................................................................................3 Goodbye key cancels incoming call ............................................................... 171 configuring ...................................................................................................... 172 using .................................................................................................................. 172 group RTP paging ................................................................................................. 176 H handling calls ......................................................................................................... 117 headset mic ............................................................................................................. 112 headset mode ...........................................................................................................29 headset, using ........................................................................................................ 112 headset/speaker mode ..........................................................................................29 held calls, retrieving ............................................................................................. 118 hold, automatic ..................................................................................................... 118 I idle screen .....................................................................................................................6 Indication of transferred calls ........................................................................... 121 Installation ..................................................................................................................10 installation and setup ...............................................................................................2 intercom calls incoming call features ................................................................................. 174
  • 213. Index 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 Index-2 Intercom key ...........................................................................................................101 Intercom key, softkey for ....................................................................................102 Intercom, using ......................................................................................................113 IP address, finding ..................................................................................21, 22, 197 K Key Description ........................................................................................................ 10 Keypad Keys .............................................................................................................. 12 keys ACD key ............................................................................................................... 67 BLF key ................................................................................................................ 64 BLF List key ........................................................................................................ 65 BLF/Xfer key ....................................................................................................... 87 Call Forward key .............................................................................................. 86 Callers List key .................................................................................................. 99 DCP and GCP ..................................................................................................... 71 deleting .............................................................................................................110 Directory key ..................................................................................................... 97 DND key .............................................................................................................. 62 Empty key .........................................................................................................109 Flash key ............................................................................................................. 80 Intercom key ...................................................................................................101 Last Call Return (lcr) ........................................................................................ 85 None key ...........................................................................................................107 Paging key ........................................................................................................104 Park and Pickup keys ...................................................................................... 82 Phone Lock key ..............................................................................................103 Services key ....................................................................................................... 95 Speeddial/Conf key ........................................................................................ 91 Speeddial/Xfer key .......................................................................................... 89 Sprecode key ..................................................................................................... 81 XML key ............................................................................................................... 75 L language latin 2 character set ........................................................................................ 40 overview ............................................................................................................. 34 specifying on IP phone .................................................................................. 34 last call return, softkeys for .................................................................................. 85 LCR key ........................................................................................................................ 85 line, setting a softkey for ....................................................................................... 52 lock/unlock the phone ................................................................................ 43, 198 M M670i .........................................................................................................................193 M675i .........................................................................................................................193 making calls .............................................................................................................111 managing calls .......................................................................................................127 message waiting indicator, configuring .......................................................173 microphone mute, for intercom ......................................................................174 microphone volume, headset ............................................................................ 29 missed calls indicator accessing and clearing ................................................................................159 overview ...........................................................................................................159 multiple line call appearances ............................................................................ 46 N network disconnected .............................................................................................5 no service .................................................................................................................197 None key ...................................................................................................................107 O on-hold calls ............................................................................................................117 Optional Accessories .............................................................................................. 10 options setting via the phone UI ................................................................................13 setting via the Web UI ....................................................................................16 P Paging key ............................................................................................................... 104 paging, softkeys for .............................................................................................. 105 Park key .......................................................................................................................82 park/pickup using on the IP phone ....................................................................................84 password, resetting user’s ....................................................................................41 phone lock ..................................................................................................................43 Phone Lock key ...................................................................................................... 103 plugging in the phone ............................................................................................. 3 preferred line .......................................................................................................... 170 preferred line timeout ......................................................................................... 170 R redial .......................................................................................................................... 114 restarting the phone ...............................................................................................42 ring tone sets .............................................................................................................25 ring tones ....................................................................................................................24 RTP paging, group ................................................................................................ 176 S Services key ................................................................................................................95 softkeys ........................................................................................................................47 as line/call appearances ................................................................................52 as speeddials .....................................................................................................53 state-based .........................................................................................................49 speaker mode ...........................................................................................................29 speaker/headset mode ..........................................................................................29 Speeddial creating using function keys ........................................................................58 creating using Keypad Speeddial ..............................................................59 creating using Speed Dial Edit ....................................................................56 editing ..................................................................................................................61 speeddial creating from Keypad Speeddial in Web UI ...........................................59 prefix for ..............................................................................................................54 Speeddial key press-and-hold ..................................................................................................54 speeddial keys, editing ..........................................................................................60 Speeddial/Conf, softkeys for ........................................................................ 92, 94 speeddial/Xfer ...........................................................................................................89 Speeddial/Xfer key ..................................................................................................89 Sprecode key .............................................................................................................81 sprecode, setting key for .......................................................................................81 star codes ................................................................................................................. 192 starting up the phone .............................................................................................. 3 status scroll delay ................................................................................................. 165 switch UI focus to ringing line .......................................................................... 166 T time and date ............................................................................................................30 time and date format .............................................................................................30 transferring calls blind ....................................................................................................................118 consultative ......................................................................................................118 indication of .....................................................................................................121 pre-dial and live dial mode .........................................................................118 troubleshooting solutions ................................................................................. 197 changing user password .............................................................................198 display blank ....................................................................................................197 finding IP address ..........................................................................................197 handset not working ....................................................................................197
  • 214. Index Index-3 41-001385-05 REV03 – 07.2014 locking/unlocking phone ...........................................................................198 no dial tone ......................................................................................................197 no ring ...............................................................................................................197 no speakerphone ...........................................................................................197 phone displays Bad Encrypted Config ................................................198 phone displays No Service ......................................................................197 restarting the phone ....................................................................................198 using services ..................................................................................................197 VM message light not working .................................................................197 U user password ...........................................................................................................40 using your phone ....................................................................................................46 V voicemail ........................................................................................................ 116, 160 W warning tone, for Intercom ............................................................................... 174 warranty exclusions .............................................................................. Warranty-1 Web UI, using .............................................................................................................16 X XML application title ...............................................................................................75 XML application URI ................................................................................................75 XML beep support ................................................................................................ 164 XML key .......................................................................................................................75 XML services accessing .............................................................................................................79
  • 215. Disclaimer Aastra will not accept liability for any damages and/or long distance charges, which result from unauthorized and/or unlawful use. While every effort has been made to ensure accuracy, Aastra will not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained within this documentation. The information contained in this documentation is subject to change without notice. Copyright © 2014 Mitel Networks Corporation, www.aastra.com.